english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:1: How many radio nets does the 2nd Bn have for communicating with its subordinate elements? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:2: It has two. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:3: One is a command net and the other is a fire direction net. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:4: What elements of the battalion are included in the command net? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:5: Only the infantry companies. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:6: What elements of the battalion are included in the fire direction net? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:7: The fire support elements. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:8: What other radio nets does the 2nd Bn operate? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:9: It operates a surveillance net between the battalion OP and CP. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:10: How many radio stations does the 2nd Bn operate on regimental nets? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:11: As far as I know, it operates only two stations on the regimental command net. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:12: One is an FM station and the other is an AM station. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:13: What radio nets does the 5th Co operate to communicate with its platoons? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:14: Only a command net. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:15: What call signs is the 2nd Bn now using on its radio net? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:16: The battalion's call sign is CHONG-SAN. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:17: But this will change at midnight. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:18: All call signs are changed daily at 2400. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:19: What other call signs is the 2nd Bn using today? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:20: It is using a different call sign on the regimental nets, but I don't know what it is. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:21: What are the call signs of the stations within the radio nets of the 2nd Bn? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:22: Our company's call sign on the battalion radio net is CHONG-SAN 16. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:23: The 4th Co is CHONG-SAN 15, and the 6th Co is CHONG-SAN 17. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:24: The mortar company is CHONG-SAN 21, the heavy machine gun company is CHONG-SAN 22, and the recoilless gun platoon is CHONG-SAN 23. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:25: What is your company commander's call sign? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:26: MIROK-SAN. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:27: What are the call signs of the platoon leader? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:28: The call signs of the platoon leaders of the 2nd and 3rd Plats are MIROK-SAN 2 and MIROK-SAN 3, respectively. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:29: And Comrade Platoon Leader of the 1st Plt was MIROK-SAN 1. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:30: Why do you say "was MIROK-SAN 1"? english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:31: Has the call sign of the platoon leader of 1st Plt been changed? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:32: No. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:33: As I told you already, Comrade Platoon Leader of the 1st Plt was killed in action this morning. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:34: That was truly unfortunate. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:35: I'm glad that at least you're alive. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:36: I only hope that through your continued cooperation many other people in the North and South can be saved. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:37: So, let's continue. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:38: What net call sign is the 2nd Bn using? english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:39: In other words, if the 2nd Bn wants to call all stations on one of its nets simultaneously, what call sign will it use? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:40: The battalion normally uses its call sign for the day when calling all stations simultaneously. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:41: For example, today the battalion would say: "All listen! This is CHONG-SAN". english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:42: If the battalion wants to call, let's say, two or three stations on a battalion net at the same time, what call sign will it use? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:43: It uses the same format as when calling one station. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:44: For example, "CHONG-SAN 16, CHONG-SAN 15, this is CHONG-SAN". english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:45: What is the alternate call sign of the 2nd Bn? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:46: CH'U-DONG. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:47: The battalion normally uses its alternate call sign when it switches to its alternate frequency. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:48: What are the alternate call signs of the battalion's subordinate element? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:49: All stations in the battalion net will also use CH'U-DONG. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:50: And the stations will reverse the numbers of their primary call signs. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:51: So, for example, our company's alternate call sign for today is CU'U-DONG 61 and the 6th Co's is CH'U-DONG 71. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:52: I understand. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:53: Is it standard procedure to reverse the number when a station changes to its alternate call sign? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:54: No. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:55: We often use a totally different number for the alternate call sign. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:56: What primary frequencies is the 2nd Bn operating on today? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:57: The battalion command net is operating on a primary frequency of 46.54 megahertz, and the fire direction net is operating on a primary frequency of 47.36 megahertz. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:58: I don't know the frequencies of the other nets that the battalion operates on. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:59: What is the frequency range of the R-106 radio? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:60: Something like 46.1 to 48.8 megahertz. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:61: I recall Comrade Assistant Company Commander for Military Affairs saying that one day in a class. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:62: What is the frequency range of the R-116 radios used by the 5th Co? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:63: 48.65 to 51.25 megahertz. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:64: What frequency is the 5th Co using? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:65: 49.75 megahertz. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:66: When was the company assigned the 49.75 frequency? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:67: Twelve o'clock last night. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:68: How long will that frequency be in effect? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:69: For 24 hours -- unless they change to the alternate frequency. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:70: Under what circumstances do units switch to an alternate frequency? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:71: When interference occurs -- either from natural causes or from enemy jamming. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:72: How many alternate frequencies does the 5th Co have? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:73: It has two -- one high and one low. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:74: What are those frequencies? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:75: 50.91 and 48.82 megahertz. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:76: Who issues the order to change to an alternate frequency? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:77: The battalion chief of staff has this authority. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:78: How is the order to change to an alternate frequency communicated? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:79: By radio. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:80: However, the new frequencies are never given in the clear. english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:81: They are always encoded. english/01.e.fid ;;A;01:82: What kinds of codes are used? english/01.e.fid ;;B;01:83: Numerical codes. english/01.e.fid ;;01:84: The alternate call sign is obtained by reversing only the number of the primary call sign. english/01.e.fid ;;01:85: Comrade KIM dozed off during a night march and fell head over heels into a river. english/01.e.fid ;;01:86: The authority of the battalion political officer is very extensive. english/01.e.fid ;;01:87: Who has the authority to switch to the alternate frequency? english/01.e.fid ;;01:88: How many radio nets does the regiment operate? english/01.e.fid ;;01:89: A communications network must operate well in combat. english/01.e.fid ;;01:90: New frequencies are never transmitted in the clear. english/01.e.fid ;;01:91: Most parts of a combat order are in plain text. english/01.e.fid ;;01:92: What is the frequency range of the R-116 radio? english/01.e.fid ;;01:93: Describe the scope of your reconnaissance patrol's activities. english/01.e.fid ;;01:94: In combat orders, what is transmitted in code? english/01.e.fid ;;01:95: Unit designations are normally transmitted in code. english/01.e.fid ;;01:96: What is the cause of that radio's malfunction? english/01.e.fid ;;01:97: Tell me the reason for the PW's stomach pains. english/01.e.fid ;;01:98: Radio communications are greatly affected by nature. english/01.e.fid ;;01:99: Tell me what the main natural causes are. english/01.e.fid ;;01:100: In combat we never transmit frequencies in the clear. english/01.e.fid ;;01:101: There are several means of conveying orders in the field. english/01.e.fid ;;01:102: Our radio communications are always being jammed by the enemy. english/01.e.fid ;;01:103: We switch to an alternate frequency when the enemy is jamming us. english/01.e.fid ;;01:104: What did Comrade Company Commander say in class this morning? english/01.e.fid ;;01:105: We receive political indoctrination for one hour every day in the classroom. english/01.e.fid ;;01:106: What call signs is the 2nd Bn using now? english/01.e.fid ;;01:107: All call signs are changed daily at midnight. english/01.e.fid ;;01:108: What do you do when interference occurs in your radio communications? english/01.e.fid ;;01:109: Under what circumstances does radio interference occur? english/01.e.fid ;;01:110: There are two radio nets. english/01.e.fid ;;01:111: One is a command net, and the other is a fire direction net. english/01.e.fid ;;01:112: The 3rd Bn operates a surveillance net between its OP and CP. english/01.e.fid ;;01:113: The call sign used on the regimental net is different from that used on the battalion's net. english/01.e.fid ;;01:114: MIROK-SAN. english/01.e.fid ;;01:115: We use the same format when calling several stations at the same time as when calling one station. english/01.e.fid ;;01:116: The alternate call sign is normally used when we switch to the alternate frequency. english/01.e.fid ;;01:117: The battalion chief of staff has the authority to change frequencies. english/01.e.fid ;;01:118: The new frequencies are not given in the clear; they are always encoded. english/01.e.fid ;;01:119: The 8th Co has two alternate frequencies -- one is 48.91 megahertz and the other is 5072 megahertz. english/01.e.fid ;;01:120: They change frequencies when interference occurs -- either from enemy jamming or from natural causes. english/01.e.fid ;;01:121: The fire support elements are included in the fire direction net. english/01.e.fid ;;01:122: It operates two radio stations. english/01.e.fid ;;01:123: One is an FM station and the other is an AM station. english/01.e.fid ;;01:124: Since all call signs are changed daily at 2400, the 2nd Bn's call sign will also change at midnight tonight. english/01.e.fid ;;01:125: The call signs of the platoon leaders of the 1st and 2nd Plts are MIROK-SAN 1 and MIROK-SAN 2, respectively. english/01.e.fid ;;01:126: As I told you already, Comrade Platoon Leader of the 3rd Plt was killed in action yesterday morning. english/01.e.fid ;;01:127: For example, "NAMSAN 11, NAMSAN 12, this is NAMSAN". english/01.e.fid ;;01:128: We occasionally use a totally different number for the alternate call sign. english/01.e.fid ;;01:129: The frequency range of the R-116 radio is 48.65 to 51.25 megahertz. english/01.e.fid ;;01:130: The primary frequency is in effect for 24 hours. english/01.e.fid ;;01:131: That is, unless they switch to the alternate frequency. english/01.e.fid ;;01:132: The 4th Co has two alternate frequencies -- one high and one low. english/01.e.fid ;;01:133: On the battalion radio net, the 1st Co's call sign is KAPSAN 15, and the 2nd Co's is KAPSAN 16, and the 3rd Co's is KAPSAN 17. english/01.e.fid ;;01:134: The heavy machine gun company's is KAPSAN 21, the mortar company's is KAPSAN 22, and the recoilless gun platoon's is KAPSAN 23. english/01.e.fid ;;01:135: When the battalion calls all stations on its nets simultaneously, it uses the format: "All listen, this is" followed by the battalion's call sign for that day. english/01.e.fid ;;01:136: For example, today's call sign is "all listen, this is KWAKSAN". english/01.e.fid ;;01:137: The alternate call signs of the stations in the battalion net consist of the battalion's alternate call sign and the reversed number of the respective station's primary call sign. english/01.e.fid ;;01:138: For example, the 5th Co's alternate call sign for today is HYESAN 51 and the 6th Co's is HYESAN 61. english/01.e.fid ;;01:139: Today the battalion command net is operating on a primary frequency of 46.56 megahertz, and the battalion fire direction net is operating on a primary frequency of 47.35 megahertz. english/01.e.fid ;;01:140: The source cannot recall the frequencies of the other nets that the battalion operates on. english/01.e.fid ;;01:141: The frequency range of the R-106 radio is 46.1 to 48.8 megahertz. english/01.e.fid ;;01:142: The frequency range of the R-116 radio is 48.65 to 51.25 megahertz. english/01.e.fid ;;01:143: The source heard this from his assistant company commander for military affairs during a class one day. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:1: What type of radiotelephones does the 1st Btry/3rd Bn have? english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:2: I suppose they also have TAI-43 field telephones, but the only equipment I know of for sure is the K-10 field switchboard. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:3: I believe that each battery in the NKPA has one of these. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:4: What is the range of the TAI-43 field telephone? english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:5: Using what we call field wire, it has a range of about 25Km. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:6: If we can obtain some ferrous copper wire, the TAI-43 then has a range of 6.5 to 160Km. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:7: What is the power source for the TAI-43 field phone? english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:8: It is powered by two 1.5V batteries. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:9: I've been told that these TAI-43s supply the power to the K-10 field switchboard, but I'm not sure about this. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:10: How many TAI-43 field phones can be connected to a K-10 field switchboard? english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:11: I believe that 10 field phones can be connected to one field switchboard. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:12: If the battery needs to talk to more than 10 units at one time, they could connect two K-10s together. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:13: But the battery would have to borrow one from the battalion in order to do this, because the battery has only one switchboard. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:14: How may K-10 field switchboards does the 3rd Bn/573rd Mixed Arty Regt have? english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:15: I really don't know. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:16: They have at least two. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:17: One is mainly used for communicating with units within the battalion, and the other is used for communicating with units outside of the battalion. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:18: If there is only one switchboard in the 1st Btry/3rd Bn, how could is communicate with the unit it supported when it was being used independently of the 3rd Bn/573rd Mixed Arty Regt? english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:19: In the NKPA, the supported unit is responsible for ensuring that the supporting artillery units have a means of communicating with it. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:20: This responsibility includes supplying communications equipment, when necessary. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:21: What type of landline equipment was supplied from a supported armor unit to the 3rd Bn? english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:22: I don't know. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:23: I didn't work at battalion HQ, so I don't know anything about their equipment. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:24: I only heard about the things I've just told you about. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:25: I've never seen the communications equipment at battalion HQ. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:26: What type of radio equipment did the 1st Gun Crew/3rd Plt have? english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:27: My crew didn't have any radios, but my platoon had one R-108 radio transceiver, which was used to communicate with the COP during times of emergency. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:28: Normally they use landline, not the radio, for routine communications. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:29: Describe the R-108 radio transceiver. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:30: Well, it is an FM radio and it weighs about 17Kg. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:31: It's about 42Cm wide, 7Cm high, and 42Cm deep. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:32: I don't remember much about it, except for the antenna. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:33: Sometimes the radiotelephone operator used a wire for an antenna, but most of the time he used a segmented antenna. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:34: These segments appeared to be about a centimeter long, and the entire antenna was about two meters long. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:35: He used to adjust a lever near the base of the antenna, and the antenna became rigid. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:36: I've always wondered how that works. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:37: What is the transmission range of the R-108 radio transceiver? english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:38: Oh, I don't know. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:39: The radio operator told me that he could talk to people who were 25Km away when he used the wire antenna, but that he could only talk to people about one-fourth that distance away when he used the segmented antenna. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:40: When was the segmented antenna used? english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:41: It was used almost all of the time. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:42: He carried the radio on his back most of the time, and he could not set up the wire unless he took the radio off his back. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:43: And then he had to tie one end of the wire to a tree, or to a telephone pole, or to something else that high. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:44: What is the frequency range of the R-108 radio transceiver? english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:45: I think it's somewhere around 28 to 36MHz. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:46: I do know that it is a 1.2W radio. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:47: It is because that is what the radiotelephone operator told me. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:48: Besides the 1st Btry/3rd Bn's COP, what units did the 3rd Plt/1st Btry use the R-108 radio to communicate with? english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:49: As far as I know, they only communicated with our COP on that radio. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:50: Coordination with other units is always handled by personnel at the COP. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:51: Besides the equipment that you have already mentioned, what types of radio equipment are organic to the 1st Btry/3rd Bn? english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:52: None that I know of. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:53: I heard that our battalion HQ has a couple of RBM-1 radios, but I've never seen them and I don't know what this type of radio is used for. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:54: Describe the RBM-1 radio. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:55: I can't describe the radio. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:56: I just said that I have never seen one. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:57: I heard somewhere that it is an AM radio, and that it's a little smaller than the R-108 radio, but that's about all I can remember about the RBM-1. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:58: Earlier you mentioned that the 3rd Plt/1st Btry only communicated with the COP of the 1st Btry/3rd Bn over the K-10 field switchboard; what units does this COP communicate with over this switchboard? english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:59: When my battery was supporting a unit independently of our battalion, then our battery COP would communicate directly with the supported unit's HQ, with our supply units, and with our adjacent supporting units such as mortar and MRL units. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:60: If our battery was being employed as part of our battalion or as part of an artillery force supporting a maneuver unit, then the battalion HQ would communicate with the units I just mentioned. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:61: In either case, my battery COP maintains communication links with our battery reconnaissance personnel. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:62: What is the call sign of the 3rd Plt/1st Btry? english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:63: I don't remember. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:64: Our radiotelephone operator had a book which contained different call signs and frequencies. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:65: The call signs and frequencies he used changed from time to time, but I don't remember how often these things changed. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:66: How big was the book that the radiotelephone operator used? english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:67: All of the ones I've seen were 15 or 16 pages long; the radiotelephone operators used a new book once every six months or so. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:68: Besides call signs and frequencies, these books probably contained some sort of encryption tables. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:69: The reason I say this is because sometimes the radiotelephone operator said things into the telephone that didn't make sense to me or to anyone else. english/02.e.fid ;;A;02:70: What... english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:71: That's all I can remember about radios. english/02.e.fid ;;B;02:72: Honestly, I've already told you more than I thought I could about this subject. english/02.e.fid ;;02:73: In the field, communication by audio signal is most often utilized. english/02.e.fid ;;02:74: A railroad truck line between Seoul and Suwon was bombed. english/02.e.fid ;;02:75: The recruits were introduced individually. english/02.e.fid ;;02:76: What are the components of the radio? english/02.e.fid ;;02:77: If you adjust this, the antenna will become rigid. english/02.e.fid ;;02:78: Press this button to call the battery commander. english/02.e.fid ;;02:79: What supplies the power to the field switchboard? english/02.e.fid ;;02:80: The segmented antenna is used primarily for the R-108 radio. english/02.e.fid ;;02:81: During the night we used light signals instead of flags. english/02.e.fid ;;02:82: We used flares to communicate with the 3rd Plt last night. english/02.e.fid ;;02:83: The NKPA is constantly introducing new communications equipment. english/02.e.fid ;;02:84: We communicated with the COP using a radio transceiver. english/02.e.fid ;;02:85: Our battery's call sign was changed from time to time. english/02.e.fid ;;02:86: The gun crew chief often uses visual communication to direct firing. english/02.e.fid ;;02:87: Different passwords are used every day in the field. english/02.e.fid ;;02:88: Tracer rounds are not often used in the defense. english/02.e.fid ;;02:89: During the march, arm-and-hand signals are often used. english/02.e.fid ;;02:90: Looking only at external appearances, you don't know. english/02.e.fid ;;02:91: How do you adjust the volume of the R-105 radio? english/02.e.fid ;;02:92: Today PVT Kim heard the voice of the division commander for the first time. english/02.e.fid ;;02:93: The signal platoon has a new electronic switchboard. english/02.e.fid ;;02:94: I saw a lot of telephone poles at the communications center. english/02.e.fid ;;02:95: The firing battery commander directs the battery's fire under the control of the COP. english/02.e.fid ;;02:96: The political officer periodically investigates the officers' attitudes. english/02.e.fid ;;02:97: The R-105 radio is equipped with a power amplifier. english/02.e.fid ;;02:98: Which unit is the supported unit connecting with branch lines? english/02.e.fid ;;02:99: Using continuous wave, the maximum range of this radio is 20Km. english/02.e.fid ;;02:100: Who drew up the battalion fire plan? english/02.e.fid ;;02:101: Silence is golden. english/02.e.fid ;;02:102: I talked on the phone with the battery commander at 10 o'clock this morning. english/02.e.fid ;;02:103: You can tell the model of a radio by the identification plate. english/02.e.fid ;;02:104: Call the 2nd Btry's commander on the radio immediately. english/02.e.fid ;;02:105: The EPW was wearing a yellowish-brown uniform. english/02.e.fid ;;02:106: None. english/02.e.fid ;;02:107: My platoon had one TAI-43 field telephone which the officer in charge of the firing position or the platoon leader used to communicate with the battery command observation post (COP). english/02.e.fid ;;02:108: During the march we communicated using flag or arm-and-hand signals. english/02.e.fid ;;02:109: During night marches we mostly relied on light signals to communicate. english/02.e.fid ;;02:110: We used flared or tracer rounds when the units were far apart. english/02.e.fid ;;02:111: This field phone is powered by two 1.5V dry batteries. english/02.e.fid ;;02:112: The battery commander talked on the phone directly to the supported unit's commander through this switchboard. english/02.e.fid ;;02:113: A segmented antenna is usually used for the R-108 radio transceiver. english/02.e.fid ;;02:114: When the radiotelephone operator adjusts this, the antenna becomes rigid. english/02.e.fid ;;02:115: The radio operator took his radio off his back and tied the wire to a telephone pole. english/02.e.fid ;;02:116: Our battalion changed frequencies and call signs from time to time. english/02.e.fid ;;02:117: Those comrades used a new encryption table once every four months or so. english/02.e.fid ;;02:118: During offensive operations, most communications are done by visual signals. english/02.e.fid ;;02:119: During offensive operations we occasionally communicated by radio using brief messages, but during defensive operations we always used landline equipment. english/02.e.fid ;;02:120: Our platoon leader and the officer in charge of the firing position used the TAI-43 field telephone to communicate with the battery COP. english/02.e.fid ;;02:121: I know for sure that each battery in the NKPA artillery has one K-10 field switchboard. english/02.e.fid ;;02:122: The range of the field telephone is only 20Km when using ferrous wire, but it's as much as 170Km when using ferrous copper wire. english/02.e.fid ;;02:123: In the NKPA, the supported unit is responsible for ensuring that the supporting artillery units have all the necessary communications equipment. english/02.e.fid ;;02:124: Our platoon normally used landline for routine communications; during emergencies, we used the radio for communicating with the COP. english/02.e.fid ;;02:125: Because coordination with other units was always handled by personnel at the COP, we communicated only with the COP on that radio. english/02.e.fid ;;02:126: I heard that our battalion HQ has two or three RBM-1 radios, but I don't know what these radios are used for. english/02.e.fid ;;02:127: I heard somewhere that the RBM-1 radio is an AM radio and that it's a little smaller than the R-108 radio, and that's all I can remember about that radio. english/02.e.fid ;;02:128: I sometimes heard that radiotelephone operators, using a cold book of about 20 pages, saying things into the telephone that didn't make sense to me at all. english/02.e.fid ;;02:129: Frankly speaking, it seems that I've already told you more than I thought I could about radios. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:1: CPT CHO, earlier you mentioned that your tank was equipped with both the R130 and the R123 radios. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:2: What is the difference between these two radios? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:3: The R130 radio is an amplitude-modulated (AM) radio that operates in the high-frequency (HF) range, and the R123 radio is a frequency-modulated (FM) radio that operates in the very high-frequency (VHF) range. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:4: The battalion command net usually operates on the VHF network. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:5: What other types of radios are the tanks of the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn equipped with? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:6: As I told you before, the R123 is the only radio installed in tanks below the company level. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:7: What is the frequency range of the R123 radio? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:8: The frequency range of the R123 radio is 20 to 51.5 megahertz. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:9: What is the frequency range of the R130 radio? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:10: The frequency range of the R130 radio is 1.5 to 10.990 megahertz. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:11: What type of antenna is required for the R130 radio? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:12: Since the R130 radios in our platoon are tank-mounted, they are equipped with whip antennas. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:13: The R123 radios are equipped with telescopic antennas. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:14: What other types of antennas can the R130 radio be equipped with? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:15: When the R130 radio is not tank-mounted, it can be equipped with a directional antenna such as a dipole antenna or an inclined bean antenna. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:16: The R123 can also be equipped with a whip antenna. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:17: What is the power output of the R130 radio? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:18: Since I'm not a communications officer, it is hard for me to accurately answer all of your questions regarding radios. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:19: I realize that, CPT CHO. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:20: Just try to give me the information that you can remember as accurately as possible. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:21: Now, what is the power output of the R130 radio? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:22: I think the power output for the R130 radio is about 12 to 40 watts. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:23: The power output for the R123 radio is approximately 20 to 30 watts. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:24: What is the range of the R123 radio? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:25: The range of the radio depends upon the type of antenna it is equipped with. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:26: With a 10 meter telescopic antenna, the range of the R123 is about 30 miles. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:27: With a whip antenna, the R130 can also transmit a distance of about 30 miles. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:28: But with a directional antenna the R130 can transmit up to 200 miles. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:29: How many channels are on the R123 radio? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:30: I'm sorry, CPT SHIN. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:31: I'm not sure how many channels are available on either the R130 or R123 radio. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:32: These radios are relatively new to our forces. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:33: The first time I had an opportunity to use either one of these radios was during "Operation Unification." english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:34: How long have the tanks of the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn been equipped with these radios? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:35: Both the R130 and the R123 radios were installed in our tanks by the division's communication battalion about on month ago. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:36: We haven't had a lot of time to become proficient with these radios. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:37: The R130 radio replaced the older-model R112 radio, and the R123 radio replaced the R113 radio. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:38: Now, let's discuss the radio networks within the Kaesong Tank Div. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:39: First, explain how you communicate with units subordinate to the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:40: The R123 radio is used for communications with each tank platoon leader and each tank commander. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:41: Also, if artillery or motorized rifle troops are attached to the regiment or battalion, the supporting unit commanders can communicate with all company tanks utilizing the R123 radio. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:42: What radio network would you use to communicate with units above company level? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:43: I would use the battalion command network on a high frequency channel. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:44: VHF networks are usually too cluttered to use for communications with higher headquarters. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:45: When it is impossible to communicate with higher-level units on the HF network due to radio malfunctions or jamming, a VHF channel is used as the backup battalion command network. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:46: Who uses the battalion command network? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:47: The tank company commanders, the battalion commander, the regimental commander, the regimental chief of staff, the division commander, and the division chief of staff use the battalion command network. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:48: Who uses the VHF network? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:49: In addition to the line tanks and platoon leaders, the VHF network is used by the repair and evacuation groups, the supply platoon, the medical section, and the battalion deputy commander for technical affairs. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:50: Who else uses the VHF network? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:51: As I indicated earlier, if artillery units or motorized rifle troops are attached to the battalion, they too would use the VHF network. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:52: What personnel are authorized to make radio transmissions on that network? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:53: Normally the battalion and company commanders of tank and attached units are authorized to make radio transmissions on that network. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:54: Radio transmissions security is very strict and personnel are severely punished for violating radio security procedures. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:55: How are radio transmissions authenticated? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:56: We use the challenge-and-reply system to authenticate all radio transmissions. english/03.e.fid ;;X;03:57: The interrogator continues to question the source concerning authentication procedures. english/03.e.fid ;;A;03:58: Now, CPT CHO, what type of encryption devices are used to encrypt radio transmissions within the Kaesong Tank Div? english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:59: I don't know of any encryption devices in the Kaesong Tank Div. english/03.e.fid ;;B;03:60: All radio communications, which I transmit or receive, are either not encoded or encoded with pre-designated code tables. english/03.e.fid ;;03:61: The R130 radio is a high-frequency AM radio. english/03.e.fid ;;03:62: The company commander's jeep always has an antenna. english/03.e.fid ;;03:63: PVT YUN was listening to the shortwave broadcast from South Korea. english/03.e.fid ;;03:64: Draw a diagram of your battalion command net. english/03.e.fid ;;03:65: The battalion commander is able to monitor any company net by tuning his radio to that company net. english/03.e.fid ;;03:66: Radio transmissions require thorough security. english/03.e.fid ;;03:67: Because of interference, the 1st Tank Bn changed frequencies three times. english/03.e.fid ;;03:68: Within this unit, who is the most proficient radio operator? english/03.e.fid ;;03:69: Our tank unit needs proficient technical officers. english/03.e.fid ;;03:70: We have to replace the dipole antenna because it is no good. english/03.e.fid ;;03:71: We use the encryption device to encode radio transmissions. english/03.e.fid ;;03:72: If anyone in the KPA criticizes a superior officer, he is severely punished. english/03.e.fid ;;03:73: I can read you, but there is some static. english/03.e.fid ;;03:74: What types of radios is the inclined beam antenna used with? english/03.e.fid ;;03:75: Alternate positions are drawn with dotted lines on a map. english/03.e.fid ;;03:76: First adjust the height of your telescopic antenna. english/03.e.fid ;;03:77: We cannot use a directional antenna on the T-54 tank. english/03.e.fid ;;03:78: The new communications security regulations have come out in booklet form. english/03.e.fid ;;03:79: Our radio is connected to a whip antenna. english/03.e.fid ;;03:80: In North Korea no one is allowed to monitor South Korean broadcasts. english/03.e.fid ;;03:81: What types of very high frequency radios does the tank battalion of the division have? english/03.e.fid ;;03:82: I have reduced the power output because of the possibility of being monitored by the enemy. english/03.e.fid ;;03:83: Normally the R123 FM radio is mounted in a vehicle. english/03.e.fid ;;03:84: The artillery unit commander always coordinates with the supported unit commander during combat. english/03.e.fid ;;03:85: The battalion chief of staff operates a warning network for NBC warfare. english/03.e.fid ;;03:86: What procedures do you use to authenticate radio transmissions? english/03.e.fid ;;03:87: The interrogator continues to question the source concerning the various codebooks and methods of using these codebooks. english/03.e.fid ;;03:88: The R123 radios are equipped with telescopic antennas. english/03.e.fid ;;03:89: When artillery support units are attached to the battalion, they would use the VHF network also. english/03.e.fid ;;03:90: We haven't had a lot of time to become proficient with these radios. english/03.e.fid ;;03:91: I think that the power output for the R123 radio is about 20 to 30 watts. english/03.e.fid ;;03:92: Sometimes, the R130 radio can also be equipped with a dipole antenna. english/03.e.fid ;;03:93: Encryption devices are used to encrypt radio transmissions in our tank division. english/03.e.fid ;;03:94: In our division, anyone who violates radio security procedures is severely punished. english/03.e.fid ;;03:95: When the R130 radio is not tank-mounted, it can be equipped with a directional antenna. english/03.e.fid ;;03:96: The first time I had an opportunity to use this radio was during "Operation Unification." english/03.e.fid ;;03:97: I don't know anything about encryption devices in our division. english/03.e.fid ;;03:98: Since I'm not a communications officer, it is hard for me to answer questions about radios. english/03.e.fid ;;03:99: The R130 radio and the R123 radio are relatively new to our tank unit. english/03.e.fid ;;03:100: The range of the radio depends upon what type of antenna the radio is equipped with. english/03.e.fid ;;03:101: These new radios were installed in our tanks by members of the division communications battalion about a month ago. english/03.e.fid ;;03:102: The commanders of tank battalions, tank companies, and attached units are authorized to make transmissions on that radio network. english/03.e.fid ;;03:103: The VHF channel is used when it is impossible to transmit on the HF network due to a radio malfunction or jamming. english/03.e.fid ;;03:104: The R123 radio replaced the R113 radio, and the R130 radio replaced the older-model R112 radio. english/03.e.fid ;;03:105: The R123 radio is used by the commanders of motorized rifle units and artillery units attached to the regiment and by the battalion deputy commander for technical affairs. english/03.e.fid ;;03:106: And for communication between platoon leaders and tank commander, the R123 radio is used. english/03.e.fid ;;03:107: The frequency range of the R123 radio is 20 to 51.5 megahertz, and the power output for this radio is about 20 to 30 watts. english/03.e.fid ;;03:108: The frequency range of the R130 radio is 1.5 to 10.990 megahertz, and this radio's output is about 12 to 40 watts. english/03.e.fid ;;03:109: The difference of the R130 radio and the R123 radio is that R130 radio is an amplitude-modulated (AM) radio and operates in the high-frequency (HF) range. english/03.e.fid ;;03:110: The R123 radio is a frequency-modulated (FM) radio which operates in the very high-frequency (VHF) range. english/03.e.fid ;;03:111: This R123 is usually used as a battalion command network. english/03.e.fid ;;03:112: The battalion command network consists of the division commander, the division chief of staff, the regimental commander, the regimental chief of staff, the tank battalion commander, the tank company commanders, the battalion deputy commander for technical affairs, the medical section chief, the supply platoon leader, the repair and evacuation group chief, the commanders of the line tanks, and the tank platoon leaders. english/03.e.fid ;;03:113: The range of R123 radio is about 30 miles with a 10 meter telescopic antenna. english/03.e.fid ;;03:114: Also the range of the R130 radio is about 30 miles with a whip antenna. english/03.e.fid ;;03:115: But with a directional antenna, the R123 can transmit up to 200 miles. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:1: Let's continue, MSG KIM. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:2: What unit is the 45th Div subordinate to? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:3: It is subordinate to the 6th Corps. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:4: How else is the 6th Corps designated? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:5: I do not know. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:6: What other units are subordinate to the 6th Corps? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:7: I know that there are three other infantry divisions, a tank regiment and an artillery regiment in the 6th Corps. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:8: What are the designations of the three infantry divisions? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:9: I only know the designations of two of them. english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:10: One is the 13th Inf Div and the other is the 5th Inf Div. english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:11: I do not know the designations of the tank and artillery regiments. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:12: What other units are subordinate to the 6th Corps? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:13: I'm quite sure that there is a mortar regiment. english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:14: And there must be some antiaircraft and engineer units within the 6th Corps. english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:15: But I don't know their sizes or designations. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:16: All right. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:17: Now, what units are subordinate to the 45th Div? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:18: There are three infantry regiments, one tank battalion, one artillery regiment, one mortar regiment, one engineer battalion, one antitank gun battalion, one antiaircraft artillery battalion, one signal battalion, one chemical company, one DMZ police company, one light infantry battalion, and one rocket launcher battalion. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:19: What else does the 45th Div consist of? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:20: There is a division HQ. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:21: What are the unit designations of the three infantry regiments within the 45th Div? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:22: They are the 107th, 108th, and 109th Regts. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:23: How else is the 109th Regt designated? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:24: The 109th Regt is also called the OSONG-SAN Regt because its HQ was located there. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:25: How else are the 107th and 108th Regts designated? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:26: I don't know. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:27: What units are subordinate to the 109th Regt of the 45th Div? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:28: There are three infantry battalions, one artillery battery, one mortar battery, one rocket launcher battery, one engineer company, one signal company, one antiaircraft machine gun platoon and one chemical platoon. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:29: How does the organization of the 107the and 108th Regts differ from that of the 109the Regt? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:30: They do not differ in any way. english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:31: They are organized in exactly the same way. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:32: What are the unit designations of the three infantry battalions within the 109th Regt, 45th Div? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:33: They are the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd Bns. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:34: What does the 2nd Bn of the 109the Regt consist of? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:35: There is a battalion HQ, three infantry companies, one mortar battery, one recoilless gun platoon and one heavy machinegun company. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:36: How does the organization of the 1st and 3rd Bns of the 109th Regt differ from that of the 2nd Bn? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:37: There is no difference whatsoever. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:38: What are the unit designations of the three infantry companies within the 2nd Bn? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:39: They are the 4th, 5th, and 6th Cos. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:40: Why are the companies designated the 4th, 5th, and 6th Cos? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:41: The companies of the 1st Bn are designated the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd, while in the 3rd Bn they are designated the 7th, 8th, and 9th Cos. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:42: What units are subordinate to the 5th Co of the 2nd Bn? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:43: There are three infantry platoons and one light machine gun section. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:44: How does the organization of the 4th and 6th Cos differ from that of the 5th Co? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:45: There is no difference. english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:46: They are exactly the same in their composition. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:47: What are the unit designations of the three platoons within the 5th Co? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:48: There are the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd Plats. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:49: What does the 1st Plat consist of? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:50: There are three squads and a platoon HQ. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:51: How does the organization of the 2nd and 3rd Plats differ from that of the 1st Plat? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:52: There is no difference. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:53: What does the headquarters of the 45th Div consist of? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:54: The division HQ includes of the staff section, the rear services section, the artillery section, the political section, and the political security section. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:55: MSG KIM, earlier you mentioned that there is an artillery regiment subordinate to the 45th Div. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:56: What is the unit designation of this unit? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:57: It is the 161st Arty Regt. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:58: What does the 161st Arty Regt consist of? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:59: There is a regimental HQ plus three artillery battalions. english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:60: But I don't know what each battalion consists of. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:61: What is the unit designation of each of the battalions within the 161st Arty Regt? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:62: I do not know. english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:63: I believe each battalion is designated by the type of gun used within it. english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:64: But I am not sure. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:65: What else do you know about the organization of the 161st Arty Regt? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:66: I do not know anything about the organizational breakdown of the artillery regiment outside of what I have already given you. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:67: What is the unit designation of the engineer battalion within the 45th Div? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:68: I don't know its designation. english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:69: I don't know how it is organized. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:70: What is the unit designation of the signal battalion within the 45th Div? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:71: It is the 742nd Signal Bn. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:72: What units are subordinate to the 742nd Signal Bn? english/04.e.fid ;;B;04:73: I do not know. english/04.e.fid ;;X;04:74: Guard comes in and hands SSG WHITE a note. english/04.e.fid ;;A;04:75: MSG KIM, we are going to take a break for about 20 minutes, and then we will continue our conversation. english/04.e.fid ;;04:76: Our troops forced the enemy to surrender. english/04.e.fid ;;04:77: You cannot force intelligence information from PWs. english/04.e.fid ;;04:78: Their mission is to disrupt the enemy rear. english/04.e.fid ;;04:79: Who is it that is disturbing the peace? english/04.e.fid ;;04:80: I don't know anything about the size of that unit. english/04.e.fid ;;04:81: This is a large-scale munitions factory. english/04.e.fid ;;04:82: What's the mission of the message center section? english/04.e.fid ;;04:83: How do the radio section and the message center section differ? english/04.e.fid ;;04:84: Let's take a five-minute break, and then continue again. english/04.e.fid ;;04:85: It became colder after it snowed. english/04.e.fid ;;04:86: There are many points of difference between men and women. english/04.e.fid ;;04:87: Let's go to a quiet place. english/04.e.fid ;;04:88: The snowstorm paralyzed the traffic. english/04.e.fid ;;04:89: My arm is paralyzed because of the traffic accident. english/04.e.fid ;;04:90: How many radio sections are there in a signal platoon? english/04.e.fid ;;04:91: I received the report by radio. english/04.e.fid ;;04:92: I've been assigned to the antitank artillery unit. english/04.e.fid ;;04:93: MAJ CHO is a devoted anti-communist. english/04.e.fid ;;04:94: The rocket launcher battalion is directly subordinate to a division. english/04.e.fid ;;04:95: How many rounds at a time can you fire with that rocket launcher? english/04.e.fid ;;04:96: I have never participated in unconventional warfare. english/04.e.fid ;;04:97: Unconventional warfare commonly takes place in the enemy rear. english/04.e.fid ;;04:98: I am going to ask you about the organizational breakdown of the infantry. english/04.e.fid ;;04:99: The details of the plan have not been delivered yet. english/04.e.fid ;;04:100: How many tank divisions do you have? english/04.e.fid ;;04:101: A light infantry brigade has nine battalion. english/04.e.fid ;;04:102: What type of units carry out unconventional warfare? english/04.e.fid ;;04:103: Carry that out in accordance with the order. english/04.e.fid ;;04:104: When did you plan to raid the communication center? english/04.e.fid ;;04:105: Our mission tonight is to raid the supply depot. english/04.e.fid ;;04:106: What did you say a while ago? english/04.e.fid ;;04:107: What you said a while ago is a lie. english/04.e.fid ;;04:108: We came under a two-sided enemy attack. english/04.e.fid ;;04:109: We pursued the enemy from both sides. english/04.e.fid ;;04:110: The 8th Co is subordinate to the 3rd Bn. english/04.e.fid ;;04:111: Our regiment is a subordinate unit of the 7th Div. english/04.e.fid ;;04:112: Outside of what I just said, I know nothing. english/04.e.fid ;;04:113: What did you do in addition to that? english/04.e.fid ;;04:114: Where is the 23rd Signal Co located? english/04.e.fid ;;04:115: Our unit was once located in the vicinity of NAM-SAN. english/04.e.fid ;;04:116: We occasionally heard the roaring of guns. english/04.e.fid ;;04:117: I see CPT HA on the street once in a while. english/04.e.fid ;;04:118: The battle is already over. english/04.e.fid ;;04:119: As I have already said, I don't know anything more than that. english/04.e.fid ;;04:120: The enemy is to our front. english/04.e.fid ;;04:121: I am assigned to a division in the forward area. english/04.e.fid ;;04:122: The battlefront is 30 kilometers ahead. english/04.e.fid ;;04:123: All is quiet on the eastern (battle) front. english/04.e.fid ;;04:124: Tank units keep moving toward the FEBA. english/04.e.fid ;;04:125: The infantrymen are digging trenches along the FEBA. english/04.e.fid ;;04:126: There is neither front nor rear in a nuclear war. english/04.e.fid ;;04:127: We harassed the enemy front and rear simultaneously. english/04.e.fid ;;04:128: There are many different types of mortars. english/04.e.fid ;;04:129: What sort of weapon is it? english/04.e.fid ;;04:130: Two of the five PWs are officers. english/04.e.fid ;;04:131: Who gave you that note? english/04.e.fid ;;04:132: Where did you find that note? english/04.e.fid ;;04:133: We were ordered to infiltrate deep into the enemy rear. english/04.e.fid ;;04:134: We are planning to penetrate the SEOUL area by tomorrow. english/04.e.fid ;;04:135: Paralyze the communications network first. english/04.e.fid ;;04:136: This is the setup of the communications network of a light infantry brigade. english/04.e.fid ;;04:137: I hear the sound of guns in the distance. english/04.e.fid ;;04:138: What types of guns do they use in the artillery battalion? english/04.e.fid ;;04:139: Penetrate the rear and form a new battlefront. english/04.e.fid ;;04:140: A platoon is made up of several squads. english/04.e.fid ;;04:141: How many RPG platoons do you have? english/04.e.fid ;;04:142: PVT SONG is assigned to an RPG platoon. english/04.e.fid ;;04:143: Let's take a short break before going on further. english/04.e.fid ;;04:144: The 3rd Squad took a five-minute break under the trees. english/04.e.fid ;;04:145: In the Korean People's Army there are light infantry units that are designed to carry out unconventional warfare. english/04.e.fid ;;04:146: Each army corps usually has two light infantry brigades, and a light infantry brigade consist of the brigade HQ, nine light infantry battalions, one signal platoon, and one RPG platoon. english/04.e.fid ;;04:147: The light infantry battalion is usually subordinate to a light infantry brigade, but such battalions are found also in the 15 forward divisions as organic units. english/04.e.fid ;;04:148: The missions of the light infantry battalion are as follows: (1) to paralyze enemy command and communications networks by infiltrating into areas behind the FEBA; (2) to disrupt the enemy rear by raiding and destroying his military installations; (3) to form a second battlefront in the enemy rear and force the enemy to fight a two-sided battle, front and rear. english/04.e.fid ;;04:149: The light infantry battalion is composed of the battalion HQ, six light infantry companies, and one signal platoon. english/04.e.fid ;;04:150: The battalion HQ consists of the staff section, the rear services section, the political section, and the political security section. english/04.e.fid ;;04:151: The light infantry company is comprised of the company HQ, four light infantry squads, and one mortar section. english/04.e.fid ;;04:152: And the signal platoon consists of the platoon HQ, two radio sections, and one message center section. english/04.e.fid ;;04:153: I know that there are three other infantry divisions in the 5th Corps. english/04.e.fid ;;04:154: There are three infantry regiments plus one antitank gun battalion and one antiaircraft artillery battalion. english/04.e.fid ;;04:155: There is an artillery battery, a mortar battery, and a rocker launcher battery subordinate to that regiment. english/04.e.fid ;;04:156: There is no difference whatsoever between the organization of the 2nd Bn and that of the 3rd Bn. english/04.e.fid ;;04:157: The division HQ includes the political security section, the staff section, the rear services section, and the artillery section. english/04.e.fid ;;04:158: The designation of each unit is determined by the type of gun used within the unit. english/04.e.fid ;;04:159: I know nothing about the breakdown of the rocket launcher battalion. english/04.e.fid ;;04:160: The companies of the 2nd Bn are designated the 4th, 5th, and 6th Cos. english/04.e.fid ;;04:161: The 101st Regt is also called the HAEJU Regt because its HQ was located there. english/04.e.fid ;;04:162: I only know the designations of two of them. english/04.e.fid ;;04:163: One is the 17th Div and the other is the 46th Div. english/04.e.fid ;;04:164: Well, SSG PAK, let's continue with our talk. english/04.e.fid ;;04:165: What unit is the 8th Regt subordinate to? english/04.e.fid ;;04:166: How else is the 45th Div designated? english/04.e.fid ;;04:167: What units are subordinate to the 2nd Corps? english/04.e.fid ;;04:168: What other units are subordinate to the Corps? english/04.e.fid ;;04:169: How else is the 6th Corps designated? english/04.e.fid ;;04:170: What are the designations of the three infantry regiments? english/04.e.fid ;;04:171: What units does the 7th Div consist of? english/04.e.fid ;;04:172: How does the organization of the 1st Bn differ from that of the 3rd Bn? english/04.e.fid ;;04:173: What is the unit designation of the signal battalion within the 3rd Div? english/04.e.fid ;;04:174: There are three infantry battalions, one artillery battery, and one rocket launcher battery subordinate to the 209th Regt. english/04.e.fid ;;04:175: The organization of the 3rd Bn is not at all different from that of the 1st and 2nd Bns. english/04.e.fid ;;04:176: The companies of the 2nd Bn are designated the 4th, 5th, and 6th, while the companies of the 3rd Bn are called the 7th, 8th, and 9th. english/04.e.fid ;;04:177: I believe each battalion is designated by the type of gun used within the unit. english/04.e.fid ;;04:178: The division HQ consists of the political section, the staff section, the rear services section, the political security section, and the artillery section. english/04.e.fid ;;04:179: I do not know anything about the organizational breakdown of the antiaircraft artillery battalion outside of what I have already said. english/04.e.fid ;;04:180: I know that there are four infantry divisions, a tank regiment, and an artillery regiment in the 5th Corps. english/04.e.fid ;;04:181: There are three infantry regiments plus an antitank gun battalion, an artillery regiment, and a DMZ police company in the 15th Div. english/04.e.fid ;;04:182: I only know the designations of two of them. english/04.e.fid ;;04:183: One is the 746th Signal Bn and the other is the 243rd Engineer Bn. english/04.e.fid ;;04:184: The 27th Inf Div is sometimes called the KAESONG Div because its HQ was located there. english/04.e.fid ;;04:185: In the PAF there is a military command and staff structure for controlling military operations and a political apparatus through which the Party controls the military. english/04.e.fid ;;04:186: The military command structure can be seen as divided into wartime and peacetime structures. english/04.e.fid ;;04:187: In peacetime, the Minister of the PAF performs defense-related administrative tasks through the Ministry of PAF agencies, and commands the three services in operations through the Chief of General Staff (CGS), who is head of the General Staff Department. english/04.e.fid ;;04:188: Under him, commanders at all levels command and control their own units in military matters through command channels. english/04.e.fid ;;04:189: In wartime the Military Committee is established as the highest war policy organ. english/04.e.fid ;;04:190: The Chief of the General Staff, who is directly under that committee as the highest military commander, commands and controls the entire armed forces. english/04.e.fid ;;04:191: Also, the Forward Command HQ is established to control the operations of frontline units. english/04.e.fid ;;04:192: Commanders at all echelons command and control their own units in tactical operations through command channels. english/04.e.fid ;;04:193: At division level, operational command is exercised by the staff section. english/04.e.fid ;;04:194: Other division HQ elements at the same level are the political section, the political security section, the rear services section, and the artillery section. english/04.e.fid ;;04:195: The staff section, which is the main component of the HQ, controls all tactical operations. english/04.e.fid ;;04:196: It prepares all projects, combat orders and combat reports; it organizes and provides communication services and conducts combat training. english/04.e.fid ;;04:197: It prepares plans for coordinated activities among the various combat branches and supervises the implementation of those plans. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:1: CPT, CHO, let me remind you that you'd better give me accurate information. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:2: If not, then the consequences will be very severe. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:3: Now, for the last time, what other units are directly subordinate to the Kaesong Tank Div/2nd Corps? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:4: Listen to me please, CPT SHIN! english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:5: I told you all that I know about the division-level organization. english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:6: How can you possibly expect me to know all that detailed information? english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:7: I don't expect you to know everything, CPT CHO. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:8: However, I do expect you to answer my questions as honestly and thoroughly as possible. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:9: Now, let's continue with the organization of your regiment. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:10: What units are directly subordinate to the 12th Tank Regt/Kaesong Tank Div/2nd Corps? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:11: The subordinate units of the 12th Tank Regt are designated the Engineer Plt, the Air Defense Btry, the Motor Transport Co, the Signal Co, the Maintenance and Repair Sec, the Chemical Plt, the Armored Recon Co, the Artillery Bn, a motorized infantry battalion, and three tank battalions. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:12: What else does the 12th Tank Regt consist of? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:13: There is a regimental HQ. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:14: What are the designations of the three tank battalions? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:15: They are designated the 2nd, 3rd, 4th Tank Bns/12th Tank Regt. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:16: What happened to the 1st Tank Bn of the 12th Tank Regt/Kaesong Tank Div? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:17: I don't know. english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:18: The 12th Tank Regt has only the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Tank Bns. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:19: How else is the motorized infantry battalion designated? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:20: It is also designated the 121st Motorized Rifle Bn/12th Tank Regt. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:21: What is the full unit designation of the artillery battalion/12th Tank Regt? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:22: The artillery battalion is designated as the 12th Artillery Bn/12th Tank Regt. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:23: What other units are directly subordinate to the 12th Tank Regt/Kaesong Tank Div/2nd Corps? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:24: I'm sorry, but other than those units which I have just mentioned, I have no further information concerning units subordinate to the 12th Tank Regt. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:25: OK, CPT CHO. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:26: Now then, let's talk about the organization of the tank battalions of the 12th Tank Regt/Kaesong Tank Div. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:27: How does the organization of the 3rd Tank Bn differ from the organization of the 2nd Tank Bn/12th Tank Regt/Kaesong Tank Div? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:28: All the tank battalions of the 12th Tank Regt are organized in the same manner. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:29: What units are directly subordinate to the 2nd Tank Bn/12th Tank Regt/Kaesong Tank Div? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:30: There are three tank companies and they are designated the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd Tank Cos/2nd Tank Bn/12th Tank Regt. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:31: What other units are subordinate to the 2nd Tank Bn/12th Tank Regt/Kaesong Tank Div? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:32: Please let me think for just a minute. english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:33: By the way, could I have a cigarette? english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:34: Sure. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:35: Here, have an American cigarette, CPT CHO. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:36: I want you to recall all this information as precisely as possible. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:37: And keep in mind that all the information that you give me will be checked for accuracy. english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:38: I'm trying to be as accurate as possible. english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:39: Now, where was I? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:40: Oh, the 2nd Tank Bn/12th Tank Regt also has a battalion HQ and a signal platoon. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:41: What else does the 2nd Tank Bn/12th Tank Regt consist of? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:42: The 2nd Tank Bn also has a Rear Area Services Element, the Political Sec, Staff Sec, and the Political Security Sec. english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:43: The Rear Area Services Element also has several subordinate units. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:44: How are the units subordinate to the Rear Area Services Element designated? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:45: The units subordinate to the Rear Area Services Element are designated the Supply Plt, Tank Repair Sec, Motor Transport Sec, and the Medical Sec. english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:46: The Supply Plt is further broken down into two sections. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:47: What are the designations of the two sections subordinate to the Supply Plt/2nd Tank Bn/12th Tank Regt? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:48: I'm sorry I don't know the designation of the individual sections. english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:49: I only know that the Supply Plt is divided into two sections. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:50: What units are subordinate to the Political Sec/2nd Tank Bn/12th Tank Regt? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:51: I'm sorry, but I can't recall any units subordinate to the Political Sec. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:52: How is the Political Security Sec/2nd Tank Bn/12th Tank Regt organized? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:53: I'm sorry. I'm really not sure. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:54: How is the Signal Plt/2nd Tank Bn/12th Tank Regt organized? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:55: Actually, I don't know very much about the Signal Plt either, except that it has a platoon HQ, a Maintenance Squad, and the three radio squads. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:56: What other units are subordinate to the 2nd Tank Bn? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:57: Let me see...I can't think of any other units. english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:58: That should be just about all the units subordinate to the 2nd Tank Bn/12th Tank Regt. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:59: How many companies are subordinate to the 2nd Tank Bn/12th Tank Regt? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:60: As I told you earlier, there are three tank companies in the 2nd Tank Bn. english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:61: They are designated the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd Tank Cos/2nd Tank Bn/12th Tank Regt. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:62: How does the organization of the 1st Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn/12th Tank Regt differ from the organization of the 2nd Tank Co? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:63: All the tank companies of the 2nd Tank Bn/12th Tank Regt are organized in the same manner. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:64: What units are directly subordinate to the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn/12th Tank Regt? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:65: Each company has three tank platoons and a company HQ. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:66: What are the designations of the three tank platoons? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:67: They are designated the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd Plts. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:68: How does the organization of the 1st Tank Plt differ from the organization of the 2nd Tank Plt? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:69: They are all organized the same way. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:70: What units are directly subordinate to the 1st Tank Plt/2nd Tank Bn/2nd Tank Regt? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:71: In the KPA a tank company is not broken down any lower than platoon level. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:72: What other units, besides those units which you have already mentioned, do you know of? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:73: Let me see. english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:74: The only other unit that I can think of is the engineer river-crossing unit that supported us during the river-crossing operation. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:75: What is the full unit designation of the engineer river-crossing unit? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:76: I'm sorry, but I really don't know the designation of that unit. english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:77: Prior to the river-crossing operation, our comrade battalion commander explained to all the company commanders at a briefing that an engineer river-crossing unit from Strategic Forces Command (SFC) would construct all the bridges and prepare all the river-crossing sites for the entire Kaesong Tank Div. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:78: What other units are attached to the Kaesong Tank Div/2nd Corps? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:79: I have given you all the information I know concerning the organizations of the Kaesong Tank Div and the 2nd Corps. english/05.e.fid ;;A;05:80: CPT CHO, what units have been detached from the Kaesong Tank Div? english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:81: To the best of my knowledge, the Kaesong Tank Div is operating intact with all of its organic units. english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:82: I really don't know much about the Armored Recon Co. english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:83: But I know a lot about the tank companies. english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:84: The 8th Tank Bn has several units other than the tank companies, but the only one I can recall is the Political Security Sec. english/05.e.fid ;;B;05:85: Other than the units which I have just mentioned, I have no further information concerning any other units. english/05.e.fid ;;05:86: Our division tried to seize Seoul as quickly as possible. english/05.e.fid ;;05:87: If possible, I will not see him. english/05.e.fid ;;05:88: Loyalty to our leader KIM Il-Sung is the basis of North Korean society. english/05.e.fid ;;05:89: Basically, KPA tank tactics came from the Soviet Union. english/05.e.fid ;;05:90: Didn't I just mention the organization of the 2nd Bn to you? english/05.e.fid ;;05:91: Explain what you know about the organization of the North Korean government. english/05.e.fid ;;05:92: The other units that participated in the battle were subordinate to the Mechanized Command. english/05.e.fid ;;05:93: I pledged to give my full loyalty to the Party. english/05.e.fid ;;05:94: Let me remind you not to give me false information. english/05.e.fid ;;05:95: What else do you call CPT HAN, your company commander? english/05.e.fid ;;05:96: A tank division can be broadly divided into three types of units according to their functions. english/05.e.fid ;;05:97: I hope you are repatriated as soon as possible. english/05.e.fid ;;05:98: A strong striking power is one of the characteristics of a tank. english/05.e.fid ;;05:99: You keep in mind that I will check the accuracy of this information. english/05.e.fid ;;05:100: You'd better keep in mind your family in North Korea at all times. english/05.e.fid ;;05:101: The combat vehicles of the KPA were patterned after those of the Soviet military forces. english/05.e.fid ;;05:102: It's not necessarily bad to imitate others. english/05.e.fid ;;05:103: Tanks are able to demonstrate their full potential in open terrain. english/05.e.fid ;;05:104: CPT KANG demonstrated his outstanding leadership abilities during the river-crossing operation. english/05.e.fid ;;05:105: I can't recall the incident now because it happened too long ago. english/05.e.fid ;;05:106: All KPA tanks have very good mobility. english/05.e.fid ;;05:107: There is no truth to the information which you have just mentioned. english/05.e.fid ;;05:108: I have no detailed information about the organization of the 1st Corps. english/05.e.fid ;;05:109: I don't know any detailed information concerning the organization of the 21st Div. english/05.e.fid ;;05:110: The KPA doesn't break down tank units below platoon level. english/05.e.fid ;;05:111: I really don't know anything about the personal life of our division commander. english/05.e.fid ;;05:112: Political problems between the North and the South are very serious. english/05.e.fid ;;05:113: If you lie, the consequences will be very severe. english/05.e.fid ;;05:114: KPA tank divisions are combined with various branches of arms. english/05.e.fid ;;05:115: Korean armed forces conduct combined training operations with U.S. armed forces once every year. english/05.e.fid ;;05:116: The Mechanized Command is under the Ministry of the People's Armed Forces. english/05.e.fid ;;05:117: Comrade KIM Chong-Il will be a great leader in the future. english/05.e.fid ;;05:118: In the future, my company will be committed to the main attack. english/05.e.fid ;;05:119: Most political officers in the KPA are not honest. english/05.e.fid ;;05:120: If you tell the truth, you will receive special benefits. english/05.e.fid ;;05:121: I satisfied the EPW's request by giving him food. english/05.e.fid ;;05:122: In North Korea one must meet certain qualifications in order to be a member of the Party. english/05.e.fid ;;05:123: The Ministry of the People's Armed Forces also controls the Workers Peasant Red Guard Units. english/05.e.fid ;;05:124: Who controls and directs the Red Youth Honor Guard Units? english/05.e.fid ;;05:125: Tank units can be flexibly tailored to accomplish their mission. english/05.e.fid ;;05:126: Combined Navy and Marine Corps amphibious units are task-organized. english/05.e.fid ;;05:127: I will do it as fast as possible. english/05.e.fid ;;05:128: Tanks are the core of a mechanized infantry division. english/05.e.fid ;;05:129: The unit is organized with armored vehicles as its core. english/05.e.fid ;;05:130: The battalion is designated the 3rd Tank Bn, 3rd Tank Regt. english/05.e.fid ;;05:131: The 15th Tank Bn has three tank companies and they are designated the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd Tank Cos/15th Tank Bn. english/05.e.fid ;;05:132: I think that those units are, without a doubt, all of the units directly subordinate to the 3rd Tank Bn/21st Tank Regt. english/05.e.fid ;;05:133: I'm sorry, but I only know that the Supply Plt is divided into two sections. english/05.e.fid ;;05:134: I'm trying my best to give you the information as accurately as possible, but I can't recall it very well. english/05.e.fid ;;05:135: CPT SHIN, listen to me please! english/05.e.fid ;;05:136: I don't know all that detailed information about the division-level organization. english/05.e.fid ;;05:137: The subordinate units of the 15th Tank Regt are the Air Defense Btry, the Motor Transport Co, the Maintenance and Repair Sec, the Armored Recon Co, and the Motorized Infantry Bn. english/05.e.fid ;;05:138: It is common knowledge that a tank company in the KPA is further broken down into platoons. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:1: All right, 1SG KIM, sit down. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:2: Did you get something to eat? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:3: Yes, I did. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:4: Good. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:5: Then let's continue our discussion. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:6: Oh, by the way, do you smoke cigarettes? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:7: Yes, I do. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:8: Here, (handing PW a cigarette and lighting it) try an American cigarette. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:9: Thank you. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:10: Well, 1SG KIM, because of your help many lives will be saved. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:11: We both know that the South and North are really one nation, and that killing is not the way to lasting peace and unification. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:12: As soon as this war ends, we can have you back safe with your family and your fiancee. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:13: My letter...do you still have my letter? english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:14: Yes, of course. english/06.e.fid ;;X;06:15: Shows PW the letter. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:16: I'll return it to you as soon as we're finished. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:17: I know how much your fiancee means to you. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:18: I'm anxious for this war to end so that everyone can go home. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:19: Now then, let's talk about the number of personnel assigned to the 45th Div. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:20: What is the total personnel strength of the division? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:21: I would say that the division strength is about 9,000. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:22: How do you know that? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:23: Because that is what we usually said when we talked about an infantry division. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:24: But I haven't had much contact with the division in almost a year. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:25: Yes, I understand. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:26: Well, I'm sure you know about your company. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:27: What is the total personnel strength of the 5th Co, 2nd Bn? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:28: When the company is at full strength, it is 90. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:29: Of those men, how many are officers? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:30: Nine. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:31: How many men are there in the HQ, 5th Co? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:32: Five. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:33: How many are officers? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:34: Three. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:35: Tell me the position and rank of each of those officers. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:36: The company commander is senior lieutenant. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:37: And there is the assistant company commander for military affairs and the assistant company commander for political affaires. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:38: Both are lieutenants. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:39: What are the positions of the enlisted men in the HQ, 5th Co? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:40: Well, I was the first sergeant, and we have a medic. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:41: What is the rank of this medic? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:42: He is a sergeant. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:43: How does the personnel strength of the 5th Co differ from that of the 4th Co? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:44: There is no difference. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:45: All the companies have the same number of personnel. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:46: How many enlisted men did you say there are in the 5th Co? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:47: There are 81. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:48: What is the total personnel strength of the 1st Plat, 5th Co? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:49: There is a total of 26. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:50: Two officers in the platoon HQ and 24 enlisted in three squads. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:51: What are the ranks and positions of the two officers? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:52: One is a lieutenant and the platoon leader. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:53: The other is a junior lieutenant and the assistant platoon leader. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:54: Tell me the position and rank of each member in the 1st Squad, 1st Plat. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:55: The squad leader is a sergeant and the assistant squad leader is junior sergeant. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:56: There is a light machine gunner and his assistant who are both senior privates. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:57: Then, there is an PRG gunner and he is also a senior private. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:58: Each squad also has three automatic riflemen, all of whom are privates. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:59: How many men are there in the light machine gun squad of the 5th Co? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:60: There are seven. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:61: What is the position and rank of each squad member? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:62: The light machine gun squad leader is a sergeant. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:63: There is an assistant squad leader who is a junior sergeant. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:64: The other five members are, well, two light machine gunners, two assistant light machine gunners, all of whom are senior privates, and an ammo bearer who is a private. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:65: Now, 1SG KIM, what is the total personnel strength of the 2nd Bn, 109th Regt? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:66: Let me see...altogether, I would say probably 450. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:67: How many officers and enlisted, respectively, are there in the command element of the battalion HQ? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:68: There are three officers and one enlisted. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:69: Tell me their positions and ranks. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:70: The battalion commander is a major and the other two officers are captains. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:71: One is the assistant battalion commander for military affairs and the other is the assistant battalion commander for political affairs. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:72: The enlisted man is a private or senior private and his position is a messenger. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:73: How many other officers are there in the battalion HQ? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:74: There is the chief of staff who is a captain, and a staff officer who is a senior lieutenant. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:75: Also in the staff section there is a signal platoon leader who is a lieutenant. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:76: What are the ranks and positions of the officers in the political section? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:77: Both are senior lieutenants. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:78: One is the director of the Socialist Workers Youth League and the other is the agitator. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:79: There is also an officer in the political security section, and he is a captain. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:80: What officers are there in the battalion HQ supply platoon? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:81: There is an finance officer and a medical officer. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:82: Both are lieutenants. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:83: What section is the medical officer in? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:84: The medical section of the supply platoon. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:85: Medical section? english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:86: You didn't tell me about any medical section. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:87: What other sections are there in the supply platoon? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:88: Besides those I have already told you about, there are no others. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:89: How many enlisted men are there in the supply platoon? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:90: I think there are three or four in each section. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:91: I don't recall the exact number. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:92: How many enlisted men are there in the political security section? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:93: None. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:94: There are no enlisted personnel in the political security section or the political section. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:95: How many enlisted personnel are there in the staff section? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:96: Well...there are eight in the wire section and eight in the radio section of the signal platoon. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:97: And there are a few others in the staff section, but I don't know what they do. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:98: All right. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:99: Now, 1SG KIM, tell me the personnel strength of the mortar company headquarters of the 2nd Bn. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:100: As before, I want you to tell me by position and rank. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:101: Do you understand? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:102: Yes. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:103: There are five personnel in the company HQ. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:104: They are two officers and three enlisted. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:105: The officers are the company commander who is a senior lieutenant, and the assistant company commander for political affairs who is a lieutenant. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:106: As for the enlisted, there is a company first sergeant who is a master sergeant, and two other enlisted personnel. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:107: But I don't know what they do or what their ranks are. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:108: How many personnel are there in each of the four squads of a mortar platoon? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:109: There are only three squads in each platoon. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:110: And each squad has six members. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:111: So...that's 18 per platoon. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:112: Oh, yes, the three platoon leaders are junior lieutenants. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:113: Now, then, tell me in the same way about the personnel strength of the heavy machine gun company of the 2nd Bn. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:114: I believe it is approximately the same as that of the mortar company except that the machine gun squads of each platoon have five men each. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:115: By the way, 1SG KIM, what are the designations of the platoons in the heavy machinegun company? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:116: The 1st, 2nd, and 3rd. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:117: The platoons and squads are all designated by number like that. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:118: What is the personnel strength of the recoilless gun platoon of the 2nd Bn? english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:119: Let's see...there is the platoon leader who is junior lieutenants, and five enlisted men in each of the four squads. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:120: Here, (placing cigarettes and lighter on table) help yourself. english/06.e.fid ;;A;06:121: I'll send for some barley tea before we continue. english/06.e.fid ;;B;06:122: Thank you. english/06.e.fid ;;06:123: He saved my life. english/06.e.fid ;;06:124: I rescued a drowning woman yesterday. english/06.e.fid ;;06:125: How many officers are there in the 5th Co? english/06.e.fid ;;06:126: This is an officer's combat uniform. english/06.e.fid ;;06:127: How many medical officers are there in an LI battalion? english/06.e.fid ;;06:128: When did you graduate from the Army Medical School? english/06.e.fid ;;06:129: I cannot recall the name of the division commander. english/06.e.fid ;;06:130: Now I recall that unit's designation. english/06.e.fid ;;06:131: Where did you have lunch? english/06.e.fid ;;06:132: What time does the political class start in the evening? english/06.e.fid ;;06:133: What did you do with the rest of your ammo? english/06.e.fid ;;06:134: The rest of the officers are all junior lieutenants. english/06.e.fid ;;06:135: The personnel strength of the heavy machine gun company is approximately the same as that of the mortar company. english/06.e.fid ;;06:136: What is the approximate number of light machine guns? english/06.e.fid ;;06:137: We have a total of nine casualties: two KIAs and seven WIAs. english/06.e.fid ;;06:138: The platoon has 26 members in all. english/06.e.fid ;;06:139: Please give me back the letter. english/06.e.fid ;;06:140: To whom did you return the document? english/06.e.fid ;;06:141: What are the names of the officers in the battalion HQ? english/06.e.fid ;;06:142: What are the ranks of the PWs? english/06.e.fid ;;06:143: What is Comrade KIM's rank? english/06.e.fid ;;06:144: What are the PWs' ranks? english/06.e.fid ;;06:145: All infantry companies are organized in the same way. english/06.e.fid ;;06:146: The training result vary according to the training method. english/06.e.fid ;;06:147: Report the number of casualties by unit. english/06.e.fid ;;06:148: Tell me the unit personnel strength according to rank. english/06.e.fid ;;06:149: Who is in charge of factory security? english/06.e.fid ;;06:150: National defense is the mission of the People's Army. english/06.e.fid ;;06:151: Lighting a cigarette, I continued to speak. english/06.e.fid ;;06:152: Who lit the PW's cigarette? english/06.e.fid ;;06:153: The SWYL exists within the People's Army also. english/06.e.fid ;;06:154: All young soldiers are members of the SWYL. english/06.e.fid ;;06:155: How many agitators are there in the political section? english/06.e.fid ;;06:156: What does the agitator do? english/06.e.fid ;;06:157: Well, I'm not certain about the number of officers. english/06.e.fid ;;06:158: That was, let me see..., about four o'clock in the morning. english/06.e.fid ;;06:159: The light machinegun squad leader is also a sergeant. english/06.e.fid ;;06:160: That PW is also an officer. english/06.e.fid ;;06:161: War is not the way to lasting peace. english/06.e.fid ;;06:162: That treaty cannot be a lasting one. english/06.e.fid ;;06:163: All the squad members arrived safely. english/06.e.fid ;;06:164: Who is the secret agent in your company? english/06.e.fid ;;06:165: What is the number of personnel in the staff section? english/06.e.fid ;;06:166: Due to a shortage of personnel, we have many difficulties in accomplishing our mission. english/06.e.fid ;;06:167: As before, I want you to tell me in detail. english/06.e.fid ;;06:168: As before, tell me the number of personnel by rank. english/06.e.fid ;;06:169: I know him very well. english/06.e.fid ;;06:170: What is your company commander's name? english/06.e.fid ;;06:171: There is a political director in the political section. english/06.e.fid ;;06:172: Report to comrade security director immediately. english/06.e.fid ;;06:173: What is CPT CHANG's position? english/06.e.fid ;;06:174: LT NAM's responsibility is supervising the guards. english/06.e.fid ;;06:175: What is the total personnel strength of an infantry battalion? english/06.e.fid ;;06:176: We had a general election on the 3rd of March. english/06.e.fid ;;06:177: Altogether we need 500 people. english/06.e.fid ;;06:178: Altogether there is no more than 50,000 won left. english/06.e.fid ;;06:179: The personnel strength of our regiment is 1,830 in all. english/06.e.fid ;;06:180: This is the three-year levy plan for our unit. english/06.e.fid ;;06:181: It is difficult to be at full strength at the present time. english/06.e.fid ;;06:182: What are the positions of the enlisted personnel in the platoon? english/06.e.fid ;;06:183: How many enlisted personnel are in the company HQ? english/06.e.fid ;;06:184: I need some extra cash. english/06.e.fid ;;06:185: I worked an additional two hours last night. english/06.e.fid ;;06:186: SGT CHO was captured there while performing his duty. english/06.e.fid ;;06:187: What task was assigned to your platoon? english/06.e.fid ;;06:188: What do the instructors of the political section teach? english/06.e.fid ;;06:189: How many faculty members are there altogether in that school? english/06.e.fid ;;06:190: Always form ranks when marching. english/06.e.fid ;;06:191: Who is the regimental enlisted personnel officer? english/06.e.fid ;;06:192: We are in trouble because our rations are running low. english/06.e.fid ;;06:193: How long has the supply of food been cut off? english/06.e.fid ;;06:194: The number of WIAs is unknown. english/06.e.fid ;;06:195: A fire, the cause of which is unknown, broke out in the school last night. english/06.e.fid ;;06:196: What is the rank of the crypto officer? english/06.e.fid ;;06:197: Which unit is in charge of cryptography? english/06.e.fid ;;06:198: Be especially careful in handling weapons. english/06.e.fid ;;06:199: What weapons do light infantrymen use? english/06.e.fid ;;06:200: Our first sergeant is very slow in arithmetic. english/06.e.fid ;;06:201: In the final analysis, the personnel strength amounts to 450. english/06.e.fid ;;06:202: The fact is already widely known. english/06.e.fid ;;06:203: It is not yet known that the company commander has been killed in action. english/06.e.fid ;;06:204: From whom does the SWYL chairman receive instructions? english/06.e.fid ;;06:205: The Chairman of the Military Affairs Committee also participated in the conference. english/06.e.fid ;;06:206: Where is the rations supply chief? english/06.e.fid ;;06:207: Where has the clothing supply chief gone? english/06.e.fid ;;06:208: How many NCOs are there in the LI battalion HQ? english/06.e.fid ;;06:209: What are the duties of the NCOs? english/06.e.fid ;;06:210: In the command element of a PAF LI battalion, there is the battalion commander (LT COL) and the assistant battalion commander for military affairs (MAJ). english/06.e.fid ;;06:211: The staff section of the LI battalion HQ consists of the chief of staff (MAJs) and five staff officers (CPTs). english/06.e.fid ;;06:212: The staff officers are the operations officer, the crypto officer, the signal officer, the engineer officer and the enlisted personnel officer. english/06.e.fid ;;06:213: The rear services section of the LI battalion HQ consist of the assistant battalion commander for rear services (MAJ), four other officers, and 17 NCOs. english/06.e.fid ;;06:214: The positions of the four officers and the 17 NCOs are as follows. english/06.e.fid ;;06:215: The finance chief (CPT), the food supply chief (SR SGT), the clothing supply chief (SR SGT), the weapons supply chief (SR LT), the ammo section chief (SR SGT), nine ammo section members (SGTs and SR SGTs), three drivers (SGTs and JR SGTs), two medical officers (CPTs), and two medics (SR SGTs). english/06.e.fid ;;06:216: The political section consists of the political director (MAJ), the Socialist Workers Youth League Committee Chairman (CPT), and two instructors (CPTs). english/06.e.fid ;;06:217: Finally, in the political security section, there is a security director (MAJ). english/06.e.fid ;;06:218: And an unknown number of battalion personnel perform additional duties as agents of the political security section. english/06.e.fid ;;06:219: It is known that each LI company usually has one or two secret agents. english/06.e.fid ;;06:220: Therefore, the personnel strength of an LI battalion HQ amounts to 35 in all (18 officers and 17 NCOs). english/06.e.fid ;;06:221: I would say that the strength of an infantry division is usually about 9,500. english/06.e.fid ;;06:222: There is a total of 14 enlisted personnel in the signal platoon: eight in the wire section and six in the radio section. english/06.e.fid ;;06:223: In addition to the company commander there are two assistant company commanders: one political and one military. english/06.e.fid ;;06:224: There are two officers in the platoon HQ and a total of 24 enlisted in three squads. english/06.e.fid ;;06:225: A finance officer and a medical officer are assigned to the battalion HQ supply platoon. english/06.e.fid ;;06:226: Then there is an agitator and he, also, is probably a senior lieutenant. english/06.e.fid ;;06:227: The RPG gunner is a senior private, and the other three squad members are all privates. english/06.e.fid ;;06:228: Another officer is the SWYL director, but I can't recall what that comrade officer's rank is. english/06.e.fid ;;06:229: Within the political section there are two officers, but I don't know exactly what they do. english/06.e.fid ;;06:230: I believe the personnel strength of a mortar platoon is approximately the same as that of the recoilless gun platoon. english/06.e.fid ;;06:231: Let me see...about 50 officers and around 400 enlisted...so altogether it would be probably about 450. english/06.e.fid ;;06:232: I haven't had much contact with the regiment for about two years. english/06.e.fid ;;06:233: We usually say that when we talk about a light infantry unit. english/06.e.fid ;;06:234: The total personnel strength of a company when at full strength is 90, and nine of the 90 are officers. english/06.e.fid ;;06:235: The platoons and squads are all designated by number like that. english/06.e.fid ;;06:236: In the company HQ, there is the assistant company commander for political affairs and the assistant company commander for military affairs. english/06.e.fid ;;06:237: There are eight enlisted men in the wire section of the signal platoon and six in the radio section. english/06.e.fid ;;06:238: There is a total of 26: two officers in the platoon HQ and 24 enlisted in three squads. english/06.e.fid ;;06:239: I would say that the regiment's total personnel strength is about 1,900. english/06.e.fid ;;06:240: Then there is an assistant light machine gunner, and he is also a senior private. english/06.e.fid ;;06:241: The assistant battalion commander is a captain, and the other two officers are probably lieutenants. english/06.e.fid ;;06:242: There is a medical officer and a finance officer in the battalion HQ supply platoon. english/06.e.fid ;;06:243: Within the political section, one officer is the agitator and the other is the SWYL director. english/06.e.fid ;;06:244: I can't recall what they do or what their ranks are. english/06.e.fid ;;06:245: I believe the personnel strength of the heavy machine gun company is approximately the same as that of the mortar company. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:1: Now, 1SG KIM, what individual weapons do members of your company carry? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:2: Individual weapons? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:3: I'm not sure what you mean. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:4: By individual weapons I mean any weapon that an individual carries and operates by himself. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:5: Oh, yes. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:6: Now I understand. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:7: All enlisted members except the light machine gunners carry the 7.62mm AK infantry rifle. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:8: The platoon leaders and the assistant platoon leaders also carry the AK rifle. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:9: What individual weapons do the officers in the company HQ carry? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:10: They carry the 7.62mm TT pistol. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:11: What are the basic loads of the AK rifle and the TT pistol? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:12: The basic load for the AK rifle is 120 rounds and the basic load for the TT pistol is 16 rounds. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:13: All right. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:14: From now on, when you tell me about a weapon, include also the basic load of that weapon. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:15: Do you understand? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:16: Yes, I understand. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:17: What other individual weapons do the personnel of your company carry? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:18: Each infantry squad has one RPG-2. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:19: The gunner himself carries three rounds, and sometimes, depending on the mission, the other squad members each carry an extra round for him, too. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:20: What else are members of your company armed with? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:21: Everyone who carries the AK rifle has a bayonet. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:22: And all members of the company carry hand grenades. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:23: How many hand grenades does each member carry? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:24: That depends on the mission. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:25: How many hand grenades would be carried in an attack like the one you told me about a while ago? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:26: Each man would carry one offensive hand grenade, one defensive hand grenade, and one antitank hand grenade. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:27: What are the nomenclatures of these hand grenades? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:28: They are the RG-42 offensive hand grenade, the F-1 defensive hand grenade, and the RPG-43 and RPG-6 antitank hand grenades. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:29: Now, then, what crew-served weapons are there in your company? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:30: Each infantry squad has one 7.62mm RPD light machine gun and the basic load for this weapon is 400 rounds. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:31: The light machine gun squad has two RP-46 light machine guns and the basic load for each is 1,500 rounds. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:32: What other crew-served weapons are there in your company? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:33: There are no other crew-served weapons in the company. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:34: Now, 1SG KIM, what equipment does your company use to communicate with the platoons? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:35: We use the R-116 radio and the TAI-43 field phone. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:36: How many R-116 radios does your company have? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:37: We have five. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:38: The company HQ has two and each platoon has one. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:39: And how many TAI-43 field phones are there in the company? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:40: We have five of those, too. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:41: There are two in the company HQ and one in each of the platoons. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:42: We also have a PK-10 switchboard in the company HQ. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:43: What equipment is used for communication between platoons and their squads? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:44: There is no communication equipment for that purpose. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:45: Messengers, visual communication, and sound communication are used between platoons and their squads. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:46: What equipment does the company use to communicate with the light machine gun squad? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:47: The light machine gun squad does not have any communication equipment. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:48: So, the company communicates with the light machine gun squad in the same way that the platoons communicate with their squads. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:49: Who carries the radios in your company? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:50: Since there are no radio operators in the company, the company commander and the platoon leaders carry and operate the radios themselves. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:51: However, there is one radio operator attached to the company from the battalion. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:52: He carries an R-106 radio for communicating between the company and the battalion. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:53: You said that there are two R-116 radios in the company HQ and that the company commander carries one of them. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:54: Who carries the other one? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:55: Most of the time the other radio is kept in reserve and it is used when the company is on the march or when an observation post is in operation. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:56: The assistant company commander for military affairs usually carries it but I carried it many times, too. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:57: What types of vehicles does the company use? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:58: The company does not have any vehicles of its own, however, the battalion has seven transport vehicles. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:59: They are used to haul the battalion's weapons equipment and personnel. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:60: What types of vehicles are they? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:61: They are all SUNGNI-58s, which have a 2,500-kilogram capacity. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:62: Now, then, what other types of individual weapons are there within the 2nd Bn besides those you have told me about so far? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:63: As far as I know, there are no other types of individual weapons in the battalion. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:64: All the other weapons are crew-served weapons. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:65: Are you sure about that? english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:66: Who carries the folding stock automatic rifle in your battalion? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:67: Oh, yes. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:68: Comrades who operate crew-served weapons carry the folding stock automatic rifle. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:69: And the radio operators in the signal platoon of the battalion HQ also carry that weapon. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:70: How does the distribution of the weapons and equipment in the 5th Co differ from that of the 4th Co? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:71: There are no differences. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:72: As far as I know, all the companies are the same. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:73: How many mortars does the 82mm Mortar Co of the 2nd Bn have? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:74: Nine. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:75: Oh, and the basic load is about 30 rounds. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:76: What machine guns are used in the heavy machine gun company of the 2nd Bn? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:77: The company uses the SG-43 heavy machine gun. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:78: Basic load of it is 2,000 rounds. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:79: How many SG-43 heavy machine guns does the company have? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:80: There are nine. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:81: There are three in each platoon. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:82: What types of recoilless guns is the recoilless gun platoon equipped with? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:83: It is equipped with the 82mm B-10 recoilless gun. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:84: There is one in each squad. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:85: The basic load is about 40 rounds. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:86: What types of communication equipment does your battalion use? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:87: Well, as I said a while ago, the battalion uses the R-106 radio for communicating with its three companies. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:88: And it also uses the R-106 radio to communicate with the mortar company, the recoilless gun platoon, and the heavy machine gun company. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:89: The battalion uses the R-105 radio to communicate with the regiment and the battalion observation post. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:90: The battalion also has some TAI-43 field phones and K-10 switchboards to maintain wire communication with the infantry companies and other units in the battalion. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:91: How many R-106 radios does the battalion have? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:92: I don't know. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:93: I have no way of knowing the quantities of communication equipment in the battalion. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:94: What other communication equipment does your battalion have? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:95: That's all I know about the battalion's communication equipment. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:96: What types of artillery does the artillery battery subordinate to the 109th Regt have? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:97: The battery has six 76.2mm guns and the basic load for each gun is at least 100 rounds. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:98: How many 14.5mm antiaircraft machineguns does the regimental antiaircraft machinegun platoon have? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:99: Probably four. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:100: One in each squad. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:101: But I don't know what the basic load for this weapon is. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:102: How many barrels does the 14.5mm antiaircraft machine gun have? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:103: It has two barrels. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:104: How many mortars does the 120mm Mortar Co of the 109th Regt have? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:105: There are six 120mm mortars in the company. english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:106: The basic load for each tube is 80 rounds. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:107: What types of multiple rocket launchers does the regimental MRL battery have? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:108: The regimental MRL battery has the 107mm Type 63 MRL and the 140mm BM-14-16 MRL. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:109: How many multiple rocket launchers of each type are there? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:110: I don't know. english/07.e.fid ;;A;07:111: What is the basic load for each of these multiple rocket launchers? english/07.e.fid ;;B;07:112: I don't know. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:1: What engineer equipment does the regimental engineer company have? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:2: All I have seen are mine detectors and mine probes. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:3: What chemical equipment does the regimental chemical platoon have? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:4: All I know is that it has detection jeeps, decontamination trucks and portable detection equipment. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:5: But I don't know what kind or how many. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:6: What communication equipment does the regiment use? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:7: Well, for wire communication it uses the same kind of equipment that the battalion uses. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:8: For radio communication it uses R-104 and R-105 radios. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:9: The R-104 is used for communicating with the division, and the R-105 is used for communicating with subordinate units or with the division. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:10: How many R-105 radios does the regiment have? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:11: I don't know. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:12: I don't know anything about the quantities of communication equipment in the regiment. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:13: You already told me about the vehicles in the infantry battalions. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:14: Now, tell me what types of vehicles there are in each of the other units directly subordinate to the regiment. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:15: Let me think...it's hard to say by unit, but I would say that the vehicle they use the most is the ZIL-151 truck. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:16: From time to time I have also seen SUNGNI-61 trucks hauling personnel and equipment. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:17: But I don't know how many trucks of each type they have. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:18: Oh, and there is one SUNGNI-415 jeep for the regimental commander's use. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:19: 1SG KIM, you told me that there was an increase in the number of tubes within the two 122mm howitzer battalions of the 161st Arty Regt. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:20: Now, what is the current total number of 122mm howitzers in these two battalions? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:21: Each battalion had 12 of them before, and I think my friend said that there would be an increase of six tubes per battalion. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:22: So, that would be a total of 18 tubes in each battalion. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:23: What is the basic load of the 122mm howitzer? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:24: I don't know. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:25: What is the maximum range of the 122mm howitzer? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:26: 12,000 meters...something like that. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:27: That's quite a range! english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:28: Now then, how many guns are there in the 76.2mm gun battalion of the 161st Arty Regt? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:29: They probably have 12 guns. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:30: And the basic load is probably more than 100 rounds. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:31: That's all I know about the artillery regiment. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:32: What types of tanks does the 820th Tank Bn have? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:33: It had 31 x T-54 medium tanks. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:34: What weapons does the T-54 tank have? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:35: The main gun is a 100mm gun. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:36: There are also two 7.62mm machineguns: one is mounted in the turret and the other one is fixed in the front. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:37: And there is a 12.7mm antiaircraft machinegun mounted on the turret. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:38: What is the basic load for each of these weapons? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:39: The basic load of the main gun is 34 rounds. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:40: But I do not know the basic loads of the machineguns. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:41: What is the cruising range of the T-54 when auxiliary fuel tanks are used? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:42: I do not know. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:43: However, the normal cruising range for the T-54 is about 400 kilometers. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:44: What types of ammunition do they use for the main gun of the T-54? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:45: They use APHE rounds and HVAP rounds. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:46: How many 160mm mortar does the divisional mortar regiment have? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:47: They have no 160mm mortars. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:48: All they have are 54 x 120mm mortars. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:49: What types of antiaircraft artillery does the 45th Div battalion have? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:50: Well, three batteries are equipped with both 37mm and 57mm automatic antiaircraft guns. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:51: The other three batteries are equipped with the 14.5mm ZPU-4 antiaircraft machinegun. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:52: All right. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:53: Now, tell me, by type, the number of antiaircraft weapons that the battalion has. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:54: With two sections in each platoon..., there must be 18 x 37mm and 57mm automatic antiaircraft guns, and 18 x 14.5mm antiaircraft machineguns. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:55: But I don't know how many of the 18 automatic antiaircraft guns are 37mm and how many are 57mm. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:56: What engineer equipment does the division's engineer battalion have? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:57: I honestly don't know. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:58: What chemical equipment does the chemical company of the division have? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:59: I would imagine that they have the same types of equipment that the regimental chemical platoon has. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:60: Probably in greater quantity. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:61: What antidotes does the PAF use to counteract chemical agents? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:62: Chemical agents! english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:63: So the American imperialists do practice chemical warfare! english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:64: We... english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:65: Just stop right there, 1SG KIM! english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:66: The Americans and South Koreans have signed a mutual agreement not to produce any chemical agents. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:67: But we are concerned because we have heard that the PAF has some dangerous chemical agents. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:68: We must protect all Korean people in the south and north from these horrible poisons. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:69: Soldiers in the PAF must have been given special antidotes to protect themselves against these chemical agents. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:70: Now, what antidotes were issued to soldiers in the PAF? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:71: Only atropine. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:72: Each PAF soldier is issued one atropine injector (syrette). english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:73: The company medic carries a few extra ones. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:74: What types of individual protective equipment does the PAF have? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:75: As far as I know, everyone carries the ShM protective mask and a decontamination kit. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:76: Sometimes during training we were issued protective capes and protective gloves. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:77: You did not have a protective mask with you this morning. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:78: Why is that? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:79: We don't normally carry protective masks when carrying out reconnaissance mission. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:80: What communication equipment does the division use to communicated with its subordinate units? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:81: It uses R-104 AM radios and R-105 FO radios. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:82: It also has two PK-30 switchboards and a variety of field phones. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:83: I don't know what types of or how many field phone they have. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:84: The division must have a good many radios for communicating with its subordinate units, but I don't know how many. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:85: Besides the vehicles you have already told me about, what other vehicles does the division have? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:86: Well, when I was in the light infantry battalion we were using the SUNGNI-58 truck. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:87: And I remember my friend telling me that URAL-375 trucks were used in his 122mm howitzer battalion. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:88: About ten days ago I saw nine of these vehicles heading south. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:89: I wondered if my friend was on one of them. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:90: How many URAL-375 trucks does that howitzer battalion have? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:91: I don't know. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:92: I don't know anything about the numbers of vehicles in units other than the light infantry battalion and those units that I have already told you about. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:93: The light infantry battalion has three SUNGNI-58 trucks. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:94: All right, 1SG KIM. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:95: Then, let's talk about the 292nd Light Infantry Bn. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:96: What individual weapons do members of that battalion carry? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:97: When I was with the light infantry battalion. all officers carried the TT pistol. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:98: Officers in the companies also carried the folding stock AK automatic rifle in addition to the TT pistol. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:99: Enlisted personnel in the battalion HQ...and most of the members of the signal platoon and the mortar squads also had the folding stock AK automatic rifle. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:100: And except the machinegunner and the RPG gunners, everyone in the light infantry squads had the AK automatic rifle. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:101: The basic loads for these weapons are the same as those in the regular infantry units. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:102: You said that most of the members of the signal platoon and the mortar squads have the folding stock AK automatic rifle. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:103: What individual weapons do the other members of these units have? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:104: The other members of the signal platoon carry the PONGHWA pistol and the sighters (gunners) in the mortar squads do not have individual weapons because they carry the 60mm mortar. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:105: What kind of pistol is this PONGHWA pistol? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:106: It is a recoil-operated, 9mm machine pistol with a folding stock. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:107: I don't know the basic load. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:108: What is the effective range of this pistol? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:109: I don't know. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:110: I don't know any more characteristics of this pistol. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:111: What individual weapons did you say the company first sergeant and the medic carry? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:112: Both carry the AK automatic rifle. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:113: What crew-served weapons does the 292nd Light Infantry Bn have? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:114: Each light infantry squad has one 7.62mm battalion machinegun. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:115: Its basic load is 400 rounds. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:116: Let's see...then there are the two 60mm mortars in each mortar squad. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:117: Each of the ammo bearers for each mortar carries three rounds. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:118: The signal platoon has a battalion machinegun, too. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:119: Tell me everything you know about this battalion machinegun. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:120: Well, I don't really know that much about it. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:121: I know that it is lighter than the light machineguns of the regular infantry companies. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:122: It weighs about mine kilograms and...it has an effective range of about 1,200 meters. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:123: The maximum range is about 4,000 meters. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:124: What other weapons does the light infantry battalion have? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:125: Each light infantry squad has one RPG-7. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:126: Its basic load is seven rounds. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:127: The gunner carries three rounds himself and each rifleman carries one round. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:128: By the way, the RPG gunner carries a PONGHWA pistol, too. english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:129: Also, everyone in the battalion carries a dagger and at least one hand grenade. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:130: What equipment does the light infantry battalion use to communicate with its subordinate units? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:131: The battalion has seven 251-A radios: one in the battalion HQ and one in each company HQ. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:132: What is the range of the 251-A radio? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:133: About 80 kilometers. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:134: 1SG KIM, besides what you have told me about so far, what other weapons or equipment does the 45th Div have? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:135: I have told you everything that I can remember about the weapons and equipment of the division. english/08.e.fid ;;A;08:136: What nonorganic weapons or equipment does the 45th Div have? english/08.e.fid ;;B;08:137: I do not know of any. english/08.e.fid ;;X;08:138: This completes that portion of the interrogation which deals with weapons and equipment. english/08.e.fid ;;08:139: When are HVAP rounds mainly used? english/08.e.fid ;;08:140: Friendly tanks use HVAP rounds when firing at enemy tanks. english/08.e.fid ;;08:141: Why do privates in the PAF carry daggers? english/08.e.fid ;;08:142: To avoid making noise, I killed the enemy soldier with a dagger. english/08.e.fid ;;08:143: If war breaks out in the future, chemical agents will probably be used. english/08.e.fid ;;08:144: What chemical agents does the PAF have? english/08.e.fid ;;08:145: Sometimes even PAF officers oppose the orders of Kim Il-Sung. english/08.e.fid ;;08:146: Occasionally the division commander personally leads in combat. english/08.e.fid ;;08:147: North Korea and the USSR have formed close ties. english/08.e.fid ;;08:148: When did the US and Japan sign a peace treaty? english/08.e.fid ;;08:149: We all carry daggers. english/08.e.fid ;;08:150: How many enlisted are there in all? english/08.e.fid ;;08:151: In what country was this protective cape manufactured? english/08.e.fid ;;08:152: We carry protective capes and protective masks in combat. english/08.e.fid ;;08:153: There are auxiliary fuel tanks on that tank. english/08.e.fid ;;08:154: Combat vehicles need auxiliary fuel tanks. english/08.e.fid ;;08:155: What is the maximum range of the 122mm howitzer? english/08.e.fid ;;08:156: All soldiers must know the range of their weapons. english/08.e.fid ;;08:157: The light infantry battalion has three SUNGNI-58 trucks. english/08.e.fid ;;08:158: Just three more radios would be sufficient. english/08.e.fid ;;08:159: How many pairs of gloves is each of you issued in winter? english/08.e.fid ;;08:160: What are protective gloves made of? english/08.e.fid ;;08:161: A peaceful means is the best solution. english/08.e.fid ;;08:162: The enemy employed every means to achieve his objective. english/08.e.fid ;;08:163: Report the quantity of ammunition exactly. english/08.e.fid ;;08:164: There has been a great increase of supplies at the front. english/08.e.fid ;;08:165: What is the maximum effective range of the AK infantry rifle? english/08.e.fid ;;08:166: This directive will become effective as of 1100 today. english/08.e.fid ;;08:167: The PAF continues to practice chemical warfare. english/08.e.fid ;;08:168: You are practicing fratricide. english/08.e.fid ;;08:169: All officers and enlisted of our battalion have protective masks. english/08.e.fid ;;08:170: What training against chemical warfare do officers and men of the PAF receive? english/08.e.fid ;;08:171: Tell me the characteristics of that radio. english/08.e.fid ;;08:172: The characteristics of this equipment are as follows. english/08.e.fid ;;08:173: How many decontamination trucks does a chemical platoon have? english/08.e.fid ;;08:174: What kinds of antidotes does the PAF have? english/08.e.fid ;;08:175: How do you neutralize chemical agents? english/08.e.fid ;;08:176: Antidotes counteract chemical agents. english/08.e.fid ;;08:177: How many had grenades did they issue to each individual? english/08.e.fid ;;08:178: Officers and enlisted in the PAF were each issued one protective cape. english/08.e.fid ;;08:179: I would imagine that the enemy battery is on the other side of that mountain. english/08.e.fid ;;08:180: I would imagine the ammo supply has been cut off. english/08.e.fid ;;08:181: I think he is wrong. english/08.e.fid ;;08:182: I don't think it will rain tomorrow. english/08.e.fid ;;08:183: I would guess he is at least 40. english/08.e.fid ;;08:184: The R-104 is an AM radio. english/08.e.fid ;;08:185: We have more FM radios than AM radios. english/08.e.fid ;;08:186: Tanks use APHE rounds, too. english/08.e.fid ;;08:187: We destroyed the enemy positions by using APHE rounds. english/08.e.fid ;;08:188: Report the mine detection results immediately. english/08.e.fid ;;08:189: How many mine detectors foes the division engineer battalion have? english/08.e.fid ;;08:190: How many mine probes does the regimental engineer company have? english/08.e.fid ;;08:191: We need many mine probes now. english/08.e.fid ;;08:192: The transmission range of the Type 702 radio is about four kilometers. english/08.e.fid ;;08:193: What is the transmission range of the R-105? english/08.e.fid ;;08:194: We were all issued special clothing. english/08.e.fid ;;08:195: This meat has a sort of special flavor. english/08.e.fid ;;08:196: The PW is wearing a uniform of a distinctive color. english/08.e.fid ;;08:197: The tank's main gun is mounted on the turret. english/08.e.fid ;;08:198: What kind of antiaircraft gun is mounted on the turret? english/08.e.fid ;;08:199: What is the cruising range of the MI-8 helicopter? english/08.e.fid ;;08:200: The cruising range of that submarine is about 2,000 kilometers. english/08.e.fid ;;08:201: American forces are in Korea under a ROK-US agreement. english/08.e.fid ;;08:202: The Korean Armistice is based on an international agreement. english/08.e.fid ;;08:203: Mutual cooperation between units is very important in combat. english/08.e.fid ;;08:204: With what country has North Korea formed a mutual assistance treaty? english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:1: Can you read a map? english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:2: I really don't know much about maps, but maybe I can understand a little about this map you have here. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:3: This overlay was found on you. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:4: Point out on here where you were captured. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:5: I was captured at our assembly area, as I told you earlier. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:6: It is marked on this overlay by that red square. english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:7: The EPW points to the red square on the overlay. english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:8: That square covers approximately 900 square meters (ground area) with its lower left-hand cornet at CS083660. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:9: Along what route did you travel to get to this red square? english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:10: Do you mean that I should show you the route on the map? english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:11: Well, I'm not sure. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:12: This map sure has a lot of squiggly lines. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:13: Which ones are the roads? english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:14: These red lines are the roads. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:15: The solid red lines are main highways, and these dotted red lines are secondary roads. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:16: The little blue figures consisting of three lines, two vertical lines connected to on horizontal line, represent the rice paddies. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:17: And these little black boxes represent a village. english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:18: The interrogator points to a cluster of houses located in the vicinity of CS085668. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:19: The village is called Naengjong. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:20: Now along what road did the 1st Btry/3rd Bn travel to get to your point of capture? english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:21: (Pointing to the portion of road extending from CS083665 to CS092687) I believe we traveled along this road to get to the assembly area. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:22: Before we got here, we traveled along this road. english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:23: EPW points to the road extending from CS090692 to CS113733. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:24: What of military significance belonging to the NKPA forces did you see along this portion of road? english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:25: The interrogator points to the southern section of Highway 312. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:26: I saw other vehicles in my convoy. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:27: I also saw some soldiers walking along the sides of the road. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:28: And I saw some trucks parked about here. english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:29: EPW points to a cart track located in the vicinity of CS090678. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:30: It was all pretty confusing, because everyone was trying to go south along this road. english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:31: Once again the EPW points at the southern portion of Highway 312. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:32: What was the unit designation of the soldiers walking along the sides of the road? english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:33: I don't know. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:34: I believe they were part of the 03rd Inf Regt, but I didn't pay much attention to them. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:35: What type of vehicles were located here? english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:36: The interrogator points to CS090678. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:37: I don't know. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:38: Trucks are trucks. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:39: I know they weren't ours, and that they weren't towing artillery pieces. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:40: Besides that, I can't tell you much. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:41: What of military significance belonging to your forces was located along this portion of highway? english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:42: The interrogator points to the area of Highway 310 that connects the northern and southern sections of Highway 312. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:43: What do those black lines mean? english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:44: The EPW points to CS091691. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:45: Those black lines represent a bridge. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:46: What of military significance... english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:47: I consider the bridge to be military significance, but besides that there was nothing located there. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:48: There were soldiers walking along the road, just like I told you about before. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:49: I don't know those soldiers' exact unit either, though they too were probably members of the 103rd Inf Regt. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:50: What of military significance... english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:51: Nothing. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:52: I saw nothing of military significance along this portion of road. english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:53: EPW points to the northern section of Highway 312. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:54: I didn't even see the soldiers that I saw along the more southern portions of road which was talked about earlier. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:55: What route did the 1st Btry/3rd travel to get to this gravel road? english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:56: The interrogator points to the northern portion of Highway 312. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:57: Is this the town of Munaemi? english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:58: The EPW points to CS0481, and the interrogator nods his head yes. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:59: We traveled along this road marked by this number one in the strange white design. english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:60: EPW points to the highway identifier located at CS113736. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:61: There were a lot of vehicles traveling southeast along this road, but at that time I did not care about who was going where. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:62: My only concern was that we, my gun crew and I, had to get here. english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:63: EPW points to the red square referred to earlier. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:64: What is the significance of this red line? english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:65: The interrogator points at a line on the overlay which extends from CS083663 to CS053599. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:66: That is the route my gun crew was to travel to get to our new location. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:67: We were going to place our gun approximately here. english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:68: EPW points at the rice paddies located in the vicinity of CS0559. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:69: Since the bridge here was destroyed, how was the 1st Btry/3d going to get across the Han River? english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:70: The interrogator points to the bridges located at CS070629. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:71: I believe the engineers were building a bridges, or something. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:72: I don't know, no one tells me things like that. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:73: All I know is that when I'm told to go someplace, I go there. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:74: I let someone else worry about such problems as which roads and what bridges have to be crossed. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:75: What do these symbols represent? english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:76: The interrogator points to two identical symbols located in the CS0559 grid square. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:77: Both of those represent howitzer positions. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:78: The symbol with the "one" printed below it represents where I was to place my artillery piece after crossing the Han River. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:79: And the other symbol represents the site the 2nd Gun Crew/1st Btry was to use. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:80: This circle represents the exact position we were to set up at. english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:81: EPW points to the circle of the symbol, which is located at CS051599. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:82: The opposite end of this symbol shows us which way we were to point our gun. english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:83: the symbol is pointed at the GM angle of 130 degrees, which means the gun was to be pointed at Seoul. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:84: What does this symbol represent? english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:85: The interrogator points to a box enclosing four small circles. english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:86: And this rectangle extends from CS061596 to CS065601. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:87: That is where we were to set up antitank mines. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:88: Actually, the engineers would have set them up, but I had to know where they were. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:89: Because when we advanced again, I would be sure not to have my driver drive my truck through that area. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:90: In front of both symbols for howitzers, there are half circles with small lines extending out from them. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:91: What do these symbols represent? english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:92: Whenever we set up artillery pieces, we are supposed to build fortifications in front of them, that is what is represented by those symbols. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:93: Show me on this map where the observation posts for the 1st Btry/3rd Bn were to be located. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:94: I can't do that. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:95: I know they were to be located somewhere between us and Seoul, but where exactly, I don't know. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:96: Show me on this map where the command observation post of 1st Btry/3rd Bn was to be located. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:97: It probably would have been located in this area. english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:98: EPW points to the CS0757 grid square. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:99: But no one told me exactly where is was to be. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:100: Where on this map... english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:101: The reason no other symbols were printed on this overlay, is because no one wanted me to know more than what is here. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:102: Due to that, I'm unable to tell you where anything else of military significance belonging to NKPA forces was to be located. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:103: This target list was found on you. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:104: Show me on this map the location of the first target indicated on this list. english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:105: The list indicated by the interrogator has eight columns; included on this list is the numerical sequence of the targets, the time the target was to fe fired on, and a location of the target given in the Gauss-Krasovskij system -- out to ten digits. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:106: I can't tell from this map where the targets are. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:107: If you had an NKPA map I think I could figure it out. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:108: How could you use this overlay without a map? english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:109: I couldn't. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:110: When I saw I was going to be captured, I threw my map away. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:111: I really didn't need a map to fire, anyway. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:112: That target list also indicates in which direction and at what range I was to fire. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:113: Once I began firing, the command observation post would give my battery instructions on how to correct my fire, if that were needed, and I would get my directions from the officer in charge of our battery firing position. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:114: All of this I explained before. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:115: This map is very similar to the NKPA map of the same area. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:116: These lines are only about one and a half degrees different from those printed on a map of NKPA. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:117: You should be able to orient yourself with the help of this overlay. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:118: Show me the locations of the targets indicated on this list, on this map. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:119: I'm not lying to you. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:120: I know the area indicated by your map is the area north of Seoul, but the numbers along these lines are different from the ones on our maps. english/09.e.fid ;;X;09:121: EPW indicates the grid lines. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:122: Because of that I can't plot the locations of the targets. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:123: I didn't plot them on my own map before I was captured. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:124: So I can't just look at your map and tell you where the targets are. english/09.e.fid ;;A;09:125: Show me on this map the area that the 1st Btry/3rd Bn deployed to immediately prior to your capture. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:126: As I told you before, my battery was to join up with the battalion, but I don't know where that was to be. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:127: I was supposed to follow the rest of the vehicles in my convoy. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:128: That is all I know about where we were going. english/09.e.fid ;;B;09:129: We didn't plan for the withdrawal in advance, so there was no way for someone like me to know the future locations. english/09.e.fid ;;09:130: At what degree south latitude do the horizontal grid lines of the UTM system end? english/09.e.fid ;;09:131: The location is shown in latitude and longitude. english/09.e.fid ;;09:132: Who gave you the order to stay there? english/09.e.fid ;;09:133: The rectangle enclosing small circles represents a minefield. english/09.e.fid ;;09:134: The coordinates of the assembly area are marked on its upper left and lower right edges. english/09.e.fid ;;09:135: There is no such design on the NKPA map. english/09.e.fid ;;09:136: Between what degrees of east longitude is the Korean Peninsula located? english/09.e.fid ;;09:137: Where have you driven the gun truck? english/09.e.fid ;;09:138: A grid coordinate that marks a point on the UTM system consists of letters and numbers. english/09.e.fid ;;09:139: Our assembly area was right there in that square. english/09.e.fid ;;09:140: The Prime Meridian is a longitudinal line that passes through Greenwich, England. english/09.e.fid ;;09:141: The center line of each zone is called the meridian of the zone. english/09.e.fid ;;09:142: I have never seen that kind of military symbol. english/09.e.fid ;;09:143: Seoul is located at what degree north latitude? english/09.e.fid ;;09:144: The NKPA reads a map in the method of reading up and to the right, but the Korean army reads it in the method of reading to the right and up. english/09.e.fid ;;09:145: A primary road is shown as a solid red line on the map. english/09.e.fid ;;09:146: This road has been extended to the Han River. english/09.e.fid ;;09:147: In mountainous terrain, equipment, ammunition, and the like are transported by carts. english/09.e.fid ;;09:148: The International Date Line is located at what degree longitude? english/09.e.fid ;;09:149: The horizontal division of the vertical grid zones extends to approximately 70 degrees north and south of the equator. english/09.e.fid ;;09:150: At that time, our gun was pointed at Seoul. english/09.e.fid ;;09:151: What should I refer to in order to understand it? english/09.e.fid ;;09:152: The objective for the next attack was the village area. english/09.e.fid ;;09:153: The Zone Center Value is 500,000 meters. english/09.e.fid ;;09:154: The liquid medicine was contained in a transparent glass bottle. english/09.e.fid ;;09:155: Not all positions are marked on that overlay. english/09.e.fid ;;09:156: I cannot plot the location of our battalion command observation post on your map. english/09.e.fid ;;09:157: On this map, the blue color represents bodies of water, such as rivers and reservoirs. english/09.e.fid ;;09:158: It was very confusing because there was only one retreat route. english/09.e.fid ;;09:159: That area is similar to the area my battery commander explained to me. english/09.e.fid ;;09:160: The place of my capture is marked on this overlay by that red square. english/09.e.fid ;;09:161: I believe that I traveled along the road extending from here to that point to get to the assembly area. english/09.e.fid ;;09:162: My battery didn't plan for the withdrawal in advance, so there was no way for me to know the future locations. english/09.e.fid ;;09:163: My battery was to join up with the battalion, but the location is not marked on this overlay. english/09.e.fid ;;09:164: Since the numbers printed along these red lines are different from the ones on our map, I can't plot the locations of the targets on this map. english/09.e.fid ;;09:165: The reason no other symbols were printed on this overlay is that it was not necessary for me to know more than what is here. english/09.e.fid ;;09:166: When we advanced again, I had to make sure not to have my driver drive my truck through the area where antitank mines were laid. english/09.e.fid ;;09:167: I believe the engineers were building a bridge, but I'm not sure because no one told me things like that. english/09.e.fid ;;09:168: Once I began firing, the officer in charge of our battery firing position would give my gun crew instructions on how to correct my fire. english/09.e.fid ;;09:169: The soldiers who were walking along the road marked by the solid red line were probably also members of the 103rd Inf Regt. english/09.e.fid ;;09:170: The only thing considered to be of military significance is the bridge. english/09.e.fid ;;09:171: I know the command observation post for the 1st Btry was to be located somewhere between here and Seoul. english/09.e.fid ;;09:172: This map sure has a lot of squiggly lines, such as solid lines, dotted lines, red lines, black lines, and the like. english/09.e.fid ;;09:173: My battery commander was supposed to be concerned about such problems as which roads and what bridges have to be crossed. english/09.e.fid ;;09:174: The opposite end of this symbol shows us which way we were to point our gun, and the guns were to be pointed at Munsan. english/09.e.fid ;;09:175: I can't tell you from this map where the targets are, but I think I could figure it out if you had an NKPA map. english/09.e.fid ;;09:176: The engineers were to set up the antipersonnel mines, but I also had to know where they were. english/09.e.fid ;;09:177: Whenever we set up artillery pieces, we are supposed to build fortifications in front of them. english/09.e.fid ;;09:178: Those fortifications are also represented by military symbols. english/09.e.fid ;;09:179: Since I have never plotted the locations of the targets on my own map, I can't just look at that map and tell you where the targets are. english/09.e.fid ;;09:180: I believe the soldiers walking along the sides of the road were part of the 103rd Inf Regt, but I didn't pay much attention to them. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:1: Well, CPT CHO, I hope you feel better now that you have had something to eat. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:2: Yes, I do. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:3: I feel much better. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:4: By the way, when will you arrange for me to meet my uncle? english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:5: As I told you before, after you finish answering all my questions I will arrange for you to meet your uncle. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:6: So, if you intend to meet him, you'd better answer my questions truthfully. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:7: Now, describe the area where you were captured. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:8: Let me see. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:9: After seizing Regimental Objective 4, my company moved south along Route 307 to a bridge. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:10: Immediately after crossing that bridge my tank was destroyed by the American forces. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:11: I would estimate that our position was approximately two kilometers south of Araesamjai. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:12: After your tank crossed the bridge, how far did you travel before your tank was destroyed? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:13: I would estimate that we traveled approximately 300 meters. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:14: What terrain features did you notice in that area? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:15: Actually, I'm not very familiar with that area. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:16: Since we have been here for such a short time, I haven't had time to become acquainted with all the names of the villages. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:17: Additionally, everything happened so fast that I wasn't concerned too much about the terrain. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:18: That's understandable, CPT CHO, but that doesn't particularly help me. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:19: Try to visualize in your mind the area where you were captured and describe the significant terrain features of that area. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:20: Um...I recall two hills, one on each side of the road. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:21: About 500 meters to the southwest was a reservoir with a large dam. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:22: Approximately 200 meters down the road I saw a few houses at the foot of a hill. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:23: I vaguely remember a stream running along the left side of the road. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:24: Yes! english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:25: As a matter of fact, there was a frozen stream on the same side of the road as the reservoir. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:26: I'm sorry, that's all I can remember about the area. english/10.e.fid ;;X;10:27: The interrogator spreads a map on the table and points to CS111887. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:28: Look at this map, CPT CHO. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:29: This is the area you just described. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:30: This is the bridge that you crossed, here is the reservoir, and here are the two hills you described. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:31: Are you familiar with this area? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:32: (Carefully examining the map) Yes, that's the area where I was captured. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:33: CPT, CHO, on this map show me where the 2nd Tank Bn's assembly area was located prior to "Operation Unification." english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:34: (carefully studying the map) I'm sorry, our assembly area doesn't seem to be on this map. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:35: Actually, our battalion assembly area was part of the regimental assembly area and it was located at Sangsokchuwon which is about one kilometer north of the northern boundary of the DMZ. english/10.e.fid ;;X;10:36: The interrogator opens the Changp'ung map sheet No, 3122III. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:37: On this map show me where your regimental assembly area was located. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:38: Prior to the operation, our regimental assembly area was located right here (indicates CT0610). english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:39: The entire 12th Tank Regt was spread out along the road for approximately two to three kilometers. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:40: CPT CHO, what other units are located in that area? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:41: I doubt if there are any units located there now. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:42: However, prior to commencing "Operation Unification," our entire division moved into assembly areas along the DMZ. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:43: The 10th Tank Regt's assembly area was right here, and the 11th Tank Regt's assembly area was in this area. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:44: What other units were located in the vicinity of the 12th Tank Regt's assembly area? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:45: I really don't know. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:46: We occupied our assembly area for only two days prior to the start of the operation. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:47: During that two day period I was so busy preparing my company for combat that I didn't pay attention to any other units. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:48: I'm sorry, that's all I can remember. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:49: Prior to the commencement of "Operation Unification," where was the Kaesong Tank Div HQ located? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:50: The division headquarters was located here at Mount Sansong in the area of Kuhwa-ri. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:51: Our comrade battalion commander also told me yesterday at a briefing that all the division's support units were located in that area. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:52: What support units were located in that area? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:53: I never personally went to that location, so I'm really not sure what units were there. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:54: Earlier you stated that just prior to your capture, the 2nd Tank Co departed from Regimental Objective 4. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:55: How many objectives were assigned to the 12th Tank Regt? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:56: Let me see. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:57: To the best of my knowledge, we had six regimental objectives and three battalion objectives. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:58: What method is used to distinguish between there objectives? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:59: The first six objectives were regimental objectives and they were numerically designated from one to six. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:60: Our three battalion objectives were designated A, B, and C. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:61: From the 12th Tank Regt's assembly area describe the route you followed to Regimental Objective 1. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:62: From Sangsokchuwon we moved across country over some hills until we got to the trail in front of this guard post. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:63: From that point I was ordered to follow an azimuth of 132.5 to a road junction at Panjong-ni. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:64: CPT CHO, what type of azimuth did you follow from the guard post to the road junction at Panjong-ni. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:65: I'm sorry I don't understand your question. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:66: Then let me explain. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:67: There are three types of azimuths depending upon which type of base line is used. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:68: The true azimuth is based on longitude lines which point to true north. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:69: The grid azimuth is determined from a base line which corresponds to the north-south grid lines on this map. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:70: Lastly, the magnetic azimuth is based on a line to the north magnetic pole (magnetic north). english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:71: Now, what type of azimuth were you following? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:72: Oh, the azimuth I was directed to follow was a magnetic azimuth. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:73: I'm curious, CPT CHO. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:74: Why were you ordered to follow that route across country, over hills, and through rice fields instead of using the existing road network? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:75: Actually, the rolling hills along that route are easily negotiated by armored vehicles and since the rice fields are frozen, they can be quickly crossed by tanks too. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:76: The only terrain feature that created a problem was the Imjin River. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:77: However, with the help of the engineer river-crossing unit we were quickly able to cross the river and establish a bridgehead. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:78: OK, CPT CHO. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:79: Now, from the road junction at Panjong-ni, what route did you follow to Regimental Objective 1? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:80: From the road junction my company moved south on the road to this bridge. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:81: The bridge was Regimental Objective 1. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:82: What is there of military significance belonging to your forces between the 12th Regt's assembly area and the bridge which was designated Regimental Objective 1? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:83: I saw some ZIL-151 trucks towing some 152mm howitzers west along this road. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:84: I also saw some 152mm SP guns located around this village here. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:85: The only other significant thing that I noticed was the engineer river-crossing unit that I told you about earlier. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:86: That is all I noticed along this route. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:87: Where is Regimental Objective 2 located, CPT CHO? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:88: Oh, I can show you all of the objectives on this map. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:89: Let me see. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:90: Regimental objective 2 was this road junction; Regimental objective 3 was the Changkkae road junction; Regimental objective 4 was Kumgong-ni; Regimental objective 5 was this road junction; and Regimental objective 6 was the heliport here. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:91: Where is the 2nd Tank Bn's Objective A located? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:92: Objective A is Pngam-ni; Objective B is here; and Objective C is here near Ansan-dong. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:93: As I indicated earlier, after Objective C was secured, my company was assigned to organize a blocking position along Highway 1. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:94: What did you see of military significance belonging to your forces between Regimental Objective 1 and Regimental Objective 2? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:95: You must realize that my company was the regimental advance guard. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:96: The only unit in front of my company was the combat reconnaissance patrol and they were 10 kilometers in front of my company. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:97: Besides, we were moving so fast to our objectives, I didn't have time to concern myself with other units. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:98: The only thing I observed between Regimental Objective 1 and my place of capture was my own tank company. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:99: CPT CHO, earlier you stated that the mission of the Kaesong Tank Div was to capture Munsan City. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:100: Why then, was the 2nd Tank Co, which was the regimental advance guard, assigned to organize a blocking position at Ansan-dong? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:101: I know. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:102: That is contrary to our doctrine. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:103: However, after capturing Regimental Objective 6, a company from the 3rd Tank Bn was assigned as the regimental advance guard for the attack on Munsan. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:104: Our comrade division commander stated that the success of this operation depended upon the 2nd Tank Bn's ability to successfully capture Ansandong and isolate Munsan to the south. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:105: We have talked about the objectives of both the 12th Tank Regt and the 2nd Tank Bn. english/10.e.fid ;;A;10:106: Now, where are the objectives of the Kaesong Tank Div located? english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:107: I'm not sure of all the division's objectives. english/10.e.fid ;;B;10:108: The only two division objectives I have knowledge of are Munsan City, which is Division Objective 1, and following that Munaemi (CS0481) which is Division Objective 2. english/10.e.fid ;;10:109: Our regiment's mission during the operation was to secure the bridgehead. english/10.e.fid ;;10:110: The KPA continually tries to develop new tactical doctrine. english/10.e.fid ;;10:111: Which type of azimuth is based on longitude lines? english/10.e.fid ;;10:112: How is the company commander's tank distinguished from those of the platoon leaders? english/10.e.fid ;;10:113: The armored vehicles easily crossed the rolling hills. english/10.e.fid ;;10:114: It is not easy for a tank unit to cross the Yalu River in a short period of time. english/10.e.fid ;;10:115: What is the unit of measure (UOM) for measuring the caliber of weapons? english/10.e.fid ;;10:116: A grid azimuth is based on the line to grid north on the military map. english/10.e.fid ;;10:117: The 1st and 2nd Bn's assembly areas were the same. english/10.e.fid ;;10:118: The 11th Regt used the same river-crossing site as the 12th Regt. english/10.e.fid ;;10:119: The squad leader carefully looked into the eyes of the wounded soldier. english/10.e.fid ;;10:120: I have carefully examined the map, but I sill cannot find that place. english/10.e.fid ;;10:121: The Kaesong Tank Div finally seized Munsan. english/10.e.fid ;;10:122: Our regiment finally succeeded in crossing the Han River. english/10.e.fid ;;10:123: How far is it from the village to your battalion's assembly area? english/10.e.fid ;;10:124: The Labor Party gave GEN YUN the authority to command all the armed forces. english/10.e.fid ;;10:125: I assigned the patrol mission to SR SGT KIM. english/10.e.fid ;;10:126: I heard that one of my uncles is living in South Korea. english/10.e.fid ;;10:127: The 1st Pltn marched at the head of the column. english/10.e.fid ;;10:128: The 1st Bn took the lead in crossing the Imjin River. english/10.e.fid ;;10:129: Most small (sized) light infantry units are able to conduct independent operations. english/10.e.fid ;;10:130: In what order are units deployed during an encounter action? english/10.e.fid ;;10:131: Distrust is contrary to Party doctrine. english/10.e.fid ;;10:132: The operation plan went wrong because of the 1st Pltn's failure to capture the objective. english/10.e.fid ;;10:133: I dimly recall the shooting incident that happened among the officers several years ago. english/10.e.fid ;;10:134: I was captured because I was not familiar with the area. english/10.e.fid ;;10:135: Since I was born in Munsan, I am very familiar with the geographical features of that area. english/10.e.fid ;;10:136: The terrain created no special problems for our tanks during the operation. english/10.e.fid ;;10:137: Our soldiers believe that it was South Korea that brought about the war in 1950. english/10.e.fid ;;10:138: Magnetic north is usually indicated on a map by a half arrowhead. english/10.e.fid ;;10:139: ZIL-151 trucks towed some self-propelled guns to the west. english/10.e.fid ;;10:140: The North Korean people have a very strong spirit of independence. english/10.e.fid ;;10:141: The magnetic needle of a compass always points to magnetic north. english/10.e.fid ;;10:142: Of course, magnetic azimuths are always used during land navigation. english/10.e.fid ;;10:143: It is not easy for each echelon to maintain the appropriate distance while marching. english/10.e.fid ;;10:144: When enemy contact is imminent, tank platoons deploy in an attack formation. english/10.e.fid ;;10:145: What is the angular variation between true north and magnetic north? english/10.e.fid ;;10:146: There were only a few houses in the village. english/10.e.fid ;;10:147: The movement to contact has to be completed in the shortest period of time. english/10.e.fid ;;10:148: My company was selected as a flank guard during the movement phase of the operation. english/10.e.fid ;;10:149: I didn't have time to find out what was there. english/10.e.fid ;;10:150: I didn't have time to concern myself with the rear area units. english/10.e.fid ;;10:151: The rear area services units are supposed to march at the rear of the main body all the time. english/10.e.fid ;;10:152: The rear guard mission was assigned to the 5th Co. english/10.e.fid ;;10:153: I recall four hills, two on each side of the road. english/10.e.fid ;;10:154: I was so busy that I didn't have time to concern myself with the village. english/10.e.fid ;;10:155: I saw some ZIL-151 trucks towing some SP guns east along this road. english/10.e.fid ;;10:156: CPT SHIN, will you arrange for me to meet my uncle if I answer all of your questions? english/10.e.fid ;;10:157: With the help of the engineer river-crossing unit, our battalion was quickly able to cross the Imjin River and establish a bridgehead. english/10.e.fid ;;10:158: Now that I have had something to eat, I feel much better. english/10.e.fid ;;10:159: It is contrary to our doctrine for an advance guard unit to organize a blocking position. english/10.e.fid ;;10:160: Of course, the azimuth I was supposed to follow was a magnetic azimuth. english/10.e.fid ;;10:161: I vaguely remember noticing three or four houses at the foot of the hill. english/10.e.fid ;;10:162: I would estimate that we traveled approximately 500 meters from that point. english/10.e.fid ;;10:163: Actually, everything happened so fast that I wasn't concerned too much about that area. english/10.e.fid ;;10:164: Since I have been here for such a short time, I'm not very familiar with the village. english/10.e.fid ;;10:165: From the road junction, my 2nd Tank Co moved west on the road to this bridge which was Regimental Objective 1. english/10.e.fid ;;10:166: During that two day period I was so busy preparing my company for combat that I wasn't concerned with any other units in the area. english/10.e.fid ;;10:167: I noticed that the entire 3rd Tank Bn was spread out along the road for approximately one to two kilometers. english/10.e.fid ;;10:168: The South Korean forces destroyed my tank as soon as my tank crossed that bridge. english/10.e.fid ;;10:169: The only combat reconnaissance patrol was about 10 kilometers in front of my company. english/10.e.fid ;;10:170: From the bridge, I followed an azimuth of 123 to a road junction at Panjong-ni. english/10.e.fid ;;10:171: Our assembly area was located at Sangsokchuwon. english/10.e.fid ;;10:172: It is about two kilometers north of the northern boundary of the DMZ. english/10.e.fid ;;10:173: I have never personally gone to that location, so I'm really unfamiliar with the area. english/10.e.fid ;;10:174: Our battalion assembly area was part of the regimental assembly area, but it doesn't seem to be on this map. english/10.e.fid ;;10:175: Our comrade regimental commander also told me yesterday at a briefing that all the division's support units were located in the Kuhwa-ri area. english/10.e.fid ;;10:176: From that point, my company moved across country over two hills until it got to a trail behind this guard post. english/10.e.fid ;;10:177: I recall that I noticed a few houses south of the reservoir with a large dam. english/10.e.fid ;;10:178: I would estimate that our position was approximately three kilometers west of Araesamjai at that time. english/10.e.fid ;;10:179: The only think of military significance that I noticed along the route was the engineer river-crossing unit. english/10.e.fid ;;10:180: I know two division objectives. english/10.e.fid ;;10:181: Division Objective 4 is Munsan City and Division Objective 5 is Munaemi. english/10.e.fid ;;10:182: As a matter of fact, I also noticed that there was a frozen stream on the same side of the road as the reservoir. english/10.e.fid ;;10:183: Since my company has been there for such a short time, I haven't had time to become acquainted with all the names of the villages. english/10.e.fid ;;10:184: Let me see. english/10.e.fid ;;10:185: After seizing Regimental Objective 3, our battalion moved west along Route 307 to a bridge. english/10.e.fid ;;10:186: I doubt if there are any units located there now. english/10.e.fid ;;10:187: However, prior to commencing "Operation Unification," our entire regiment moved into this assembly area along the DMZ. english/10.e.fid ;;10:188: The source indicated the regimental objectives on the map. english/10.e.fid ;;10:189: Objective 1 was the road junction, Objective 2 was Changkkae, Objective 3 was Kumgong-ni, and Objective 4 was the heliport. english/10.e.fid ;;10:190: After Objective 3 was secured, the 12th Regt was supposed to organize a blocking position along Highway 1. english/10.e.fid ;;10:191: A company from the 3rd Tank Bn was assigned as the regimental advance guard for the attack on Munsan. english/10.e.fid ;;10:192: According to the source's division commander, the success of this operation depended upon the 2nd Tank Bn's ability to isolate Munsan to the south. english/10.e.fid ;;10:193: The rolling hills and frozen rice fields that the source's company crossed are easily negotiated by armored vehicles and tanks, and also with the help of the engineer river-crossing unit. english/10.e.fid ;;10:194: The source's company was able to cross the Imjin River. english/10.e.fid ;;10:195: The seven regimental objectives were designated from one to seven, and the five battalion objectives were designated from A to E. english/10.e.fid ;;10:196: The source's company was assigned to organize a blocking position after capturing Regimental Objective 6. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:1: 1SG KIM, your comrades-1n-arms who are still in the field are in serious danger. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:2: In order to save them we must know where they are. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:3: I am sure that you understand. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:4: Now, 1SG KIM, describe the terrain in the area where the reconnaissance patrol came under fire this morning. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:5: Let me see, we were heading north along the right side of a road and there was a large hill about one kilometer to our front. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:6: To our right there was a smaller hill and on the other side of the road, to our left, there was a large open area. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:7: The river called NAMDAE-CHON was about 600 meters to the south. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:8: Now, look at my map. english/11.e.fid ;;X;11:9: Spreads map on table and indicates CT659384. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:10: This is the area that you have just described. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:11: I'm somewhat confused. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:12: This map is a little strange to me. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:13: Strange? english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:14: Earlier you were able to show me on this very map exactly where the battalion sector was, weren't you? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:15: Yes, because I could easily recognize NAMDAE-CHON and several roads on this map. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:16: I understand. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:17: Look at the map closely. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:18: This is the road that you just told me you were traveling close to. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:19: And this is the hill you described, and this, of course, is NAMDAE-CHON. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:20: Do you recognize the area now? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:21: Yes, I can recognize it now. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:22: Where were you supposed to go after completing your mission? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:23: To the battalion assembly area. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:24: Tonight I was supposed to link up with my company there. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:25: Tomorrow night the platoon leader and the squad which participated in today's reconnaissance were supposed to be part of the advance guard platoon. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:26: All right, 1SG KIM. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:27: Now, show me on the map where the battalion assembly area is. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:28: Well, let me see. english/11.e.fid ;;X;11:29: Looks at map. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:30: I can't find it on this map. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:31: Okay. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:32: You said that you were going to link up with your company at the battalion assembly area. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:33: Describe to me in detail the route you would take to get there from the place where the engagement took place. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:34: Well, from where we came under fire, we would go eastward up through a ravine and down toward the road that runs along NAMDAE-CHON. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:35: Then we would go east along the base of the hill for about a kilometer. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:36: In what direction would you go next? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:37: After crossing a very narrow road that heads up toward that big hill I told you about, we would go northeast and continue along the base of the hill for about 600 meters. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:38: After that where would you go? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:39: Northward through a ravine into the hills, then over a pass and down the other side. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:40: Then we would go east for about 200 meters through an open area and head north through a narrow valley, and continue northward for roughly three kilometers through a wider valley. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:41: Okay, 1SG KIM. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:42: Look at the map again. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:43: This is the route you have described so far. english/11.e.fid ;;X;11:44: Traces route as described by PW. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:45: This is the valley where you traveled for three kilometers. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:46: Do you recognize it? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:47: Yes, I do recognize the area. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:48: This is the stream in that valley. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:49: It is dry or frozen in most places in winter. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:50: Now, you should be able to show me where the battalion assembly area is. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:51: Let me see. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:52: Yes, right here. english/11.e.fid ;;X;11:53: Indicates an area between CT670442 - CT680444. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:54: And this is the road leading from the south into the assembly area. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:55: When was the last time you were there? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:56: About three o'clock this morning. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:57: We passed through it when we went on the reconnaissance. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:58: What is there of military significance in the vicinity of the battalion assembly area? english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:59: I mean things like units, weapons, and equipment. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:60: I saw only a few tanks and trucks near a deserted village on the east end of the assembly area. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:61: And most of the battalion is located about one kilometer north of that area. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:62: Where is the 2nd Bn CP located? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:63: When we left, it was at the base of a hill approximately two kilometers from the assembly area. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:64: Describe the route you would take to get to the battalion CP from the assembly area. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:65: From the east end of the assembly area we would go north through the deserted village about 300 meters. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:66: There is a road there that goes northwest and then north for about two kilometers. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:67: Okay. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:68: This seems to be the road you are talking about. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:69: Let's see. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:70: Yes, this is the road which leads to the battalion CP. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:71: Right about here we would get off the road and go east about 100 meters. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:72: The battalion CP must be right about here. english/11.e.fid ;;X;11:73: Indicates vic CT674464. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:74: What units are collocated with the 2nd Bn CP? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:75: One reinforced platoon of the 4th Co and the company CP. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:76: Also, parts of the heavy machine gun company and the recoilless gun platoon were in that area. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:77: The mortar company was also in that area. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:78: Where is the 5th Co located, 1SG KIM? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:79: When I left that area, the 5th Co was here. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:80: The first Plat and the light machine gun squad were deployed on this ridge. english/11.e.fid ;;X;11:81: Indicates vic CT677458. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:82: The company CP was about 50 meters in back of them. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:83: The 2nd and 3rd Plats are deployed over here. english/11.e.fid ;;X;11:84: Indicates CT672451-CT675455. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:85: Tell me where the 6th Co is located. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:86: The 6th Co was deployed to our right. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:87: Let me see, the highest hill to the southwest, about a kilometer, yes, it must be here. english/11.e.fid ;;X;11:88: Indicates vic CT666453. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:89: Where is the rest of the 4th Co located? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:90: They were in reserve positions behind the 6th Co. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:91: I don't know exactly where. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:92: Where is the rest of the battalion's heavy machinegun company located? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:93: One heavy machine gun platoon was with our company. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:94: Another one was with the 6th Co. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:95: Each of the platoons of the 5th Co had one heavy machine gun squad attached to it, I don't know the exact position of each gun. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:96: Where is the rest of the battalion's recoilless gun platoon located? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:97: With the 5th Co. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:98: There was a recoilless gun squad attached to each platoon. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:99: The squads were covering the road leading to the company area. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:100: Where is the 3rd Bn located? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:101: All I know is that they occupy positions to the right of the 2nd Bn's defense area. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:102: Around OSONG-SAN. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:103: Where is the first Bn located? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:104: They are in reserve positions behind the 2nd and 3rd Bns. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:105: One company of the 1st Bn is located with the regimental CP. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:106: I don't know where the rest of the battalion is located. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:107: However, I heard that the first Bn was going to take up our battalion's positions after we moved out. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:108: From whom did you hear that? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:109: From the company commander. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:110: When did he tell you that? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:111: Yesterday morning during a briefing. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:112: Where is the HQ of the 109th Regt located? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:113: About 2.5 kilometers from the 2nd Bn CP. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:114: About two days ago it moved into SUTIAE-RI. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:115: Here it is. english/11.e.fid ;;X;11:116: Indicates vic CT678486. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:117: What other elements of the 109th Regt are located in that area? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:118: The only element I actually saw was the regimental antiaircraft machine gun platoon. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:119: There is one 14.5mm machine gun positioned at either end of the bridge in front of the regimental HQ. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:120: I saw a lot of trucks and towed artillery moving on the road in front of the regimental HQ. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:121: What route would you take to get from the 2nd Bn CP to the HQ of the 109th Regt? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:122: We would travel on the winding road near the battalion CP until it meets this road. english/11.e.fid ;;X;11:123: Indicates CT674477. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:124: This is the road that leads to the regimental HQ. english/11.e.fid ;;A;11:125: What is there of military significance on the route between the 2nd Bn CP and the regimental HQ? english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:126: In front of there buildings near the intersection, (indicating CT675477) I saw soldiers unloading barrels from trucks. english/11.e.fid ;;B;11:127: That's all I saw. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:1: How many trucks did you see in front of those buildings? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:2: I saw about six ZIL-151 trucks. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:3: What identifying markings were there on those trucks? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:4: I saw "People's Armed Forces Unit 4083" written on the front bumpers. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:5: That's the unit number of the 109th Regt. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:6: Also, the PAF emblem was on the doors. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:7: Earlier I asked you how else the 109th Regt was designated and you said that it was designated as the OSONG-SAN Regt. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:8: Why didn't you tell me about this unit number at that time? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:9: At that time I didn't realize that you wanted to know unit numbers. english/12.e.fid ;;X;12:10: Makes a note to ask about unit numbers later. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:11: Okay. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:12: What was in the barrels the soldiers were unloading from the trucks? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:13: Probably some kind of fuel oil. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:14: I don't know for sure. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:15: 1SG KIM, whenever I ask you about things of military significance you must tell me about everything you saw or heard directly, or heard of from other people. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:16: Now then, what else is there of military significance along the road that goes from the 2nd Bn CP to the regimental HQ? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:17: Well, during the past week there was so much troop movement and vehicle movement in our area. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:18: Yesterday I saw three ZIL-151 trucks mounted with 140mm MRLS. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:19: The trucks were parked in a draw (CT672462) about 150 meters from the road near the battalion CP. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:20: And then the other evening, our driver took a wrong turn at the intersection near those buildings I just told you about. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:21: About a kilometer down that road, I remember seeing two 76.2mm field guns. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:22: They were on the side of a hill about 300 meters north of the road (CT662477). english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:23: It looked like some soldiers were preparing positions for the guns. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:24: Oh, yes. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:25: As we were coming back on the same road, I saw an antiaircraft machine gun emplacement. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:26: It was on the top of the hill behind those buildings at the intersection (CT677478). english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:27: I could barely see the emplacement because it was so well camouflaged. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:28: 1SG KIM, where is the HQ of the 108th Regt presently located? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:29: I don't know. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:30: All I know is that the 108th Regt is located to the west of our regiment. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:31: Where is the HQ of the 107th Regt located? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:32: The 107th Regt is somewhere to the north, in reserve. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:33: I did hear that the HQ of that regiment was going to move into where our regimental HQ was located. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:34: That's all I know about the 107th Regt. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:35: From whom did you hear this? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:36: I heard about it when I went to the regimental HQ to turn in a ration request for our battalion, but I don't recall who said it. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:37: That was on the 3rd of January. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:38: Where was the 109th Regt located before it moved into its present location? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:39: It was located about five or six Kilometers north of SUT'AE-RI beneath PYONGNYOGAM-SAN. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:40: Describe the route you would take to get from SUT'AE-RI to that area. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:41: There is a road that goes northeast from SUT'AE-RI along a stream for about two kilometers. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:42: And then, that road goes up into the mountains, over a pass and down toward the main road. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:43: This main road is Highway 4149. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:44: You cross that road and go directly into the regimental area. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:45: Directly? english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:46: Look closely at the map. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:47: The road you're talking about veers to the left and intersects a wider road. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:48: And then there is a small trail, here, going to PYONGNYOGAM-SAN, isn't there? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:49: No. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:50: This map is not right. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:51: This road goes straight across Highway 4149. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:52: And there is a bridge here. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:53: After crossing the bridge, the road heads directly into the regimental HQ area. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:54: It is about here. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:55: What kind of road is the road that goes from SUT'AE-RI to PYONGNYOGAM-SAN? english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:56: I mean, tell me its width and surface condition. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:57: It's about five meters wide. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:58: And although it is not paved, it is well maintained. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:59: What kind of road is Highway 4149? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:60: It is paved and is about five meters wide. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:61: What is there of military significance between SUT'AE-RI and PYONGNYOGAM-SAN? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:62: In the pass, about 1.5 kilometers south of Highway 4149, there are antitank obstacles made from rock on both sides of the road. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:63: And there are some soldiers in bunkers behind those antitank obstacles. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:64: That's all I saw in that area. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:65: When was the last time you passed through that area? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:66: Last week, when I was returning from the regimental HQ. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:67: Besides the regimental HQ, what else was there of military significance in the area of PYONGNYOGAM-SAN? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:68: All I know is that one of the 122mm howitzer battalions of the 161st Arty Regt is located about two kilometers to the west at SANGSUHAN. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:69: 1SG CHO, my friend in that unit, told me that last August. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:70: Where is the HQ of the 45th Inf Div located? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:71: It is located at ANSONGGWAN. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:72: It is about a kilometer from the KUMHWA Reservoir. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:73: Here it is. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:74: The division HQ is located there in underground facilities. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:75: I remember that here was an entrance to the division HQ at the intersection. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:76: What is in these buildings at ANSONGGWAN? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:77: When I was there last, about a year ago, it looked like those buildings were only being used for supply storage and vehicle maintenance. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:78: What else is there of military significance in the area of ANSONGGWAN? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:79: There must be subordinate elements of the division in that area. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:80: However, I don't know where they are. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:81: And there are probably a lot of air defense positions in the hills around ANSONGGWAN. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:82: The only other thing I know concerning unit locations is that the 292nd LI Bn is about two kilometers south of the KUMHWA Reservoir. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:83: Show me on the map exactly where that battalion is located. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:84: Let's see. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:85: The battalion HQ was in one of these buildings along this narrow road. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:86: Yes, I think it was in this building, here. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:87: The light infantry companies and the signal platoon occupied the other buildings around the battalion HQ. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:88: What is there of military significance between ANSONGGWAN and the 292nd LI Bn area? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:89: About two kilometers north of the battalion area, there is a stream which flows into the KUMHWA Reservoir, and there was a checkpoint set up on the south end of the bridge which goes over that stream. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:90: There were guards at that checkpoint. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:91: And there was a bunker about ten meters from the right side of the road. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:92: Let's see, then, about 1.5 kilometers from the division HQ perimeter, along that same road, there is something that looks like a tunnel entrance. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:93: 1SG KIM, you said earlier that a year ago you went out on a reconnaissance to find places to use as tunnel exits in the KUMHWA area. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:94: Tell me where their tunnel exit sites are in relation to the place where you came under fire this morning. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:95: Two of the sites to be used as exits were north of the road that goes along NAMDAE-CHON. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:96: Let's see. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:97: (looking at map) It is about 500 meters west of this reservoir and maybe 300 meters north of this road. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:98: Yes, I think the two sites are in this area (Indicates vic CT668385). english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:99: The reconnaissance patrol was supposed to find four or five places to use as tunnel exits, but I don't know where the other sites would be. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:100: Where is the entrance to this tunnel located? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:101: It is somewhere in this valley (Indicates valley in CT6844, CT6843, and CT6842). english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:102: How do you know that? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:103: I saw our company commander heading south in that valley with a DMZ police escort and later, MSG LEE, our squad leader, told me that the company commander had gone to the tunnel site. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:104: All right, 1SG KIM, let's talk a little more about your battalion area. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:105: What obstacles are there in the 2nd Bn area? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:106: In front of the 5th Co, there are wire entanglements and minefields of antipersonnel mines and antitank mines. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:107: Describe the exact location and pattern of the minefields. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:108: That is, tell me the left and right limits, the depth and the density of the minefields. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:109: Let's see. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:110: (looking at map) one of the minefields is between the two roads in front of the 1st Plat area. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:111: From here (indicating CT67614565) to here (CT67784550). english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:112: The other one extends about 300 meters down the slope from the right flank of the 3rd Plat. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:113: From about here (indicating CT67084510) to here. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:114: Both minefields are about 100 meters in depth and there is barbed wire marking the rear limits. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:115: That's all I know about the minefields. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:116: What other defensive works, such is trenches and fortifications, are there in the 2nd Bn area? english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:117: I only know that the platoons of our company are positioned in trenches. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:118: And there must be other antipersonnel and antitank minefields in the forward area that only the DMZ police know about. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:119: That's probably why we had to have an escort when passing through the front. english/12.e.fid ;;A;12:120: 1SG KIM, if there is anything of military significance that you have seen or heard directly, or have heard of from others, and have not told me about yet, tell me about it now. english/12.e.fid ;;B;12:121: I have told you all that I know. english/12.e.fid ;;X;12:122: This completes that portion of the interrogation which deals with dispositions. english/13.e.fid ;;A;13:1: What was the basic load for the 152mm howitzer belonging to the 1st Gun Crew/3rd Plt? english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:2: All of the howitzers has an in-garrison basic load of 60 rounds. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:3: That was not the same as the amount of ammunition we carried into combat. english/13.e.fid ;;A;13:4: How many rounds of ammunition did your gun crew carry during combat? english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:5: That would vary according to the type of mission we were to perform. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:6: When my artillery piece was used as an escort gun, we carried more ammunition than we did when performing other missions. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:7: We also carried more ammunition when we were supporting offensive operations than when we were supporting defensive operations. english/13.e.fid ;;A;13:8: How was your howitzer resupplied with ammunition after all the ammunition you had on hand was used up? english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:9: The battalion supply section was responsible for resupplying ammunition to the batteries. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:10: The officer in charge of our battery firing position determined how much ammunition was needed. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:11: Then he made that need known to our battalion HQ. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:12: Out battalion HQ then had the ammunition brought in by the battalion's supply section. english/13.e.fid ;;A;13:13: How does the officer in charge of the battery firing position determine how much ammunition was needed? english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:14: Normally he received firing instructions from the supported maneuver unit's commander, and from these instructions and his knowledge of how much ammunition is normally expended during the performance of a fire mission against a certain target, he was able to determine how much ammunition was to be fired. english/13.e.fid ;;A;13:15: How much 152mm howitzer ammunition was kept on hand at the 1st Bn/573rd Mixed Arty Regt? english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:16: Our supply section didn't keep any ammunition on hand. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:17: It was our supply section's responsibility to bring ammunition from our regimental ammunition storage point to our firing positions. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:18: No artillery ammunition is ever stored by the battalion supply sections in NKPA artillery units. english/13.e.fid ;;A;13:19: Besides the 1st Bn/573rd Mixed Arty Regt's supply section, what other units became involved in bringing ammunition to the 1st Gun Crew/3rd Plt's firing position? english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:20: During emergencies, our regiment's supply facility would use its own vehicles to directly supply ammunition to my gun position. english/13.e.fid ;;A;13:21: Who determined when the brigade vehicles would be used to directly resupply the 1st Gun Crew/3rd Plt's firing position with ammunition? english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:22: That was always determined by someone in our brigade HQ. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:23: In the NKPA artillery, a subordinate unit commander never directly requisitions ammunition. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:24: All he can do is make his requirements known to his superiors, and then the HQ at the next higher echelon directs the resupply of ammunition to the subordinate unit. english/13.e.fid ;;A;13:25: How much artillery ammunition was kept on hand at the 573rd Mixed Arty Regt's ammunition storage point? english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:26: I don' know. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:27: I believe the amount of ammunition kept there depended upon the tactical situation, but I've never been there so I can't say for sure. english/13.e.fid ;;A;13:28: What types of artillery ammunition were kept on hand at the 1st Gun Crew/3rd Plt's firing position? english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:29: I think that our own shortages were the same as the shortages of the other gun crews in our battery. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:30: We often ran out of HE fragmentation rounds. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:31: Often, this was because there were not enough trucks in our supply section to keep us resupplied, but sometimes this was because the regiment's ammunition storage point was out of that type of ammunition. english/13.e.fid ;;A;13:32: What caused this type of shortage to occur at the 573rd Mixed Regt's ammunition storage point? english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:33: To tell the truth, I think it was because every unit needed this type of ammunition more than any other type. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:34: Therefore, it was hard for the regiment to keep enough of this type of ammunition on hand to support all the firing missions. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:35: When we performed creeping fire and fire concentration missions, we fired quite a lot of ammunition at the enemy. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:36: We usually fired just HE fragmentation rounds when we performed those types of fire missions. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:37: Of course, I'm only guessing about the causes of the ammunition shortages because I've never been told about anything that did not directly concern my gun crew. english/13.e.fid ;;A;13:38: What other types of ammunition shortages did your gun crew suffer? english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:39: The biggest shortage was always of HE fragmentation rounds, but when we fired a lot of smoke we usually ran short of these rounds as well. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:40: Usually because there were not enough trucks in our battalion to keep us well supplied. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:41: The same type of problem occurred when we were firing at night. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:42: We always used to run out of illumination rounds; again, that was due to a problem with our battalion's supply section. english/13.e.fid ;;A;13:43: How many trucks did the battalion supply section have? english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:44: I think that I told you before that there was at least one truck in that section, the one that brought us ammunition and other supplies. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:45: Actually, I think there must have been more than that, at least four or five. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:46: Otherwise, there wouldn't have been enough trucks to keep the entire battalion supplied with ammunition and other supplies. english/13.e.fid ;;A;13:47: How often was the 1st Gun Crew/3rd Plt resupplied with ammunition? english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:48: My gun crew received ammunition before the initiation of any offensive operation and before we were to provide special support such as smoke or illumination at night. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:49: In addition to these times, we were resupplied regularly when we were performing other artillery missions such as assault fire or fire concentration. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:50: This resupply was done in the hope that we wouldn't run out of ammunition while performing these missions, but our supply people weren't always successful at this. english/13.e.fid ;;A;13:51: How much fuel was kept on hand at the 3rd Bn/573 Mixed Arty Regt's POL section? english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:52: I don't know. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:53: My gun crew's truck never ran out of fuel, and my driver never complained about a lack of fuel in our battalion, so I guess there was enough to keep all of the vehicles refueled. english/13.e.fid ;;A;13:54: Where did the 3rd Bn's POL section obtain its fuel? english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:55: I think that there was a brigade fuel supply point, much like the ammunition supply point which I talked about earlier. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:56: Our battalion fuel truck probably went there to get fuel. english/13.e.fid ;;A;13:57: If the 1st Gun Crew/3rd Plt's howitzer was damaged, how would you have had it repaired? english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:58: We never had any problems with getting our gun repaired. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:59: Our battalion's rear services section had a maintenance element. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:60: If this maintenance element was unable to repair our artillery piece, they arranged to have our gun taken to the regiment for repair. english/13.e.fid ;;A;13:61: What would have happened if your gun could not have been repaired? english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:62: I think that the regiment's supply or ordnance unit must have had some 152mm howitzers on hand. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:63: Either that, or they were able obtain them easily. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:64: That is because we were never without a gun. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:65: If our original howitzer was too badly damaged, we received a replacement howitzer from the regiment while the damaged howitzer was being repaired. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:66: If the damaged howitzer could not repaired, then we simply kept the new howitzer. english/13.e.fid ;;B;13:67: I don't know what the regimental supply point did with the damaged howitzer, nor from where they received their replacement howitzers. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:68: Many of the artillery weapons and some of the ammunition used by the NKPA artillery cannot be manufactured in North Korea. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:69: For this reason many of these items are brought either from the People's Republic of China (PRC) or from the USSR. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:70: Most of the ammunition presently used and stored by the NKPA artillery forces has been manufactured in North Korea. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:71: In the even of a war, however, North Korea will have to depend on outside sources for a supply of ammunition large enough to support its artillery effort. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:72: Therefore, even though North Korea has 100% of the artillery weapons it needs, it will still have to have a guarantee of support from either the PRC or from the USSR before it is able to conduct the type of artillery support it now has. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:73: In the NKPA the higher-echelon unit is generally responsible for the allocation and delivery of supplies to the next lower-echelon unit. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:74: However, this is a flexible policy and can be amended to suit the tactical situation. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:75: An example of this is when an army corps-level supply unit delivers supplies directly to a regiment or to a battalion. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:76: When this is done there is an increase in the amount of transportation available at the division and regimental levels which allows lower-echelon units to pick up supplies from higher-echelon units in order to meet the requirements of the tactical situation. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:77: The NKPA artillery prioritizes its supplies into the following categories. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:78: The priorities for ammunition and POL are inflexible and will be maintained even if this causes soldiers to have to forage for food. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:79: In addition to the supplies themselves being prioritized, there are also priorities maintained for units involved in the main combat effort -- even at the expense of units involved in secondary efforts. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:80: The NKPA artillery forces are controlled by the Artillery Command (ATC), which is one of the major commands subordinate to the Ministry of the People's Armed Forces (MPAF). english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:81: The MPAF is responsible for the maintenance of the four ammunition and three ordnance deposits which support the ATC. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:82: The ATC maintains one permanent ordnance depot and one permanent ammunition supply depot in support of each artillery corps. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:83: During tactical operations the MPAF also maintains a temporary mobile ammunition storage point to facilitate direct resupply of ammunition to artillery corps. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:84: Besides the storage points just mentioned, the ATC is responsible for the management and control of all ordnance and ammunition facilities at the artillery corps level and below. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:85: From the permanent supply depot the ATC maintains at each army corps, the ATC operates two temporary mobile supply points which it uses to directly support regiments and lower-echelon units. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:86: There is one ordnance facility, called a weapons supply point, and on temporary mobile ammunition supply point operated in support of each artillery division. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:87: The lowest echelon having any type of artillery ordnance or artillery ammunition facility is the regiment. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:88: At this level there is a weapons storage point and an ammunition storage point. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:89: The location of these various ammunition and ordnance supply facilities, in relation to the frontline units, will depend upon the tactical situation. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:90: The artillery division's ammunition supply facility is normally located between 14 and 18 kilometers behind the FEBA when the NKPA is on the offensive, and is located 20 to 24 kilometers behind the FEBA during defensive operations. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:91: The artillery regiment's ammunition supply point is normally located 6 to 8 kilometers behind the FEBA during offensive operations, and 8 to 12 kilometers behind the FEBA during defensive operations. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:92: In discussions of the NKPA artillery supply and resupply operations, two terms are commonly used. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:93: The first is unit of fire (UF), and the second, ammunition basic load (ABL). english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:94: A UF is the number of rounds per gun, per rocket launcher, or per missile launcher, established by the NKPA for the expected ammunition expenditure for a combat operation, enemy deployment, and echelon of employment of the weapon. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:95: The UF will vary from weapon to weapon, and is primarily a factor used by the logistician. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:96: The ABL, used primarily by the tactical operations planner, is the amount of ammunition authorized to be in a unit, expressed in units of fire. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:97: A unit basic load includes the ammunition with the guns as well as the ammunition stored at the ammunition storage facility. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:98: The application of these two concepts allows the NKPA to maintain a highly flexible system of resupply of ammunition to their artillery units. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:99: Although many publications list a standard basic load for NKPA artillery pieces, this number of rounds represents only the standard issue of ammunition the guns now possess. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:100: During combat operations the amount of ammunition an artillery piece will have issued to it as its basic load will depend upon the tactical situation. english/13.e.fid ;;X;13:101: Various factors, such as the types of target(s), number of guns to be used against these target(s), and the method of fire, will affect the number of rounds needed by the artillery crews. english/13.e.fid ;;13:102: In war, there must be a high degree of flexibility in the resupply of ammunition to an artillery unit. english/13.e.fid ;;13:103: HE rocket-assisted projectiles assisted when firing at what targets? english/13.e.fid ;;13:104: Who is the official in charge of that task? english/13.e.fid ;;13:105: Who manages the arms and ammunition facility at the Ministry of the People's Armed Forces? english/13.e.fid ;;13:106: In the NKPA, ammunition for the rocket launchers is imported from outside the country. english/13.e.fid ;;13:107: The shortage of ammunition in the frontline units was due to transportation limitations. english/13.e.fid ;;13:108: The NKPA artillery has never run out of artillery ammunition. english/13.e.fid ;;13:109: When I was captured, I was very tired. english/13.e.fid ;;13:110: Howitzers are normally fired with indirect aiming. english/13.e.fid ;;13:111: Our division commander published a pamphlet about infiltration tactics. english/13.e.fid ;;13:112: In North Korea there are many publications about the Leader Kim Il-Sung. english/13.e.fid ;;13:113: The quality of the ammunition produced in North Korea cannot be guaranteed. english/13.e.fid ;;13:114: CPT KIM is an extremely uncooperative political officer. english/13.e.fid ;;13:115: Even though it was raining, the attack had to begin. english/13.e.fid ;;13:116: We shoot canister rounds with direct aiming against enemy infantry units. english/13.e.fid ;;13:117: What targets are incendiary rounds fired at? english/13.e.fid ;;13:118: Military terms are made up continuously in the NKPA. english/13.e.fid ;;13:119: Our battery commander takes no interest in the soldiers' rations. english/13.e.fid ;;13:120: NKPA soldiers often forage for food in enemy territory. english/13.e.fid ;;13:121: My family is as poor as ever. english/13.e.fid ;;13:122: We always keep illumination rounds on hand in preparation for night operations. english/13.e.fid ;;13:123: Political officers don't get on well, even within their own group. english/13.e.fid ;;13:124: In the NKPA, who ultimately authorizes the quantity of ammunition per weapon? english/13.e.fid ;;13:125: Unit of fire is one of the factors used in determining combat basic load. english/13.e.fid ;;13:126: We applied new tactical doctrines at that time. english/13.e.fid ;;13:127: In what type of work is SGT PARK engaged? english/13.e.fid ;;13:128: All problems concerning weapons repair are arranged within the battalion's rear services section. english/13.e.fid ;;13:129: Normally the higher unit is responsible for the supply of ammunition to the next lower unit. english/13.e.fid ;;13:130: Seriously damaged vehicles are evacuated to division for repair. english/13.e.fid ;;13:131: I guess that many illumination rounds will be needed during this attack. english/13.e.fid ;;13:132: I don't have enough money to meet my living expenses. english/13.e.fid ;;13:133: Every weapon has a different ammunition basic load. english/13.e.fid ;;13:134: We used lots of illumination rounds during this operation. english/13.e.fid ;;13:135: The ammunition we kept on hand was high explosive fragmentation rounds. english/13.e.fid ;;13:136: HE rocket-assisted projectiles are very effective for destroying enemy tanks. english/13.e.fid ;;13:137: In combat yesterday, we fired with direct aiming against an enemy armor unit. english/13.e.fid ;;13:138: Ammunition shortages were usually due to there not being enough supply trucks. english/13.e.fid ;;13:139: Our battalion has a POL point much like an ammunition supply point. english/13.e.fid ;;13:140: We are only guessing at the cause of the ammunition shortage. english/13.e.fid ;;13:141: There are many incendiary rounds kept at the 3rd Gun Crew/1st Plt's firing position. english/13.e.fid ;;13:142: Our gun crew prepared its canister rounds for the next mission. english/13.e.fid ;;13:143: Since I've never seen that supply point, I don't even know if it really existed. english/13.e.fid ;;13:144: SGT CHO is engaged in supply duties at the temporary supply point operated by the artillery. english/13.e.fid ;;13:145: There is a maintenance element in our battalion's rear services section; therefore, all disabled guns are sent there for repair. english/13.e.fid ;;13:146: If our maintenance element is unable to repair our damaged howitzer, it arranges to have the howitzer taken to the regiment. english/13.e.fid ;;13:147: When our gun crew runs out of HE fragmentation rounds, we obtain the rounds from another gun crew. english/13.e.fid ;;13:148: The greatest ammunition shortage is always HE fragmentation rounds; this is because supply does not run smoothly. english/13.e.fid ;;13:149: We fired quite a lot of ammunition at the enemy when we performed fire concentration or creeping fire missions. english/13.e.fid ;;13:150: We are supplied a replacement howitzer from the regiment when our howitzer is badly damaged. english/13.e.fid ;;13:151: It is difficult to keep enough of every type of ammunition at our battery to perform every type of fire mission. english/13.e.fid ;;13:152: When the lower-level unit commander reports his ammunition expenditures, needed ammunition is supplied by the next higher HQ. english/13.e.fid ;;13:153: The decision to use the regiment's vehicle is made by an officer at regimental HQ. english/13.e.fid ;;13:154: The battalion supply section is responsible for bringing the ammunition to our battery. english/13.e.fid ;;13:155: In the NKPA artillery, the subordinate unit commander does not directly request ammunition. english/13.e.fid ;;13:156: The in-garrison basic load is not exactly the same as the amount of ammunition carried during combat. english/13.e.fid ;;13:157: A temporary ammunition supply point is normally used to support a division-level artillery unit. english/13.e.fid ;;13:158: In an emergency, the regiment's supply section uses its trucks to supply ammunition directly to our gun position. english/13.e.fid ;;13:159: We received a new howitzer because the damaged one could not be repaired. english/13.e.fid ;;13:160: There is no problem in repairing damaged artillery pieces, as there is a maintenance element in our battalion's rear services section. english/13.e.fid ;;13:161: Because all units normally use more HE fragmentation rounds than any other type, there is always a shortage of them. english/13.e.fid ;;13:162: I said that the ammunition supply point is north of our position because the supply trucks always brought the ammunition from the north. english/13.e.fid ;;13:163: I believe that there are all types of ammunition at our regiment's ammunition storage point, but I don't know what specific types. english/13.e.fid ;;13:164: I really don't know what the regimental supply point did with the damaged howitzer, nor do I know where it got the replacement howitzer. english/13.e.fid ;;13:165: The supported maneuver unit's commander gives our battery commander fire instructions, but the amount of ammunition to be used is decided by the battery officer. english/13.e.fid ;;13:166: Our gun crew, as well as the other gun crews, often suffers shortages of ammunition. english/13.e.fid ;;13:167: The reason for this is because the supply section doesn't have enough trucks to resupply ammunition. english/13.e.fid ;;13:168: There should be at least four or five large trucks at the battalion supply section. english/13.e.fid ;;13:169: Since there is only one truck there now, a problem arises in continuously furnishing supplies to the entire battalion. english/13.e.fid ;;13:170: I don't know the direct causes of the ammunition shortages. english/13.e.fid ;;13:171: I'm just guessing. english/13.e.fid ;;13:172: The basic load we carry during combat and the in-garrison basic load are different. english/13.e.fid ;;13:173: Our battalion's trucks go to the POL supply point, which is similar to the ammunition supply point, in order to obtain POL. english/13.e.fid ;;13:174: I never heard the truck drivers complain; this is because there is a sufficient resupply of POL for the trucks. english/13.e.fid ;;13:175: I really don't know the location of the temporary supply point which is used to support a division-level artillery unit. english/13.e.fid ;;13:176: There was enough of the ammunition which we needed, but I don't know whether other types of ammunition were there, too. english/13.e.fid ;;13:177: In an emergency situation, the vehicles of the regiment's supply facility transport artillery ammunition directly to our gun position. english/13.e.fid ;;13:178: The ammunition requirements differ according to the situation. english/13.e.fid ;;13:179: I've never had a chance to work there, so it's hard to say for sure. english/13.e.fid ;;13:180: SGT KIM, who is now working in supply, told me that there is a large temporary ammunition point being operated by the artillery. english/13.e.fid ;;13:181: We were able to acquire a new gun easily. english/13.e.fid ;;13:182: The reason for this is that there were always a few guns kept on hand at the regimental supply point or ordnance unit. english/13.e.fid ;;13:183: The largest shortage was always of HE fragmentation rounds. english/13.e.fid ;;13:184: This was because there were not enough trucks to continuously resupply ammunition. english/13.e.fid ;;13:185: I believe there should have been four or five trucks. english/13.e.fid ;;13:186: Because there was only one truck, we had a problem in receiving supplies. english/13.e.fid ;;13:187: Once the officer in charge of our battery firing position informs the battalion HQ of our ammunition requirements, the battalion HQ gives the battalion supply section orders to transport the ammunition. english/13.e.fid ;;13:188: The officer in charge of the battery firing position must determine how much ammunition is to be expended when we are performing a fire mission. english/13.e.fid ;;13:189: Our unit carries more ammunition when supporting an offensive operation than when supporting a defensive operation and also when performing an escort gun mission than when performing other missions. english/13.e.fid ;;13:190: The type of ammunition we kept on hand carried in accordance with the type of mission we performed. english/13.e.fid ;;13:191: This ammunition normally included incendiary, illumination, and HE fragmentation rounds. english/13.e.fid ;;13:192: When the battalion maintenance section was unable to perform repairs, they arranged to have the gun taken to the regiment for repair. english/13.e.fid ;;13:193: Because we use so much ammunition when performing creeping fire or concentration fire missions, keeping enough ammunition on hand at these times is very difficult. english/13.e.fid ;;13:194: Our gun crew receives a resupply of ammunition before beginning an attack operation, when providing special support such as illumination at night or smoke, and when performing missions such as concentration fire or assault fire. english/13.e.fid ;;13:195: Within the artillery units themselves, the artillery commander at each level is responsible for ammunition supplies. english/13.e.fid ;;13:196: He, on the other hand, coordinates the transport and movement of ammunition with the chief of rear services. english/13.e.fid ;;13:197: The planning for ammunition requirements is done by the higher echelon to fill the lower echelon's needs. english/13.e.fid ;;13:198: Allocations and shipments of ammunition are based upon the following factors. english/13.e.fid ;;13:199: Transportation is normally provided by the transport unit at the echelon of supply. english/13.e.fid ;;13:200: Each artillery commander also submits a daily materiel status report through artillery channels to his next higher echelon. english/13.e.fid ;;13:201: Procedures for consolidation, allocation, and shipment are identical to those just described. english/13.e.fid ;;13:202: The ABL varies according to different factors. english/13.e.fid ;;13:203: The following situations demonstrate how some of these factors might influence the ABL. english/13.e.fid ;;13:204: SITUATION 1: When an NKPA artillery unit is to fire upon an antitank gun or other weapon in the open, and the target is observed, the NKPA will use 42 rounds against this target. english/13.e.fid ;;13:205: If a battery-sized unit is to fire upon this target, each gun will fire 7 rounds. english/13.e.fid ;;13:206: If a battalion is to be used against this target, each gun will fire 2 rounds. english/13.e.fid ;;13:207: If both cases, the desired density of fire is 27 rounds per hectare per minute. english/13.e.fid ;;13:208: The NKPA artillery attempts to achieve the same objective when firing upon stationary radar or radar command and control stations. english/13.e.fid ;;13:209: SITUATION 2: When an NKPA artillery unit is to fire upon an individual armored target in the open, and the target is observed, the NKPA will use 80 rounds against this target. english/13.e.fid ;;13:210: If a battery-sized unit is to fire upon this target, each gun will fire 13 rounds. english/13.e.fid ;;13:211: If a battalion-sized unit is to fire upon this target, each gun will fire 5 rounds. english/13.e.fid ;;13:212: When an NKPA artillery unit is to fire upon an infantry platoon in a hastily prepared strongpoint, and the target is observed, the NKPA will use 112 rounds against this target. english/13.e.fid ;;13:213: If a battery-sized unit is to fire upon this target, each gun will fire 19 rounds. english/13.e.fid ;;13:214: If an artillery battalion is to fire upon this target, each gun will fire 8 rounds. english/13.e.fid ;;13:215: If the enemy unit to be fired upon is an infantry company rather than a platoon, the NKPA artillery will use 340 rounds. english/13.e.fid ;;13:216: If a battery is to fire upon this target, each gun will fire 56 rounds. english/13.e.fid ;;13:217: If an artillery battalion is to fire upon this target, each gun will fire 19 rounds. english/13.e.fid ;;13:218: These statistics are used for planning purposes only, and can be varied to meet actual situations. english/13.e.fid ;;13:219: The three situations listed above involve observed targets in the open or in hastily prepared strongpoints. english/13.e.fid ;;13:220: If the targets are located but not observed, the NKPA will use more than three times as much ammunition against each target. english/13.e.fid ;;13:221: As can be seen from the above information, knowledge of the terrain which is to be fought in, as well as the type of units to be fought against, is crucial to planning logistical support of the artillery. english/13.e.fid ;;13:222: The tactical planners and logistical support planners must coordinate closely together to ensure that the planned mission can be successfully completed. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:1: 1SG KIM, earlier you told me about some of the radios and telephones that are used between PAF units. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:2: Let's talk some more about this communications equipment. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:3: What is the condition of the R-116 radios used within the 5th Co? english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:4: All the communications equipment in the company is in good condition. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:5: What problems commonly occur with the company's radios? english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:6: There are no major problems. english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:7: If there is a problems, it's only batteries going dead occasionally. english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:8: But they can be replaced easily because a few of the company members carry extra batteries. english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:9: And the battalion signal platoon always has enough batteries on hand. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:10: What types of batteries are used for the company's radios? english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:11: The SUNGNI-80 cry-cell battery is used for the R-116 radio, and the HAK Type 24 wet-cell battery is used for the R-106 radio. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:12: How long does a radio battery usually last? english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:13: That depends on how much it is used. english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:14: It usually lasts about a week. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:15: What spare parts or tools for repairing communications equipment does the company have? english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:16: For spare parts, only things like fuses and tubes. english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:17: I really don't know about tools. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:18: Who repairs the radios if they malfunction? english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:19: They are taken to the battalion signal platoon for repair. english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:20: If needed, the company gets a replacement radio. english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:21: If the signal platoon cannot fix the radios, they are sent to regiment. english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:22: Radios that cannot be repaired at regiment are dismantled for usable parts. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:23: How often is the communications equipment in the company inspected? english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:24: We have an inspection every three months and a PAF general inspection once a year. english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:25: A few days ago, however, there was a special inspection of all of the company's communications equipment. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:26: What are the major components of the R-116 radio? english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:27: The transmitter, the receiver, the antenna -- that's about it. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:28: When were the 5th Co's R-116 radios manufactured? english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:29: I don't know. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:30: In what country were they manufactured? english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:31: In the Soviet Union. english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:32: The R-106s are Soviet-made, too. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:33: When were the R-116 radios issued to the 5th Co? english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:34: I don't know. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:35: When are those radios to be replaced? english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:36: I have heard of no replacement plans. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:37: How many spare R-116 radios does the battalion signal platoon keep on hand? english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:38: That I don't know. english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:39: But we haven't had any delays so far in receiving replacement radios from the signal platoon. english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:40: So they must have a sufficient stock on hand in the signal platoon. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:41: How does the weather affect the radios used in the 2nd Bn? english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:42: Radios easily overheat in the summertime. english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:43: And that limits their operational time. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:44: At what temperature does the overheating occur? english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:45: I really don't know at what temperature in occurs. english/14.e.fid ;;A;14:46: What problems does the 5th Co have communicating by radio with the HQ of the 2nd Bn? english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:47: None. english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:48: As far as I know, there are no communications problems in any of our units. english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:49: All the communications equipment in the 5th Co is in very good condition. english/14.e.fid ;;B;14:50: If there is a problem with radios, it's only batteries going dead. english/14.e.fid ;;14:51: Normally, dry-cell batteries are used for pertable radios. english/14.e.fid ;;14:52: What types of dry-cell batteries are they using in the 2nd Bn? english/14.e.fid ;;14:53: I have never heard of radios overheating. english/14.e.fid ;;14:54: When the weather is very hot, vehicle engines are likely to overheat. english/14.e.fid ;;14:55: When are the 6th Co's radios to be replaced? english/14.e.fid ;;14:56: Those rifles were replaced with AK rifles last year in March. english/14.e.fid ;;14:57: Radios cannot be operated long in high temperatures. english/14.e.fid ;;14:58: The temperature is very high in the summertime in Korea. english/14.e.fid ;;14:59: There seems to be a lot of ammunition stored in the battalion. english/14.e.fid ;;14:60: It looks like something happened to that comrade. english/14.e.fid ;;14:61: At what temperature do radios normally overheat? english/14.e.fid ;;14:62: What is the average temperature in the wintertime in North Korea? english/14.e.fid ;;14:63: How good is the transmitter of the R-106 radio? english/14.e.fid ;;14:64: What does the transmitter of that radio consist of? english/14.e.fid ;;14:65: The transmitters and receivers must be cleaned occasionally. english/14.e.fid ;;14:66: Malfunctioning receivers are immediately sent to the battalion signal platoon. english/14.e.fid ;;14:67: Even without markings, enemy vehicles can be easily recognized. english/14.e.fid ;;14:68: If dry-cell batteries go dead, they can be replaced easily. english/14.e.fid ;;14:69: Wet-cell batteries cannot be used for the R-116 radio. english/14.e.fid ;;14:70: Tell me what kinds of radios wet-cell batteries are used in. english/14.e.fid ;;14:71: TAI-43 telephones can still be used. english/14.e.fid ;;14:72: That is the distance over which we can communicate with an R-116 radio. english/14.e.fid ;;14:73: If we do have a problem with radios, it's only batteries going dead. english/14.e.fid ;;14:74: The only means of communications used by squads are visual communications and sound communications. english/14.e.fid ;;14:75: The capture of a PW must be reported without delay. english/14.e.fid ;;14:76: There are no delays in replacing dry-cell batteries. english/14.e.fid ;;14:77: The company has spare parts, such as tubes and fuses. english/14.e.fid ;;14:78: It is very easy to change a tube. english/14.e.fid ;;14:79: Malfunctioning radios are repaired at the battalion signal platoon. english/14.e.fid ;;14:80: If a radio malfunctions, the company immediately gets a replacement radio. english/14.e.fid ;;14:81: There is a general inspection once a year in the PAF. english/14.e.fid ;;14:82: There was a special inspection of the company's communications equipment a few days ago. english/14.e.fid ;;14:83: That radio was manufactured in the Soviet Union. english/14.e.fid ;;14:84: The R-106 radios are Soviet-made, too. english/14.e.fid ;;14:85: I have never heard of any plans to replace the radios. english/14.e.fid ;;14:86: It seems that they have a sufficient stock of radios in the signal platoon. english/14.e.fid ;;14:87: I only heard Comrade Company Commander saying so. english/14.e.fid ;;14:88: Among the company members there are several comrades who carry extra batteries. english/14.e.fid ;;14:89: The battalion signal platoon always has enough radio batteries on hand. english/14.e.fid ;;14:90: R-106 radios use wet-cell batteries and R-116 radios use dry-cell batteries. english/14.e.fid ;;14:91: That depends on how much it is used, but normally it lasts several weeks. english/14.e.fid ;;14:92: I really don't know about tools. english/14.e.fid ;;14:93: As for spare parts, they have such items as tubes and fuses. english/14.e.fid ;;14:94: Radios that cannot be repaired at the battalion signal platoon are sent to the regiment. english/14.e.fid ;;14:95: If malfunctioning radios cannot be repaired, they are dismantled for usable parts. english/14.e.fid ;;14:96: The major components of the R-116 radio are the antenna, the receiver, the transmitter -- that's about it. english/14.e.fid ;;14:97: We haven't had any delays so far in receiving replacement radios from the signal platoon. english/14.e.fid ;;14:98: Since radios easily overheat in the summertime, their operational time is limited. english/14.e.fid ;;14:99: There are no major problems with the radios in the source's company. english/14.e.fid ;;14:100: If there is a problem, it is only radio batteries going dead. english/14.e.fid ;;14:101: That's not a problem either. english/14.e.fid ;;14:102: Because several members of the company carry extra batteries, they can be replaced on the spot. english/14.e.fid ;;14:103: The R-106 radio uses the HAK-Type 24 wet-cell battery and the R-116 radio uses the SUNGNI-80 dry-cell battery. english/14.e.fid ;;14:104: These batteries last about one week. english/14.e.fid ;;14:105: But these batteries don't last more than a year even though they are not in use. english/14.e.fid ;;14:106: It just depends on how much they are used. english/14.e.fid ;;14:107: If radios in the source's company malfunction, they are sent to the battalion signal platoon for repair. english/14.e.fid ;;14:108: If the signal platoon cannot repair the radios, they are sent to the regiment. english/14.e.fid ;;14:109: If the regiment cannot repair them either, the radios are cannibalized. english/14.e.fid ;;14:110: Communications equipment is inspected during the annual PAF general inspection. english/14.e.fid ;;14:111: Additionally, special inspections are conducted whenever necessary. english/14.e.fid ;;14:112: Last week there was a special inspection of all communications equipment in the source's company in preparation for the forthcoming attack. english/14.e.fid ;;14:113: The source does not know how many spare R-116 radios the battalion signal platoon has on hand. english/14.e.fid ;;14:114: Since there have never been any delays in receiving replacement radios from the signal platoon, the source believes that they must have a sufficient supply of radios on hand. english/14.e.fid ;;14:115: The signal platoon apparently has enough batteries in stock, too. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:1: 1 SG KIM, how is the food in the PAF? english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:2: 1SG KIM, how is the food in the PAF? english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:3: It's really bad. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:4: The amount of food is so small that all that soldiers think about day and night is eating. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:5: You mean the food supply situation is that bad? english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:6: That's right. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:7: Of course, no one can say such a thing. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:8: But, it's a fact that everyone knows. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:9: Is the amount of food for officers also that small? english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:10: As far as I know, enlisted personnel and all officers through lieutenant colonel eat the same amount of food. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:11: High-ranking officers, colonel and above, get a greater amount of food. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:12: Normally, what kinds of food do you get? english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:13: Normally, rice and soup, and one or two side dishes. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:14: For soup, they give us a lot of bean paste soup. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:15: For side dishes, they use a lot of vegetables and fish. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:16: We rarely see any meat side dishes. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:17: And we get cigarettes, too -- 10 a day. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:18: Where is the cooking done? english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:19: At the battalion kitchen. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:20: What kinds of food do you eat in combat? english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:21: That depends on the combat situation. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:22: As a rule, we are supposed to have a least one hot meal a day. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:23: But if we are constantly on the move, we will have to rely on reserve rations. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:24: When was the last time the 5th Co received a supply of reserve rations? english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:25: Yesterday. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:26: Yesterday each company member received his carried reserve ration in preparation for the coming attack. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:27: "Carried reserve ration"? english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:28: What is that? english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:29: I mean the reserve rations that individual unit members carry. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:30: They are emergency rations, which we are to use when our supply of rations from the battalion supply platoon is cut off. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:31: We cannot use them without the permission of the battalion commander. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:32: How many days of rations is this so-called "carried reserve ration"? english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:33: One day's supply. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:34: What does this one day of carried reserve rations consist of? english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:35: Normally, things like dry cooked rice and dry cooked barley, canned fish, canned meat, and canned vegetables. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:36: Of course, it includes salt and also field fuel. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:37: When was the last time the members of the 5th Co had a hot meal? english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:38: Last night. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:39: By the way, 1 SG KIM, where is the cooking done during combat? english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:40: Normally, it is done at the battalion supply platoon. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:41: But when that is difficult, they do the cooking by selecting two or three men from the company as cooks. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:42: How does the battalion obtain the food used for hot meals? english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:43: We get things like rice, barley, flour, and spices from the regimental rear services section. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:44: And a lot of the meat and vegetables are supplied by the battalion side enterprise farm. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:45: "Battalion side enterprise farm"? english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:46: I've never heard of such a thing. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:47: Tell me about it. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:48: Every unit is required to produce most of its nonstaple foods on its own as a side enterprise. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:49: We raise various vegetables, chickens, ducks, and rabbits on the battalion side enterprise farm. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:50: Where is the 2nd Bn's "side enterprise farm"? english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:51: Why, of course, it is spread around the battalion compound perimeter. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:52: What provisions are in short supply within the 2nd Bn? english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:53: Things like rice, potatoes, and meat. english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:54: Speaking about meat in particular, we rarely see any because at the battalion level we don't have the time or the technical know-how for large-scale stockbreeding. english/15.e.fid ;;A;15:55: Where does the 2nd Bn store those nonstaple foods that it produces on its farm? english/15.e.fid ;;B;15:56: They are stored in a number of scattered locations within the battalion compound. english/15.e.fid ;;15:57: Our soldiers get 10 cigarettes a day. english/15.e.fid ;;15:58: How many cigarettes a day do you smoke? english/15.e.fid ;;15:59: Officers are not particularly concerned about soldiers' food supply. english/15.e.fid ;;15:60: Tell me about the battalion's food supply situation. english/15.e.fid ;;15:61: Normally, what kinds of vegetables do they use in soup? english/15.e.fid ;;15:62: We mainly eat vegetables that are grown by our battalion. english/15.e.fid ;;15:63: How many times a month is bean paste supplied? english/15.e.fid ;;15:64: A lot of bean paste soup is provided with soldiers' meals. english/15.e.fid ;;15:65: What do you eat that is made with flour? english/15.e.fid ;;15:66: Flour is supplied directly from the regimental rear services section. english/15.e.fid ;;15:67: Normally, they make side dishes with vegetables and fish. english/15.e.fid ;;15:68: How many days do you go between eating meat side dishes in the PAF? english/15.e.fid ;;15:69: What kinds of nonstaple foods do you have? english/15.e.fid ;;15:70: We have a separate warehouse for nonstaple foods in our battalion. english/15.e.fid ;;15:71: Tell me what a battalion side enterprise farm is. english/15.e.fid ;;15:72: Of course, we also raise things like chickens on the side enterprise farm. english/15.e.fid ;;15:73: The enemy scattered as soon as we fired. english/15.e.fid ;;15:74: We spread out here and there and were resting. english/15.e.fid ;;15:75: The farm is spread out on the north side of the battalion area. english/15.e.fid ;;15:76: Many different kinds of spices are used in side dishes. english/15.e.fid ;;15:77: Tell me what the main kinds of spices are. english/15.e.fid ;;15:78: We also raise ducks on the battalion side enterprise farm. english/15.e.fid ;;15:79: What kinds of dishes do you make with duck? english/15.e.fid ;;15:80: Where do the members of the company get hot meals? english/15.e.fid ;;15:81: We are supposed to have at least one hot meal a day. english/15.e.fid ;;15:82: The side enterprise farm fields are located here and there in the vicinity of the battalion compound. english/15.e.fid ;;15:83: What did the 3rd Bn do inside its compound to prepare for this attack? english/15.e.fid ;;15:84: Normally, the battalion side enterprise farm is on the battalion compound perimeter. english/15.e.fid ;;15:85: What training did the battalion conduct around its compound perimeter yesterday? english/15.e.fid ;;15:86: Normally, we steam or bake potatoes to eat them. english/15.e.fid ;;15:87: How much dry cooked rice is included in a carried reserve ration? english/15.e.fid ;;15:88: Stockbreeding is a difficult job for the battalion. english/15.e.fid ;;15:89: A good deal of technical know-how is needed for stockbreeding. english/15.e.fid ;;15:90: We seldom see canned meat in the PAF. english/15.e.fid ;;15:91: What kind of canned food do you eat the most in the 3rd Bn? english/15.e.fid ;;15:92: There is no such thing as a "cook" in the organization of the company. english/15.e.fid ;;15:93: How many cooks are there in the battalion supply platoon? english/15.e.fid ;;15:94: Of course, no one can say such a thing, but it's a fact that everyone knows. english/15.e.fid ;;15:95: Because there is no kitchen in the company, the cooking is done at the battalion kitchen. english/15.e.fid ;;15:96: Yesterday we received carried reserve rations in preparation for the coming attack. english/15.e.fid ;;15:97: Those emergency rations also include salt and field fuel. english/15.e.fid ;;15:98: Even in combat the cooking, as a rule, is done at the battalion kitchen. english/15.e.fid ;;15:99: Every unit is required to produce half of its nonstaple foods as a side enterprise. english/15.e.fid ;;15:100: The reserve rations that we received last night are only one day of rations. english/15.e.fid ;;15:101: We get things like barley, flour, rice, and spices from the regimental rear services section. english/15.e.fid ;;15:102: The battalion side enterprise farm provides a lot of vegetables and meat. english/15.e.fid ;;15:103: Why, of course, the farm is spread around the battalion compound perimeter. english/15.e.fid ;;15:104: The food is really bad. english/15.e.fid ;;15:105: The amount is so small that all that soldiers think about day and night is eating. english/15.e.fid ;;15:106: Normally, transported reserve rations consist of dry cooked rice, dry cooked barley, and things like canned vegetables and canned fish. english/15.e.fid ;;15:107: When it is difficult to cook at the battalion, the cooking is done at the company itself by selecting three or four cooks. english/15.e.fid ;;15:108: We raise not only various vegetables, but also chickens, ducks, and rabbits on the battalion side enterprise farm. english/15.e.fid ;;15:109: The nonstaple foods that we produce are stored in a number of scattered locations within the battalion compound. english/15.e.fid ;;15:110: Officers through lieutenant colonel normally eat cooked rice and bean paste soup, plus a lot of vegetable side dishes. english/15.e.fid ;;15:111: High-ranking officers, colonel and above, also get only 10 cigarettes a day. english/15.e.fid ;;15:112: As a rule, we are supposed to have at least one hot meal a day -- even during combat. english/15.e.fid ;;15:113: Those emergency rations are not supposed to be used without the permission of the battalion commander. english/15.e.fid ;;15:114: At the battalion lever we cannot carry out large-scale stockbreeding because of the lack of skill and time. english/15.e.fid ;;15:115: Enlisted personnel and all officers through lieutenant colonel receive the same amount of food. english/15.e.fid ;;15:116: The amount is so small that soldiers think only of eating day and night. english/15.e.fid ;;15:117: High-ranking officers, colonel and above, receive a greater amount of food that is far better in quality. english/15.e.fid ;;15:118: Their meals normally consist of cooked rice, soup, and a few side dishes. english/15.e.fid ;;15:119: As for soup, they usually get bean paste soup. english/15.e.fid ;;15:120: Side dishes consist primarily of vegetables and fish. english/15.e.fid ;;15:121: Meat side dishes are a rarity. english/15.e.fid ;;15:122: They also get 10 cigarettes a day. english/15.e.fid ;;15:123: The meals provided in combat vary. english/15.e.fid ;;15:124: It's according to the combat situation. english/15.e.fid ;;15:125: As a rule, units are to have at least one hot meal a day. english/15.e.fid ;;15:126: Since this is impossible when units are constantly on the move, they must rely on their reserve rations. english/15.e.fid ;;15:127: The reserve rations that the individual members of the company carry are called "carried reserve rations". english/15.e.fid ;;15:128: These rations cannot be used without the permission of the battalion commander. english/15.e.fid ;;15:129: They are emergency rations that are to be used when the supply of rations from the battalion supply platoon is cut off. english/15.e.fid ;;15:130: Rice, potatoes, and meat are in very short supply in the source's battalion. english/15.e.fid ;;15:131: Meat is particularly scarce because the battalion does not have the time or the skill for large-scale stockbreeding. english/15.e.fid ;;15:132: The battalion does, however, have enough vegetables. english/16.e.fid ;;A;16:1: 1SG KIM, how is the medical treatment in the PAF? english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:2: It's all right. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:3: As the defender of the fatherland, the PAF enjoys the best medical treatment available. english/16.e.fid ;;A;16:4: Who treats the sick and injured personnel in the 5th Co? english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:5: The company medic. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:6: But he only administers first aid. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:7: Most of the sick and injured are treated at the battalion aid station or the regimental medical station. english/16.e.fid ;;A;16:8: What first aid treatment do PAF soldiers administer when a medic is not available? english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:9: They administer basically the same types of first aid treatment that medics give. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:10: All soldiers know how to use bandages, give artificial respiration, and stop the bleeding. english/16.e.fid ;;A;16:11: What do you do in the PAF when a soldier is wounded in combat? english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:12: That depends on how seriously he is wounded. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:13: The slightly wounded must continue to fight as long as possible. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:14: The seriously wounded are first of all given first aid and then are moved to a concealed place until they can be evacuated. english/16.e.fid ;;A;16:15: Tell me exactly how this evacuation is carried out during combat. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:16: First, soldiers move the wounded to a concealed place and mark that spot so that only our friendly troops can recognize it. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:17: Then they notify the battalion aid station and medics come to evacuate the wounded on stretchers. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:18: Whenever possible, vehicles returning to the rear are used to evacuate casualties. english/16.e.fid ;;A;16:19: Where is the nearest medical facility where surgery can be performed? english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:20: That would be at the division medical station at ANSONGGWAN. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:21: They can conduct emergency surgery there. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:22: Patients requiring major surgery would be transported by ambulance to the corps field hospital. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:23: I don't know where that hospital is. english/16.e.fid ;;A;16:24: In combat, how long would it take to evacuate a casualty to the division medical station? english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:25: Well, in wartime all rear service facilities, including the division medical station, move forward. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:26: And since there is a constant flow of traffic between the forward and rear areas, I'm sure it wouldn't take more than a couple of hours. english/16.e.fid ;;A;16:27: How many medical officers are at the division medical station? english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:28: I don't know. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:29: I only know that there is one medical officer at the battalion aid station. english/16.e.fid ;;A;16:30: What is the maximum number of patients that division medical station can accommodate at one time during combat? english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:31: According to our medic, the division can handle about 300 patients at one time. english/16.e.fid ;;A;16:32: What is the maximum number of days that wounded personnel can stay at the division medical station? english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:33: They can't stay there longer than a week. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:34: But in peacetime, they can stay up to 30 days. english/16.e.fid ;;A;16:35: Where does a soldier go after recovering from his injuries? english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:36: If the combat situation permits, he returns to his own unit. english/16.e.fid ;;A;16:37: I understand. english/16.e.fid ;;A;16:38: By the way, where is the company medic located during combat? english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:39: Normally, he stays near the company CP. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:40: During an attack, he follows just behind the company's formation. english/16.e.fid ;;A;16:41: What kind of medical equipment does the company medic carry in combat? english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:42: Only a medic's bag. english/16.e.fid ;;A;16:43: What medical supplies are included in the medic's bag? english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:44: Bandages and adhesive tape, splints, aspirin and some other pills, tubes of antiseptic ointment, atropine injectors -- that's about it. english/16.e.fid ;;A;16:45: What medical supplies do soldiers themselves carry in combat? english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:46: They carry only one or two bandages for dressing wounds. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:47: The company medic issues any other medical supplies that are needed. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:48: Oh, yes, I nearly forgot. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:49: Each soldier has one atropine injector. english/16.e.fid ;;A;16:50: How does the company medic replenish his medical supplies? english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:51: Normally, he receives an allotted amount from the battalion. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:52: If that runs out, he gets additional supplies from the battalion aid station. english/16.e.fid ;;B;16:53: Medical supplies are strictly controlled to prevent waste. english/16.e.fid ;;16:54: Normally, who treats the slightly wounded during combat? english/16.e.fid ;;16:55: There are many instances when the slightly wounded treat themselves. english/16.e.fid ;;16:56: What equipment is included in the medic's bag? english/16.e.fid ;;16:57: What kind of medical equipment does the company medic use? english/16.e.fid ;;16:58: Who carries the stretchers in a combat area? english/16.e.fid ;;16:59: How many stretchers are there at the battalion aid station? english/16.e.fid ;;16:60: By doing so we can prevent waste of supplies. english/16.e.fid ;;16:61: What will happen if you waste ammunition in the field? english/16.e.fid ;;16:62: Where does the company receive its supplies of adhesive tape? english/16.e.fid ;;16:63: The company medic carries bandages and adhesive tape. english/16.e.fid ;;16:64: How many tubes of antiseptic ointment does the company medic carry? english/16.e.fid ;;16:65: Besides tubes of antiseptic ointment, what other medications are supplied to the company? english/16.e.fid ;;16:66: Medical supplies like splints are also supplied to the company. english/16.e.fid ;;16:67: Why did Comrade Company Commander apply splints to his leg? english/16.e.fid ;;16:68: That comrade underwent surgery at the division medical station yesterday. english/16.e.fid ;;16:69: Where, in this area, is a medical facility where surgery can be performed? english/16.e.fid ;;16:70: The regimental medical station accommodates about 50 patients. english/16.e.fid ;;16:71: How many patients can the division medical station accommodate? english/16.e.fid ;;16:72: Why, of course, we soldiers are excellent defenders of the fatherland. english/16.e.fid ;;16:73: Defending the country is our mission. english/16.e.fid ;;16:74: The slightly wounded are supposed to administer first aid to themselves. english/16.e.fid ;;16:75: What kinds of first aid are soldiers able to administer? english/16.e.fid ;;16:76: Every soldier knows how to administer artificial respiration. english/16.e.fid ;;16:77: I saved that comrade by giving him artificial respiration. english/16.e.fid ;;16:78: Who administers first aid to the seriously wounded? english/16.e.fid ;;16:79: Comrades-in-arms move the seriously wounded to a concealed place. english/16.e.fid ;;16:80: When someone is bleeding, the bleeding must be stopped first. english/16.e.fid ;;16:81: In the field we mainly use bandages to stop the bleeding. english/16.e.fid ;;16:82: Medical supplies are strictly controlled in the PAF. english/16.e.fid ;;16:83: What kinds of supplies are controlled in the company? english/16.e.fid ;;16:84: As long as the combat situation permits, the company must continue to advance. english/16.e.fid ;;16:85: Comrade Company Commander gave me permission to go to the battalion aid station. english/16.e.fid ;;16:86: What benefits are you getting in the PAF? english/16.e.fid ;;16:87: PAF soldiers enjoy the best medical treatment available. english/16.e.fid ;;16:88: How many patients can the battalion aid station accommodate? english/16.e.fid ;;16:89: Who handles emergency cases in the company? english/16.e.fid ;;16:90: We can administer basically the same types of first aid treatment that medics give. english/16.e.fid ;;16:91: That depends on how seriously the comrade is wounded. english/16.e.fid ;;16:92: They evacuate the wounded, using vehicles returning to the rear area. english/16.e.fid ;;16:93: All I know is that there are two officers at the battalion aid station. english/16.e.fid ;;16:94: The wounded cannot stay at the division medical station longer than a week. english/16.e.fid ;;16:95: In peacetime, the sick can stay at the division medical station up to 30 days. english/16.e.fid ;;16:96: The company medic is normally located near the company CP. english/16.e.fid ;;16:97: During an attack the medic follows just behind the company's formation. english/16.e.fid ;;16:98: All that the medic carries in combat is a medic's bag. english/16.e.fid ;;16:99: The company receives an allotted amount of medical supplies from the battalion every month. english/16.e.fid ;;16:100: As the defenders of the fatherland, we PAF soldiers enjoy the best medical care available. english/16.e.fid ;;16:101: All PAF soldiers know how to use bandages, stop the bleeding, and give artificial respiration. english/16.e.fid ;;16:102: The slightly wounded receive first aid treatment, if needed, and then continue to fight as long as possible. english/16.e.fid ;;16:103: The seriously wounded are first of all given first aid and then moved to a concealed place until they can be evacuated. english/16.e.fid ;;16:104: According to our medic, there are seven medical officers at the division medical station. english/16.e.fid ;;16:105: They say that the division medical station can handle up to 300 patients at one time. english/16.e.fid ;;16:106: Soldiers who recover from their injuries return to their own units -- if the combat situation permits. english/16.e.fid ;;16:107: The medic's bag contains such things as bandages, adhesive tape, antiseptic ointment, splints, aspirin, and atropine injectors. english/16.e.fid ;;16:108: If the company runs out of medical supplies, the medic gets additional supplies from the battalion aid station. english/16.e.fid ;;16:109: At the battalion aid station. medical supplies are strictly controlled to prevent waste. english/16.e.fid ;;16:110: Company medics can administer only first aid to the sick and the wounded. english/16.e.fid ;;16:111: Most of the sick and wounded are treated at the battalion aid station or the regimental medical station. english/16.e.fid ;;16:112: There is one medical officer at the battalion aid station and four at the regimental medical station. english/16.e.fid ;;16:113: Medics administer first aid treatment to wounded PAF soldiers. english/16.e.fid ;;16:114: They move the serious wounded to concealed places and mark the places so that only PAF troops can recognize them. english/16.e.fid ;;16:115: Once the battalion aid station has been notified, medics come to evacuate the wounded on stretchers. english/16.e.fid ;;16:116: Emergency surgery of the seriously wounded is performed at the division medical station at ANSONGGWAN. english/16.e.fid ;;16:117: Wounded personnel requiring major surgery are evacuated by ambulance to the corps field hospital. english/16.e.fid ;;16:118: The source does not know the location of the corps field hospital or the types of facilities that it has. english/16.e.fid ;;16:119: The division medical station can accommodate up to 300 patients. english/16.e.fid ;;16:120: Because all rear service facilities, including the division medical station, move forward in wartime. english/16.e.fid ;;16:121: And there is a constant flow of traffic between the forward and rear areas. english/16.e.fid ;;16:122: So it takes no more than two hours to evacuate the wounded from the front to the division medical station. english/16.e.fid ;;16:123: The only medical supplies that each soldier carries in combat are one or two bandages for dressing wounds. english/16.e.fid ;;16:124: If any other medical supplies are needed, the company medic issues them. english/16.e.fid ;;16:125: Oh, yes, I nearly forgot. english/16.e.fid ;;16:126: Each soldier has one atropine injector. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:1: CPT CHO, having been a company commander you should have in depth knowledge of the KPA's logistical support activities. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:2: Actually, since I was formerly with the rear services section, I know quite a bit concerning the coordination of logistical activities within activities within a tank division. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:3: However, I have very little knowledge of combat service support operations above division level. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:4: CPT CHO, at the division level, who has the overall responsibility for logistical coordination? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:5: At divisional level, the responsibility for most of the logistical coordination rests with the chief of rear services. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:6: Similarly, the regimental chief of rear services coordinates logistical activities at the regimental level. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:7: You just stated that the responsibility for "most" of the coordination rests with the chief of rear services. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:8: Who else is involved in coordinating logistical support activities at the division level? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:9: Well, in certain cases, the division technical officer is also involved in coordinating logistical support activities. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:10: However, his responsibilities are to supervise the maintenance and repair of weapons and equipment and to order technical supplies and spare parts for the tanks. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:11: In other words, he is responsible for the supply of items peculiar to a tank unit. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:12: The regimental technical officer has the same responsibilities at regimental level. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:13: What are the specific responsibilities of the division chief of real services? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:14: He is directly responsible for the procurement and supply of food, clothing, equipment, ammunition, fuel and lubricants, and medical supplies. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:15: He is also responsible for establishing and supervising rear area installations and for controlling the forward movement of all classes of supply. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:16: He also establishes the priorities for resupply. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:17: The regimental chief of real services has the same responsibilities at the regimental level. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:18: Who is responsible for the procurement and distribution of supplies at the battalion level? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:19: The battalion chief of real services is responsible for the procurement and distribution of supplies within the battalion. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:20: He also supervises the transportation of supplies and, administratively, he is responsible for the battalion's medical support. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:21: Who has authority for the distribution of supplies at the company level? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:22: Well, since there are no supply officers below the battalion level, the company commander is responsible for the procurement and distribution of supplies for his company. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:23: However, the actual distribution of supplies is normally carried out by the company first sergeant. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:24: CPT CHO, explain the flow of supplies from the division level down to the company level. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:25: Supplies usually originate from the division depot area which is located approximately 30 kilometers to the division's rear in an offensive situation. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:26: In a defensive situation, the division supply depot area is usually about 40 kilometers to the division's rear. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:27: At the division supply depot, most of the supplies are kept on vehicles. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:28: Sometimes dumps may be established in preparation for major operations. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:29: How are supplies moved down to the company from the division? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:30: The trucks organic to the division transport supplies to each regiment. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:31: If sufficient trucks are not available, commandeered animals, trucks, and carts are employed to move these supplies forward. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:32: Regimental trucks move supplies down to battalion level. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:33: Each tank company is responsible for the movement of supplies from the battalion down to the company level. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:34: If necessary, battalion vehicles will augment company vehicles moving large quantities of supplies forward. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:35: Where are supplies stored at the regimental level? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:36: At the regimental level, supplies are kept on vehicles at the regimental supply point. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:37: In an offensive situation, the regimental supply point is about 8 kilometers to the rear of the regimental second-echelon units. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:38: The regimental chief of rear services is responsible for establishing the regimental supply point and for distributing supplies below regimental level. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:39: How are POL products transported from the division supply depot to lower echelons? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:40: Oil and lubricants such as grease are stored and transported in 150- to 500-liter drums. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:41: Diesel fuel is transported in 200-liter drums or 20-liter cans. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:42: A moment ago you stated the chief of rear services is responsible for the movement of all classes of supply. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:43: Explain the system the KPA uses to classify supplies. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:44: I'm sorry. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:45: I can't recall all the different classes of supply. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:46: How is a unit's resupply precedence determined? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:47: Normally, resupply is based on the priority of the unit's mission. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:48: However, daily status reports received from each lower echelon unit, level of stocks on hand, and scheduled incoming shipments of supplies from higher echelons are also taken into consideration. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:49: What are the priorities for the distribution of supplies? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:50: Distribution of ammunition is always given first priority. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:51: Following that comes distribution of POL products, replacement and spare parts, and finally rations. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:52: CPT CHO, explain the method that is used to resupply forward tank units, such as a tank company, during an offensive operation. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:53: Generally, large stocks of POL and ammunition are positioned as far forward as possible. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:54: This will issue the tank commander the basic load of ammunition for his tank. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:55: In a fast-moving offensive operation, their large stocks of POL and ammunition are not held below regimental level. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:56: How much reserve fuel is kept on hand at regimental level? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:57: The regiment only keeps enough fuel on hand to refuel its elements to 75 percent of capacity. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:58: However, division fuel reserves are usually sufficient to refuel each regiment twice. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:59: What other procedures are utilized for resupplying a tank company during combat? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:60: During the combat, resupplying is normally conducted at night, each tank company in the battalion being resupplied in turn. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:61: If the tank runs out of ammunition during combat, the tank commander will immediately report his situation to the platoon leader, and then move to a position outside enemy observation and wait for the company truck to arrive with ammunition. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:62: At that time, the driver of the truck will issue the tank commander the basic load of ammunition for his tank. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:63: In a fast-moving offensive situation, how does the company truck driver locate tanks that require ammunition? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:64: The company commander is informed of the location of the tank through the chain of command. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:65: He, in turn, notifies the deputy company commander by radio of the tank's location. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:66: Then the deputy company commander dispatches the company truck driver to the tank's position. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:67: What is the basic load of the T-54 tank? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:68: As I indicated before, the basic load of the D-10 TG main gun is 43 rounds and seventeen rounds are HE, 3 are HEAT, and 23 are APHE. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:69: The basic load of the 12.7mm DShK AA machine gun is 500 rounds, and 3,500 rounds are allocated for each 7.62mm machine gun. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:70: What are the procedures for refueling a tank while in combat? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:71: Usually tanks carry a sufficient amount of fuel so that they will not have to be refueled while in combat. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:72: However, since the company has no fuel truck, fuel must come from the battalion level. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:73: When a tank needs additional fuel, it moves out of the enemy's field of observation and waits for the battalion's fuel truck to arrive. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:74: The company commander notifies the battalion chief of rear services of his fuel requirements and the location of the tank requiring fuel. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:75: Then the battalion chief of rear services dispatches a fuel truck to the tank's location to refuel the tank. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:76: What is the fuel capacity of the T-54 tank? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:77: Let me think, um, the two internal fuel cells carry approximately 522 liters of fuel and the three external panniers carry a total of 95 liters. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:78: In addition to that, each tank carries two 200-liter auxiliary drums of diesel fuel on the rear of the hull. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:79: The total fuel capacity is over 1,000 liters. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:80: What shortages of fuel has the 2nd Tank Co experienced since the beginning of "Operation Unification?" english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:81: My company has not experienced any fuel shortages since the start of the operation. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:82: As a matter of fact, our supply system has been extremely efficient throughout the operation. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:83: What logistical problems has the Kaesong Tank Div experienced since the beginning of "Operation Unification"? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:84: The only thing that I considered a potential problem was the fuel consumption rate of the tanks. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:85: For some reason, the tanks were using greater than expected amounts of fuel. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:86: However, since the division had ample stocks of reserve fuel, this reduction in fuel efficiency was not a major problem. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:87: CPT CHO, what is the average fuel consumption of the T-54 tank? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:88: Well, the technical manual for the tank states that the average fuel consumption for the T-54 tank is 1.8 liters per kilometer on the open road and 2.8 liters per kilometer while traveling cross-country. english/17.e.fid ;;A;17:89: What was the fuel consumption rate for the tanks of the 2nd Tank Co during "Operation Unification"? english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:90: On the open road the tanks in my company were averaging 2.2 liter per kilometer and 3.3 liters per kilometer while traveling cross-country. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:91: I found this to be surprising. english/17.e.fid ;;B;17:92: Because the new electric oil pumps installed in the tanks prior to the operation were supposed to increase fuel efficiency. english/17.e.fid ;;17:93: In an offensive situation, the division supply point is located approximately 30 kilometers to the division's rear. english/17.e.fid ;;17:94: Diesel fuel is stored in 200-liter drums or 20-liter cans. english/17.e.fid ;;17:95: The technical manual for the tank states that the fuel consumption for the T-54 tank varies depending on the terrain. english/17.e.fid ;;17:96: The new electric oil pumps for the T-54 tank did not increase fuel efficiency. english/17.e.fid ;;17:97: The company commander is informed of the location of tanks requiring ammunition through the chain of command. english/17.e.fid ;;17:98: The T-54 tank carries a total of 95 liters of fuel in the three external panniers. english/17.e.fid ;;17:99: The priority of resupply can also be determined by the scheduled incoming shipments of supplies from higher echelons. english/17.e.fid ;;17:100: The division chief of rear service is responsible for the procurement and supply of food, clothing, equipment, ammunition, fuel, lubricants, and medical supplies. english/17.e.fid ;;17:101: There are two 7.62mm machine guns on the T-54 tank, and each gun is allocated 3,500 rounds as it basic load. english/17.e.fid ;;17:102: I'm sorry, but I can't recall all the different classes of supply. english/17.e.fid ;;17:103: Oil and lubricants such as grease are transported in 150 to 500 liter drums. english/17.e.fid ;;17:104: The regimental chief of rear services is responsible for establishing a supply point and distributing supplies below regimental level. english/17.e.fid ;;17:105: In addition to the chief of rear services, the technical officer is also involved in logistical support activities at the division level. english/17.e.fid ;;17:106: During combat operations resupply is conducted at night, and at this time each company is resupplied in turn. english/17.e.fid ;;17:107: Since our supply system was efficient during "Operation Ansan-dong," we never experienced any fuel or ammunition shortage. english/17.e.fid ;;17:108: In certain cases, battalion vehicles will augment company vehicles transporting large quantities of supplies forward. english/17.e.fid ;;17:109: The rear services officer is responsible for controlling the forward movement of all classes of supply, and for establishing and supervising rear area installations. english/17.e.fid ;;17:110: The battalion chief of rear services is administratively responsible for medical support activities and for supervising the transportation of medical supplies. english/17.e.fid ;;17:111: If a tank runs out of ammunition during combat, the tank commander will report the situation to the platoon leader. english/17.e.fid ;;17:112: Since our regiment had ample stocks of reserve fuel, the reduction in fuel efficiency was not a major problem. english/17.e.fid ;;17:113: If a tank runs out of ammunition, the deputy company commander is notified of the tank's location by radio and he then dispatches the company truck to that location. english/17.e.fid ;;17:114: When a tank runs out of ammunition, the tank commander moves the tank to a position outside enemy observation and receives the basic load of ammunition for his tank from the company truck driver. english/17.e.fid ;;17:115: The only thing that I considered a problem was the reduction in the tanks' fuel efficiency. english/17.e.fid ;;17:116: If sufficient vehicles are not available to transport supplies to forward positions, commandeered animals and carts are sometimes utilized. english/17.e.fid ;;17:117: It is the responsibility of the technical officer to order technical supplies for the tank units and to supervise the repair of weapons and equipment. english/17.e.fid ;;17:118: In order to ensure that the forward tank units can attack with full fuel tanks and full loads of ammunition, large stocks of supplies are positioned as far forward as possible. english/17.e.fid ;;17:119: I know quite a bit concerning the coordination of logistical activities within the tank division, but I have very little knowledge of combat service support operations above division level. english/17.e.fid ;;17:120: In a fast-moving offensive operation, the regiment keeps enough fuel on hand to refuel its elements to 75 percent of capacity. english/17.e.fid ;;17:121: Large stocks of POL are not held below regimental level, but division fuel reserves are sufficient to refuel each regiment twice. english/17.e.fid ;;17:122: Tanks carry a sufficient amount of fuel, so that they will not have to be refueled while in combat. english/17.e.fid ;;17:123: The fuel capacity of T-54 tank is over 1,000 liters. english/17.e.fid ;;17:124: The two internal fuel cells carry 522 liters; the three external panniers carry a total of 95 liters; and each of the two auxiliary fuel drums carries an additional 200 liters of diesel fuel. english/17.e.fid ;;17:125: In an offensive situation, the regimental supply point is located about 8 kilometers to the rear of the regimental second-echelon units. english/17.e.fid ;;17:126: At the regimental supply point, most supplies are kept on vehicles. english/17.e.fid ;;17:127: Sometimes dumps may be established in preparation for major operations. english/17.e.fid ;;17:128: Resupply is based on the priority of the unit's mission. english/17.e.fid ;;17:129: The supply status reports received from each lower-echelon unit and the level of supply stock on hand are also taken into consideration. english/17.e.fid ;;17:130: Usually the distribution of ammunition is always given first priority. english/17.e.fid ;;17:131: Following that comes distribution of POL products, replacement and spare parts, and rations. english/17.e.fid ;;17:132: At the battalion level, the responsibility for logistical coordination rests with the chief of rear services. english/17.e.fid ;;17:133: At company level, the company commander is responsible for the procurement and distribution of supplies in his company, but the distribution of supplies is normally carried out by the company first sergeant. english/17.e.fid ;;17:134: When a tank needs fuel, it moves out of the enemy's field of observation and waits for the battalion's fuel truck to arrive. english/17.e.fid ;;17:135: The company commander informs the battalion chief of rear services of his fuel requirements and of the location of the tank requiring fuel. english/17.e.fid ;;17:136: Then the battalion chief of rear services dispatches a fuel truck to the tank's location. english/17.e.fid ;;17:137: According to the technical manual, the average fuel consumption of the T-54 tank is 2.8 liters per kilometer on the open road. english/17.e.fid ;;17:138: However, during "Operation Changkkae" it was much greater; tanks were averaging 3.3 liters per kilometer on the open road, and this became a major problem. english/17.e.fid ;;17:139: What are the procedures for resupplying a tank with ammunition while in combat? english/17.e.fid ;;17:140: Who has authority for the distribution of supplies at the 2nd tank Co? english/17.e.fid ;;17:141: How are POL products transported from the division supply depot to lower-echelon units? english/17.e.fid ;;17:142: MAJ HWANG, what is the fuel consumption rate for the T-54 tank? english/17.e.fid ;;17:143: What logistical problems did the Shinuiju Tank Div experience during "Operation Bongamni"? english/17.e.fid ;;17:144: Who is responsible for the procurement and distribution of spare parts at the battalion level? english/17.e.fid ;;17:145: How much reserve ammunition, fuel, and food is kept on hand at the division level? english/17.e.fid ;;17:146: Besides the chief of rear services, who else is involved in coordinating logistical support activities at the regimental level? english/17.e.fid ;;17:147: Explain the flow of rations from the division level down to the company level. english/17.e.fid ;;17:148: In a fast-moving offensive operation, how does the company truck driver locate tanks that require fuel? english/17.e.fid ;;17:149: Where are supplies stored at the company level? english/17.e.fid ;;17:150: What is the average fuel consumption of the T-54 tank? english/17.e.fid ;;17:151: What is the basic load of ammunition for the T-54 tank? english/17.e.fid ;;17:152: How are medical supplies transported down to the company level from the division level? english/17.e.fid ;;17:153: How are medical supplies transported for the T-54 tank? english/17.e.fid ;;17:154: At the division level, who has the responsibility for the coordination of logistical support activities? english/17.e.fid ;;17:155: How are the priorities for resupply determined in the KPA? english/17.e.fid ;;17:156: You just stated that most of the responsibility for resupply rests with the chief of rear services. english/17.e.fid ;;17:157: What are the priorities for the distribution of supplies in your tank regiment? english/17.e.fid ;;17:158: What other vehicles are utilized to resupply a tank company during combat? english/17.e.fid ;;17:159: What shortages of fuel has your tank company experienced since the beginning of "Operation Ansan-dong"? english/17.e.fid ;;17:160: What method is used to resupply forward tank units during an offensive operation? english/17.e.fid ;;17:161: CPT KANG, having been a company commander you should have in depth knowledge of the logistical support activities of the Najin Tank Div. english/17.e.fid ;;17:162: Logistical support in an offensive situation is systematic and emphasizes rapid adaptability to the tactical situation. english/17.e.fid ;;17:163: Large stocks of supplies are combined and kept on hand before assembling for an attack. english/17.e.fid ;;17:164: All classes of supply including POL and ammunition are allocated prior to combat. english/17.e.fid ;;17:165: During combat, logistical support is carried out with flexibility and mobility. english/17.e.fid ;;17:166: Organize various echelons of the rear services units and other agencies to meet the operation plan. english/17.e.fid ;;17:167: Prepare the basic load of ammunition and stock reserve supplies. english/17.e.fid ;;17:168: Ensure sufficient transportation for ammunition to artillery units during the attack. english/17.e.fid ;;17:169: Transport non-essential items and material to the rear area prior to the start of combat. english/17.e.fid ;;17:170: Conduct inspections and perform maintenance on the necessary road networks. english/17.e.fid ;;17:171: To facilitate maintenance, security, and support operations, regimental rear area facilities are located near the rear boundary of the regiment. english/17.e.fid ;;17:172: In an offensive situation, rear services units move forward when their attacking units have advanced 10 to 15 kilometers. english/17.e.fid ;;17:173: The rear services units' boundary is normally 30 to 35 kilometers behind forward echelon units. english/17.e.fid ;;17:174: During combat operations, ammunition is continuously supplied to forward units to ensure that they can continue the battle. english/17.e.fid ;;17:175: When combat units cross the line of departure, ammunition dumps are established for each unit at predesignated locations. english/17.e.fid ;;17:176: The locations of these ammunition dumps are as follows. english/17.e.fid ;;17:177: A combined transportation system is established and operates collectively to ensure rapid logistical support. english/17.e.fid ;;17:178: Generally, prior to an attack, supplies are transported from higher to lower echelon units. english/17.e.fid ;;17:179: Supplies are transported by the corps transport units to the corps forward supply points located near the divisional rear area. english/17.e.fid ;;17:180: Division transport units transport supplies from the corps forward supply points to division supply depots, regimental supply points, and filing positions. english/17.e.fid ;;17:181: The corps establishes a field hospital forward of the corps rear area for support of first echelon divisions. english/17.e.fid ;;17:182: During combat, medical facilities are mobilized and are moved forward towards the front lines. english/17.e.fid ;;17:183: The responsibility for the evacuation of wounded soldiers to higher levels rests with lower echelon units. english/17.e.fid ;;17:184: Ambulances from corps level are dispatched to the division area for evacuation. english/17.e.fid ;;17:185: Additionally, maximum use is made of all types of empty vehicles returning to the rear during medical evacuation operations. english/17.e.fid ;;17:186: They stock reserve supplies and prepare the basic load of ammunition. english/17.e.fid ;;17:187: For evacuation of wounded soldiers, ambulances from the corps are dispatched to the division. english/17.e.fid ;;17:188: During medical evacuation operations, maximum use is made of all types of empty vehicles returning to the rear. english/17.e.fid ;;17:189: All classes of supply including POL and ammunition are allocated prior to combat. english/17.e.fid ;;17:190: In an offensive situation, it is emphasized that logistical support operations be systematical and adapt rapidly to the tactical situation. english/17.e.fid ;;17:191: Large stocks of logistical support items are combined and kept on hand before assembling for an attack. english/17.e.fid ;;17:192: Various echelons of the rear services units can be reorganized to meet the operation plan. english/17.e.fid ;;17:193: During an offensive operation, the rear services element performs maintenance and conducts inspections on the necessary road networks. english/17.e.fid ;;17:194: Non-essential items and material are transported to the rear area prior to the start of combat. english/17.e.fid ;;17:195: During combat, logistical support must be both flexible and mobile. english/17.e.fid ;;17:196: The rear services element ensures sufficient transportation of ammunition to artillery units during the attack. english/17.e.fid ;;17:197: During combat, medical facilities are mobilized and are moved forward toward the front line area. english/17.e.fid ;;17:198: Supplies are transported from higher to lower echelon units prior to an attack. english/17.e.fid ;;17:199: The rear services units' boundaries are normally 30 to 35 kilometers behind the forward echelons. english/17.e.fid ;;17:200: In order to ensure rapid logistical support, a combined transportation system is established and operated. english/17.e.fid ;;17:201: The responsibility for the evacuation of wounded soldiers to higher echelons rests with lower echelon units. english/17.e.fid ;;17:202: In an offensive situation, rear services units move forward when their attacking units have advanced 10 t 15 kilometers. english/17.e.fid ;;17:203: The corps establishes a field hospital forward of the corps rear area to support first echelon divisions. english/17.e.fid ;;17:204: Supplies are transported by the corps transport units to the corps forward supply points located near the divisional rear area. english/17.e.fid ;;17:205: To ensure that forward units can continue the battle, ammunition is continuously supplied during combat operations. english/17.e.fid ;;17:206: When combat units cross the line of departure, ammunition dumps are established at predesignated locations. english/17.e.fid ;;17:207: Division transport units transport supplies from the corps forward supply points to division supply depots, regimental supply points, and firing positions. english/17.e.fid ;;17:208: In order to facilitate maintenance, security, and support operations, regimental rear area facilities are located near the rear boundary of the regiment. english/17.e.fid ;;17:209: The location of the company ammunition dump is 500 meters from the front line; the battalion ammunition dump is 2 to 3 kilometers from the front line; and the regimental ammunition dump is 5 to 6 kilometers from the front line. english/17.e.fid ;;17:210: There are no supply officers below the battalion level. english/17.e.fid ;;17:211: Forward units initiate the attack from the line of departure with full fuel tanks and full loads of ammunition. english/17.e.fid ;;17:212: Sometimes dumps are established in preparation for a major operation. english/17.e.fid ;;17:213: During combat operations at night, each company in a tank battalion is normally resupply in turn. english/17.e.fid ;;17:214: Supplies are kept on vehicles at the division supply depot and the regimental supply point. english/17.e.fid ;;17:215: The company commander has the overall responsibility for supplies, but the actual distribution of supplies is carried out by the company first sergeant. english/17.e.fid ;;17:216: The priorities for the distribution of supplies are first ammunition, then POL products followed by replacement parts, spare parts, and rations. english/17.e.fid ;;17:217: Sometimes battalion vehicles will augment company vehicles during the movement of large quantities of supplies to forward areas. english/17.e.fid ;;17:218: Diesel fuel is transported in 200-liter drums or 20-liter cans, and lubricants are stored in 150-liter or 500-liter drums. english/17.e.fid ;;17:219: Resupply priorities are also base on current level of stocks on hand, status reports received from each unit, and incoming shipments of supplies. english/17.e.fid ;;17:220: The division chief of rear services coordinates logistical activities at the division level. english/17.e.fid ;;17:221: Since the beginning of this operation, we have not experienced any fuel shortages and this is mainly due to the large fuel capacity of the T-54 tank. english/17.e.fid ;;17:222: The newly installed electric oil pumps did not increase fuel efficiency as much as we anticipated. english/17.e.fid ;;17:223: The battalion chief of rear services is responsible for supervising the procurement, distribution, and transportation of supplies, and for medical support. english/17.e.fid ;;17:224: I know quite a bit concerning the combat service support operations within a tank division, but I have very little knowledge about coordination of logistical activities above division level. english/17.e.fid ;;17:225: The division supply depot is located 30 kilometers to the rear of the division in an offensive situation and 40 kilometers to the rear of the division in a defensive situation. english/17.e.fid ;;17:226: The only thing I considered a potential problem was that our tanks were using far greater amounts of fuel than expected. english/17.e.fid ;;17:227: The technical manual for the T-54 tank states that the average fuel consumption is 2.8 kilometers per kilometer traveling cross-country and 1.8 liters per kilometer on the open road. english/17.e.fid ;;17:228: In a fast-moving offensive operation, large stocks of POL and ammunition are not usually maintained below regimental level. english/17.e.fid ;;17:229: As a result, these items must come from higher levels. english/17.e.fid ;;17:230: When a tank runs out of fuel, the tank commander notifies the company commander through the chain of command. english/17.e.fid ;;17:231: The company commander then informs the battalion chief of rear services by radio. english/17.e.fid ;;17:232: And he, in turn, dispatches a battalion fuel truck to the tank's location. english/17.e.fid ;;17:233: When a tank runs out of ammunition during combat, the tank commander reports this situation immediately to the platoon leader. english/17.e.fid ;;17:234: And moves to a position outside enemy observation, and waits for the company truck to arrive with ammunition. english/17.e.fid ;;17:235: When the truck arrives, the driver of the truck issues the tank commander the basic load of ammunition for his tank. english/17.e.fid ;;17:236: Some of the division technical officer's responsibilities are to supervise the repair and maintenance of weapons and to manage technical supplies peculiar to tank units. english/17.e.fid ;;17:237: He is also involved in coordinating logistical support activities with the tank division chief of rear services. english/17.e.fid ;;17:238: Tanks in combat don't need to be refueled because they carry a sufficient amount of fuel. english/17.e.fid ;;17:239: The source states that the supply system in his tank division is very efficient. english/17.e.fid ;;17:240: In the source's tank division, large stocks of POL products are positioned as far forward as possible, and each regiment keeps enough fuel on hand to refuel subordinate elements to 75 percent of capacity. english/17.e.fid ;;17:241: The division fuel reserve is sufficient to refuel each regiment twice. english/17.e.fid ;;17:242: Tank division commander of rear services is responsible for the procurement and distribution of ammunition, fuel, lubricants, equipment, clothing, rations, and medical supplies. english/17.e.fid ;;17:243: For supervising the installation of rear area facilities; for controlling the forward movement of all classes of supply; and for determining priorities of resupply. english/17.e.fid ;;17:244: Within the source's tank division, division trucks transport supplies to each regiment, regimental trucks transport supplies to each battalion. english/17.e.fid ;;17:245: And each company is responsible for the movement of supplies from battalion down to company level. english/17.e.fid ;;17:246: If sufficient trucks are not available, animals and carts are commandeered and used to move supplies. english/17.e.fid ;;17:247: How is the resupply precedence determined for a forward tank unit? english/17.e.fid ;;17:248: What logistical problems has the 12th Tank Regt experienced recently? english/17.e.fid ;;17:249: Who is responsible for transportation of supplies at the battalion level? english/17.e.fid ;;17:250: Who has authority for procurement and distribution of supplies at the company level? english/17.e.fid ;;17:251: At the regimental level, who has the overall responsibility for coordination of logistical activities? english/17.e.fid ;;17:252: Tell me about the flow of supplies from the division level down to the company level. english/17.e.fid ;;17:253: What was the fuel consumption rate of the T-54 tank on the open road? english/17.e.fid ;;17:254: How are POL products transported from a corps-level supply depot down to lower-echelon units? english/17.e.fid ;;17:255: Explain to me how supplies move down to the company level from the division level. english/17.e.fid ;;17:256: Besides CPT KOO, who else is involved on your battalion's logistical support activities? english/17.e.fid ;;17:257: Let's talk about the fuel consumption rate of the T-54 tanks. english/17.e.fid ;;17:258: What ammunition shortages has your tank company experienced since the beginning of "Operation Kumhwa"? english/17.e.fid ;;17:259: Explain the method used to resupply forward tank companies during combat. english/17.e.fid ;;17:260: What other procedures are utilized for resupplying forward tank units during combat? english/17.e.fid ;;17:261: Having been a KPA officer, you should have in-depth knowledge of the KPA's logistical support activities. english/17.e.fid ;;17:262: In a fast-moving offensive situation, how does the battalion chief of rear services locate tanks that require ammunition? english/17.e.fid ;;17:263: They stock reserve supplies and allocate all classes of supply prior to combat. english/17.e.fid ;;17:264: During an attack it is emphasized that logistical support must rapidly adapt to the tactical situation. english/17.e.fid ;;17:265: During an offensive operation, the rear services element reorganizes the various echelons of the rear services units to meet the operation plan. english/17.e.fid ;;17:266: Inspection and maintenance of road networks are performed to ensure efficient transportation of supplies to forward unit. english/17.e.fid ;;17:267: Prior to an attack, non-essential materials are transported to the rear area, and large stocks of logistical items are combined and kept on hand. english/17.e.fid ;;17:268: In order to facilitate maintenance, security, and support operations, regimental rear services facilities are established near the rear boundary of the regiment. english/17.e.fid ;;17:269: higher to lower echelon units, and a combined transportation system is established to ensure rapid logistical support. english/17.e.fid ;;17:270: During combat, the corps establishes a field hospital forward of the rear area, and all medical facilities are mobilized and advance toward the front line. english/17.e.fid ;;17:271: During combat operation, ammunition is continuously supplied to forward units, and after a combat unit crosses the line of departure, ammunition dumps are established at predesignated locations. english/17.e.fid ;;17:272: Corps transport units transport supplies from the corps forward supply point to the division supply depot, and the division transport units transport supplies to regimental supply points and to forward firing positions. english/17.e.fid ;;17:273: The responsibility for the evacuation of wounded soldiers rests with lower-echelon units, but ambulances from the corps as well as all other types of empty vehicles are used during medical evacuation operations. english/17.e.fid ;;17:274: The boundaries for rear services units are located 30 to 35 kilometers behind forward-echelon units, and during an attacking units advance 10 to 15 kilometers, rear services units move forward. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:1: 1SG KIM, what personnel losses has the 5th Co had in the last month? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:2: Personnel losses? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:3: Only those killed this morning. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:4: What other personnel losses, such as those caused by reassignments are discharges, has the 5th Co has in the last month? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:5: Three men were transferred last month, but they were replaced immediately. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:6: So we're up to full strength. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:7: Why were those three men transferred? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:8: I don't know the reason, but the assistant company commander for political affairs had them transferred. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:9: How many men were killed in the engagement this morning? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:10: I'm not sure, but perhaps all nine. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:11: I know that Comrade LT PAK, the platoon leader of the 1st Plt, was killed. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:12: One or two members of the reconnaissance team may have escaped. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:13: I saw them running. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:14: What action will the 5th Co take in response to those loosed? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:15: That depends on what the company is doing when it receives the report of the losses from those who escaped. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:16: First of all, the assistant platoon leader of the 1st Plt will immediately take command of his platoon. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:17: It will probably be impossible to obtain replacements immediately. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:18: OF course, the losses will be reported to the battalion. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:19: If the attack has been postponed or canceled, they will get replacements in about three days. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:20: However, if the battalion carries out the attack, the company will have to fight as is until it can get replacements. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:21: According to PAF policy, what is the maximum number of losses that an infantry battalion must sustain before it can be withdrawn? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:22: I don't know what the policy is. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:23: You said that the battalion could receive replacements in three days. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:24: Where would these replacements come from? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:25: They would come from the regimental recruit training company or from the division recruit training company. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:26: Why didn't you mention this recruit training company before? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:27: I didn't mention if because if it is organized on a temporary basis, only when needed. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:28: What is the numerical designation of the regimental recruit training company? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:29: I have never heard of it being called anything but the regimental recruit training company. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:30: Of course, the same is true of the division. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:31: How is a recruit training company organized? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:32: The company organization is flexible, changing according to the number of replacement recruits. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:33: Basically, it consists of three platoons with three or four squads and a company headquarters. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:34: How many recruits can be trained at one time? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:35: About 100. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:36: How long is the training period in a recruit training company? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:37: Normally one month. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:38: What training do these recruits receive? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:39: They receive training in politics, close order drill, physical training, unit regulations, chemical warfare, engineering, topography, hygiene, weapons and marksmanship, and tactics. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:40: Where is the regimental recruit training company located? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:41: I've never been there, but it's somewhere north of PYONGNYOGAM-SAN. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:42: And the division recruit training company is some where in the vicinity of ANSONGGWAN. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:43: What is the average age of these trainees? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:44: The average age is about 20. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:45: The draft age is 18 to 25 in peacetime. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:46: In wartime it is 18 to 45. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:47: Based on your experience as an NCO, what problems do these new soldiers have adjusting to military life? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:48: They have no major problems. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:49: They are all very well trained and well disciplined soldiers. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:50: Where else could the 2nd Bn obtain replacements from? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:51: In an emergency, replacements can be obtained from local Farmers and Workers Ref Guard Units or from Red Young Honor Guard Units. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:52: All of these people have had military training. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:53: Where do replacements receive their individual weapons? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:54: They receive their weapons at the temporary training company or from their local armories. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:55: What positions in an infantry battalion are difficult to fill if someone is transferred or is killed in action? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:56: I don't think it would be particularly difficult to fill any position. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:57: Infantry soldiers learn how to operate all basic equipment. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:58: 1SG KIM, how would you characterize the morale of the men in the 5th Co? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:59: Their morale is very high. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:60: Morale is high in all our units. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:61: Why is the morale so high? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:62: Because PAF soldiers are prepared to unify the fatherland. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:63: And our soldiers believe that they will definitely be victorious. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:64: Why do PAF soldiers believe that? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:65: Because they are told every day by the political officer that world opinion is on their side. english/18.e.fid ;;A;18:66: What changes have you observed recently in the morale of the men in the 5th Co? english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:67: None. english/18.e.fid ;;B;18:68: Their morale is always high. english/18.e.fid ;;18:69: In the PAF, discipline is the life of the military. english/18.e.fid ;;18:70: All of our company members are well-disciplined soldiers. english/18.e.fid ;;18:71: Tell me how a Farmers and Workers Red Guard Unit is organized. english/18.e.fid ;;18:72: All members of Farmers and Workers Red Guard Units have received military training. english/18.e.fid ;;18:73: The men in the company believe that they will definitely win. english/18.e.fid ;;18:74: Our company had to get there without fail by 1000. english/18.e.fid ;;18:75: What policy does the 109th Regt have for replacing personnel? english/18.e.fid ;;18:76: I don't know if there is such a policy. english/18.e.fid ;;18:77: We can also obtain replacements from Red Youth Honor Guard Units. english/18.e.fid ;;18:78: Why didn't you tell me about the Red Youth Honor Guard Unit until now? english/18.e.fid ;;18:79: How is the morale of the men in the 5th Co? english/18.e.fid ;;18:80: What changes have there been in the morale of the men in your company? english/18.e.fid ;;18:81: The 1st Co's losses in this battle were great. english/18.e.fid ;;18:82: Who reports personnel losses to the battalion? english/18.e.fid ;;18:83: Where does the regiment train recruits? english/18.e.fid ;;18:84: How many recruit training companies does the regiment have? english/18.e.fid ;;18:85: This morning the regimental commander mentioned recruit training. english/18.e.fid ;;18:86: Why didn't you mention that until now? english/18.e.fid ;;18:87: They say that the Communist Party respects the people's opinion. english/18.e.fid ;;18:88: World opinion is extremely important in international relations. english/18.e.fid ;;18:89: Why did the regiment postpone the attack? english/18.e.fid ;;18:90: The project has been postponed until next year. english/18.e.fid ;;18:91: Attack plans should always have some degree of flexibility. english/18.e.fid ;;18:92: The organization of the recruit training company is flexible. english/18.e.fid ;;18:93: Private PAK could not adjust to the job, so he was transferred to another place. english/18.e.fid ;;18:94: All of the recruits are adapting well to military life. english/18.e.fid ;;18:95: Why did the 1st Bn withdraw in the middle of the attack? english/18.e.fid ;;18:96: An infantry battalion cannot withdraw without orders from the division commander. english/18.e.fid ;;18:97: Recruits receive a lot of physical training. english/18.e.fid ;;18:98: The PAF is intensifying physical training for national defense. english/18.e.fid ;;18:99: What is the wartime draft age? english/18.e.fid ;;18:100: Tell me about the conscription system is the PAF. english/18.e.fid ;;18:101: The 2nd Bn canceled the marching order. english/18.e.fid ;;18:102: Why was the plan to replace those personnel losses canceled? english/18.e.fid ;;18:103: The only personnel losses in the 4th Co are hose comrades who were killed this morning. english/18.e.fid ;;18:104: Two men were transferred from our company last month but were replaced immediately. english/18.e.fid ;;18:105: So we're now up to full strength. english/18.e.fid ;;18:106: I don't know that the PAF's policy is for withdrawing infantry battalions. english/18.e.fid ;;18:107: Replacements fro the battalion can come from the regimental recruit training company in three days. english/18.e.fid ;;18:108: We never call the training unit anything but the division recruit training company. english/18.e.fid ;;18:109: These recruits have received training in close order drill, unit regulations, chemical warfare, weapons, and marksmanship. english/18.e.fid ;;18:110: In emergencies, replacements can be obtained from Red Young Honor Guard Units. english/18.e.fid ;;18:111: The men in the 5th Co were told every day by the political officer that world opinion is on the PAF's side. english/18.e.fid ;;18:112: The men in the local Farmers and Workers Red Guard Units are receiving thorough military training. english/18.e.fid ;;18:113: The recruits are all very well trained and well disciplined. english/18.e.fid ;;18:114: The assistant company commander for political affairs had those comrades transferred last month, but I don't know why. english/18.e.fid ;;18:115: I didn't mention the training company because it is organized on a temporary basis, only when needed. english/18.e.fid ;;18:116: PAF recruits also study politics, engineering, topography, hygiene, and tactics. english/18.e.fid ;;18:117: In peacetime the draft age is 18-26 but the average age of the trainees is only 19. english/18.e.fid ;;18:118: Replacements receive their individual weapons from their local armories or at the temporary training company. english/18.e.fid ;;18:119: The soldiers in the 1st Co have learned how to operate all the basic equipment used by the infantry. english/18.e.fid ;;18:120: In infantry battalions, it is not very difficult to fill the positions of soldiers killed in action. english/18.e.fid ;;18:121: PAF soldiers believe that the PAF will definitely be victorious. english/18.e.fid ;;18:122: The morale is always high because our soldiers are prepared to unify the fatherland. english/18.e.fid ;;18:123: The morale of all the men in every PAF infantry unit is extremely high. english/18.e.fid ;;18:124: I'm sure that LT PAK, the platoon leader of the 1st Plt was killed in the engagement this morning. english/18.e.fid ;;18:125: And approximately seven other soldiers were killed. english/18.e.fid ;;18:126: The source believes that three or four soldiers may have escaped. english/18.e.fid ;;18:127: What the company does in response to the personnel losses depends on what it is doing when the losses are reported. english/18.e.fid ;;18:128: First of all, the assistant platoon leader will take charge of the platoon. english/18.e.fid ;;18:129: It is not possible to obtain replacements immediately. english/18.e.fid ;;18:130: The company must immediately report its personnel losses to the battalion. english/18.e.fid ;;18:131: If the attack has been canceled or postponed, the company will be able to obtain replacements in about four days. english/18.e.fid ;;18:132: While the battalion is in the attack, the company must continue to fight as is. english/18.e.fid ;;18:133: Basically, a recruit training company consists of a headquarters and three platoon with three or four squads. english/18.e.fid ;;18:134: But the company organization is flexible, changing according to the number of replacement recruits. english/18.e.fid ;;18:135: The number of recruits is usually around 100, and the training period is approximately one month. english/18.e.fid ;;18:136: I've never been there, but according to the source I heard that the regimental recruit training company is west of PYONGHYONGAM-SAN. english/18.e.fid ;;18:137: And the division training company is in the vicinity of ANSONGGWAN. english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:1: 1SG KIM, how many of the 2nd Bn's trucks are running at this time? english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:2: They are probably all running by now. english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:3: You say "by now". english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:4: What was wrong with the battalion's trucks? english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:5: Well...a week ago when I was a the battalion, Comrade Supply Platoon Leader said that three of the vehicles were not running. english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:6: He said on of the vehicles had a dead battery and another had something wrong with its brakes. english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:7: He also said one truck had to be towed to the divisional repair shop because its radiator was leaking. english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:8: What are the most common problems with the vehicles in the 2nd Bn? english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:9: Well...we have the problem of batteries frequently going dead and having to be recharged. english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:10: And I've heard drivers say from time to time that there are occasional transmission problems. english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:11: That's all I can think of now. english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:12: How good is the SUNGNI-58 truck? english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:13: It's very good. english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:14: I have never heard drivers complaining about this truck. english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:15: Except the occasional problems with transmission. english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:16: What does the number "58" in the designation "SUNGNI-58" signify? english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:17: It is the vehicle model number. english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:18: How old are the SUNGNI-58 trucks that the 2nd Bn has? english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:19: I have no way of knowing that. english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:20: The trucks are so well maintained that it's hard to tell how old they are. english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:21: When does the 2nd Bn expect to replace those trucks with new ones? english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:22: I don't know. english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:23: What will the battalion do when it needs additional vehicles? english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:24: Why, of course, it will get them by submitting a request to the regiment. english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:25: What will the 2nd Bn do when its vehicles are heavily damaged in battle? english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:26: In that case, the regiment or the division will send down replacement vehicles. english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:27: How long would it take to receive those replacement vehicles in combat? english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:28: I don't know. english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:29: That would depend on the combat situation. english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:30: How often does the 2nd Bn have vehicle maintenance inspections? english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:31: Normally, every three months. english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:32: More often if the vehicles are used a lot. english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:33: Who conducts these maintenance checks? english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:34: Mobile repair teams from the divisional vehicle repair shop. english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:35: Where do these mobile repair teams conduct their maintenance checks? english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:36: They come down in repair vehicles to each unit of the regiment to inspect their vehicles. english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:37: Of course, they make simple repairs, too. english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:38: What do you do with those vehicles that cannot be repaired by the mobile repair teams? english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:39: They are sent back to the divisional vehicle repair shop. english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:40: What kinds of repairs do drivers make? english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:41: Only minor repairs and adjustments. english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:42: I mean things like adjusting belts and changing tires, hoses, and filters. english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:43: Even though some of the drivers are qualified mechanics, they are not authorized to make major repairs. english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:44: In addition to that, what other vehicle maintenance do drivers perform? english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:45: Maintaining proper levels of engine oil, coolant, brake fluid, and lubricants. english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:46: And of course, they keep their vehicles clean and ensure that they do not become rusted. english/19.e.fid ;;A;19:47: What would a driver do if his vehicle broke down while on the move in combat? english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:48: Of course, he would try his best to fix it himself. english/19.e.fid ;;B;19:49: If he couldn't fix it, then he would camouflage it and wait until a tow truck comes. english/19.e.fid ;;19:50: How many times a year does the battalion have vehicle inspections? english/19.e.fid ;;19:51: Occasionally, even Comrade Battalion Commander personally inspects the equipment. english/19.e.fid ;;19:52: How many tow trucks of each type does the division have? english/19.e.fid ;;19:53: At what echelons are wreckers found in the PAF? english/19.e.fid ;;19:54: Drivers must ensure that their vehicles do not become rusted. english/19.e.fid ;;19:55: The rifle bore has become so rusted that rifle is unserviceable. english/19.e.fid ;;19:56: What do drivers use instead of coolant in the winter? english/19.e.fid ;;19:57: How many months do drivers go between coolant changes? english/19.e.fid ;;19:58: Our vehicles' transmission rarely fail. english/19.e.fid ;;19:59: Who usually makes transmission repairs? english/19.e.fid ;;19:60: Drivers cannot repair a leaking radiator. english/19.e.fid ;;19:61: Where is a radiator sent if it leaks? english/19.e.fid ;;19:62: The SUNGNI-58 truck is a good vehicle. english/19.e.fid ;;19:63: How good is the AK rifle? english/19.e.fid ;;19:64: What types of lubricants are used in the PAF? english/19.e.fid ;;19:65: Do drivers also carry extra lubricants on their vehicles? english/19.e.fid ;;19:66: What does the number written on that vehicle signify? english/19.e.fid ;;19:67: This morning Comrade Platoon Leader said something significant. english/19.e.fid ;;19:68: That is not a suitable job for you. english/19.e.fid ;;19:69: Drivers should always maintain a proper level of engine oil. english/19.e.fid ;;19:70: What kind of brakes does the SUNGNI-58 truck have? english/19.e.fid ;;19:71: Combat vehicles must have good brakes. english/19.e.fid ;;19:72: Drivers should occasionally check the brake fluid, too. english/19.e.fid ;;19:73: They keep brake fluid on hand at the battalion levels as well. english/19.e.fid ;;19:74: Why did that vehicle's battery go dead? english/19.e.fid ;;19:75: How old is the battery in your car? english/19.e.fid ;;19:76: How is a vehicle's battery recharged if it goes dead? english/19.e.fid ;;19:77: Domestically manufactured batteries must be recharged often because they are of poor quality. english/19.e.fid ;;19:78: What does a soldier do if individual weapon is damaged in combat? english/19.e.fid ;;19:79: The company evacuates damaged equipment immediately. english/19.e.fid ;;19:80: Those trucks are so well maintained that it's hard to tell how old they are. english/19.e.fid ;;19:81: The 2nd Bn's trucks are probably all running well by now. english/19.e.fid ;;19:82: Comrade Supply Platoon Leader says that three of the battalion's vehicles are not running at this time. english/19.e.fid ;;19:83: A week ago, when I went to the battalion HQ, Comrade Battalion Commander said that. english/19.e.fid ;;19:84: I don't know for sure, but it is probably the vehicle model number of that truck. english/19.e.fid ;;19:85: In that case, we get them by submitting a request to the regimental transportation platoon. english/19.e.fid ;;19:86: That depends on the combat situation, but normally it takes about three days to receive replacement vehicles. english/19.e.fid ;;19:87: If the vehicles are used a lot, the battalion has maintenance inspections more often. english/19.e.fid ;;19:88: Normally, every three months mobile repair teams come down from the division to each unit of the regiment. english/19.e.fid ;;19:89: Mobile repair teams from the divisional vehicle repair shop inspect the vehicles and make repairs. english/19.e.fid ;;19:90: Why, of course, we try our best to fix it. english/19.e.fid ;;19:91: If that doesn't work, we send it back to the divisional vehicle repair shop. english/19.e.fid ;;19:92: All the drivers are qualified mechanics, but they are not authorized to make major repairs. english/19.e.fid ;;19:93: Mobile repair teams come down in repair vehicles to the battalion and make vehicle repairs. english/19.e.fid ;;19:94: One of the vehicles has something wrong with its brakes, and another has a leaky radiator. english/19.e.fid ;;19:95: That truck has some problems with its transmission now. english/19.e.fid ;;19:96: And its battery is dead, so we have to recharge it. english/19.e.fid ;;19:97: That tow truck was so well camouflaged that I couldn't see the unit number on it. english/19.e.fid ;;19:98: They can perform minor repairs and adjustments. english/19.e.fid ;;19:99: I mean things like adjusting belts and changing tires. english/19.e.fid ;;19:100: Of course, they always keep their trucks clean so that they do not become rusted. english/19.e.fid ;;19:101: Drivers should also always maintain proper levels of engine oil, brake fluid, coolant, and lubricants. english/19.e.fid ;;19:102: It depends on the combat situation, but normally they have maintenance inspections every three months. english/19.e.fid ;;19:103: Three days ago at the battalion, the source heard from the supply platoon leader that four trucks were not operational. english/19.e.fid ;;19:104: One had a dead battery, another had something wrong with its brakes, and two trucks had to be towed to the divisional repair shop because their radiators were leaking. english/19.e.fid ;;19:105: Because the trucks are well maintained, it is difficult to determine how old they are. english/19.e.fid ;;19:106: The source surmises that they are approximately five years old. english/19.e.fid ;;19:107: There is the problem of batteries occasionally going dead and having to be recharged. english/19.e.fid ;;19:108: The source also heard that there are frequent transmission problems. english/19.e.fid ;;19:109: That's all I can think of. english/19.e.fid ;;19:110: Although most of the drivers are qualified mechanics, they are not authorized to make major repairs. english/19.e.fid ;;19:111: They can only make minor repairs, like changing filters and hoses. english/19.e.fid ;;19:112: Major repairs are usually made by mobile repair teams. english/19.e.fid ;;19:113: Drivers also maintain proper levels of engine oil, coolant, brake fluid, and lubricants. english/19.e.fid ;;19:114: They do their best to keep their trucks clean and to ensure that they do not become rusted. english/19.e.fid ;;19:115: Those vehicles that cannot be fixed by drivers or mobile repair teams are sent back to the divisional vehicle repair shop. english/19.e.fid ;;19:116: When a driver's vehicle breaks down while on the move in combat, he tries his best to fix it himself. english/19.e.fid ;;19:117: If he cannot, he camouflages his vehicle and waits until a tow truck comes. english/19.e.fid ;;19:118: Sometimes mobile repair teams come in repair vehicles and mike repairs on the spot. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:1: 1SG KIM, as the company first sergeant, you must know about the condition of the weapons in your unit. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:2: Now, what is the condition of the individual weapons in the 5th Co? english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:3: Excellent. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:4: All of the battalion's weapons are in excellent condition. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:5: How does the battalion manage to keep so many weapons in such excellent condition? english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:6: We practice thorough preventive maintenance. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:7: Every soldier must thoroughly clean his weapon and make sure that it is functioning at all time. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:8: But no matter how well one takes care of his weapon, it can occasionally malfunction. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:9: If your company has an unserviceable weapon and that weapon cannot be repaired at the company level, what must be done to replace it? english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:10: In such cases it must be turned in to the company ASP. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:11: I was also chief of the company ASP. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:12: My job was to see to it that such weapons were sent back to the battalion ASP and that the new weapons were issued. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:13: How long does it normally take to replace an unserviceable weapon in this manner? english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:14: A day or two at most. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:15: But when I first joined that company it used to take longer than that. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:16: It's because at that time the battalion did not keep extra weapons on hand. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:17: At that time we had to submit a request through the battalion to the regimental ASP to replace a malfunctioning weapon. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:18: I see. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:19: Then, what kinds of extra weapons does the battalion ASP have on hand at the present time? english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:20: Rifles and pistols, of course. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:21: And machineguns too. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:22: But I don't know how many they have. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:23: 1SG KIM, if a member of your company loses his weapon in combat, how does he obtain a replacement? english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:24: What? english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:25: I have never heard of a soldier in the People's Army losing his weapon! english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:26: Good. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:27: That's what I thought. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:28: Now, what weapons repairs are accomplished at the company level? english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:29: Only minor repairs. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:30: These repairs are not done by members of the company but by mobile repair reams from the regimental weapons repair shop. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:31: These repair teams come down to the platoon level every two months or so. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:32: By "minor repairs" what kinds of repairs are your talking about? english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:33: Well, replacing worn-out parts like ejectors. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:34: And, checking the condition of rifle bores, things like that. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:35: What do you do with those weapons that cannot be repaired by the mobile repair teams? english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:36: Those weapons are sent back to the regimental weapons repair shop. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:37: I understand that those weapons which cannot be repaired there are sent to the divisional shop. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:38: Those which cannot be repaired at the division are dismantled there so that they can extract the usable parts. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:39: How do you know that? english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:40: I heard it some time ago from an armorer working on a mobile repair team. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:41: What spare parts does the company itself have on hand for repairing weapons between the visits of the mobile repair teams? english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:42: We don't keep any on hand. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:43: But the battalion ASP has things like firing pins on hand. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:44: The other company, the heavy machinegun company, and the recoilless gun platoon might have some spare parts for their weapons. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:45: But I believe that most of their parts must be requisitioned artillery section. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:46: How long does it normally take to obtain these requisitioned parts? english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:47: I have no way of knowing that. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:48: What will members of your company do if they need parts for a weapon that malfunctions during combat? english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:49: They must immediately report this to their squad leader or platoon leader. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:50: Usually the company first sergeant or the squad leaders carry a few spare parts like firing pins and extractor. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:51: Also, if we have any weapons that cannot be used, we can removed the usable parts from them and repair our malfunctioning weapons. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:52: Which weapon in the 2nd Bn require the most maintenance? english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:53: Let me think. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:54: Considering the number of parts, I think that the heave machinegun requires the most maintenance. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:55: What new types of weapons does the 2nd Bn expect to receive? english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:56: I haven't heard anything about new weapons. english/20.e.fid ;;A;20:57: When was your company issued the AK rifles that it has now? english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:58: I don't know. english/20.e.fid ;;B;20:59: The company already had those AK rifles when I first joined it. english/20.e.fid ;;20:60: How many firing pins does a squad leader carry with him in combat? english/20.e.fid ;;20:61: What are the firing pins made of? english/20.e.fid ;;20:62: I repaired my weapon once or twice a year at most. english/20.e.fid ;;20:63: There are three or four ammunition transport vehicles at most in the battalion. english/20.e.fid ;;20:64: There are some parts for weapons in that comrade's platoon. english/20.e.fid ;;20:65: When was SGT PAK's company issued that weapon? english/20.e.fid ;;20:66: It's your team's turn now. english/20.e.fid ;;20:67: We remove the usable parts from those weapons that are unserviceable. english/20.e.fid ;;20:68: The barrel is the only thing that cannot be removed from that rifle. english/20.e.fid ;;20:69: What parts of the heavy machinegun wear out easily? english/20.e.fid ;;20:70: What does the regiment do with those weapons parts that are worn out? english/20.e.fid ;;20:71: Who turns those weapons in to the battalion ASP? english/20.e.fid ;;20:72: Where does the company first sergeant turn in unserviceable weapons? english/20.e.fid ;;20:73: I bought this book yesterday, but I have to return it because the print is not clear. english/20.e.fid ;;20:74: What crew-served weapons does a light infantry battalion have? english/20.e.fid ;;20:75: The 57mm antiaircraft gun is one of the antiaircraft guns held by the division. english/20.e.fid ;;20:76: To replace a malfunctioning weapon we must submit a request to regiment. english/20.e.fid ;;20:77: What parts of an AK rifle malfunction easily? english/20.e.fid ;;20:78: What parts of a mortar wear our frequently? english/20.e.fid ;;20:79: What do soldiers use to clean their weapons? english/20.e.fid ;;20:80: Who cleans the crew-served weapons? english/20.e.fid ;;20:81: If a weapon malfunctions in the company, how do you repair it? english/20.e.fid ;;20:82: Where does the mobile weapons repair team come from? english/20.e.fid ;;20:83: What new types of weapons are there in your battalion? english/20.e.fid ;;20:84: The PAF is gradually replacing their outdated weapons with new models. english/20.e.fid ;;20:85: The company first sergeant carries a few extractors with him in combat. english/20.e.fid ;;20:86: They always have such parts as firing pins and extractors at the company ASP. english/20.e.fid ;;20:87: What do you do if the ejector malfunctions while you are firing? english/20.e.fid ;;20:88: Who carries spare ejectors in the company? english/20.e.fid ;;20:89: We don't keep extra weapons in the company. english/20.e.fid ;;20:90: How many extra individual weapons does the battalion ASP have? english/20.e.fid ;;20:91: We soldiers practice thorough preventive maintenance on your equipment. english/20.e.fid ;;20:92: I don't think there is an injection that prevents cold. english/20.e.fid ;;20:93: The heavy machinegun requires maintenance more frequently than other weapons. english/20.e.fid ;;20:94: Those weapons in the company that require maintenance are evacuated immediately to the battalion. english/20.e.fid ;;20:95: Every day we ensure that our weapons are functioning. english/20.e.fid ;;20:96: What do you do if a weapon does not function in combat? english/20.e.fid ;;20:97: Only commonly used parts are kept on hand at the battalion. english/20.e.fid ;;20:98: What weapons are kept on hand at the company level? english/20.e.fid ;;20:99: How many times a year does the regimental armorer inspect the company's weapons? english/20.e.fid ;;20:100: You must clean and check your own weapon daily. english/20.e.fid ;;20:101: With what do you inspect the bore of a rifle? english/20.e.fid ;;20:102: How many times a day do you clean the bore of your rifle? english/20.e.fid ;;20:103: We practice thorough preventive maintenance in order to keep our weapons in excellent condition. english/20.e.fid ;;20:104: All unserviceable weapons are turned in to the company ASP. english/20.e.fid ;;20:105: We must make sure that all weapons are functioning well all times by practicing thorough maintenance. english/20.e.fid ;;20:106: All members of the company clean their weapons thoroughly. english/20.e.fid ;;20:107: The mobile repair team checks rifle bores and replaces worn-out parts. english/20.e.fid ;;20:108: In such cases we remove the usable parts from unserviceable weapons and repair our weapons. english/20.e.fid ;;20:109: Spare parts such as ejectors, extractors, and firing pins are normally carried by squad leaders. english/20.e.fid ;;20:110: I haven't heard anything about plans for receiving new types of weapons. english/20.e.fid ;;20:111: Those weapons are dismantled so that they can extract the usable parts. english/20.e.fid ;;20:112: Considering the number of parts, I think that the heavy machinegun requires the most maintenance. english/20.e.fid ;;20:113: It takes a day or two at most to replace unserviceable weapons in the company. english/20.e.fid ;;20:114: When I first joined the 5th CO, there were no extra weapons in the battalion. english/20.e.fid ;;20:115: There are no spare parts kept on hand in the company itself. english/20.e.fid ;;20:116: At that time we had to submit a request to the regimental ASP to replace an unserviceable weapon. english/20.e.fid ;;20:117: There might be some spare parts such as ejectors and extractors at the battalion ASP. english/20.e.fid ;;20:118: The mortar company and the recoilless gun platoon have lots of space parts for their weapons. english/20.e.fid ;;20:119: I believe that those parts not available at the battalion ASP must be requisitioned from the regimental artillery section. english/20.e.fid ;;20:120: In the 5th Co, they were already using AK rifles when I first joined it. english/20.e.fid ;;20:121: I know that because I heard it some time ago from a comrade working at the regimental weapons repair shop. english/20.e.fid ;;20:122: I have never heard of a soldier in the People's Army losing this weapon in combat. english/20.e.fid ;;20:123: Only minor repairs are done at the company level. english/20.e.fid ;;20:124: For that purpose, mobile repair teams come down to the platoon level from the regimental weapons repair shop every two months or so. english/20.e.fid ;;20:125: They replace worn-out parts in all types of weapons. english/20.e.fid ;;20:126: When the source first joined the 5th Co, the battalion did not keep extra weapons on hand. english/20.e.fid ;;20:127: That's why this procedure took several days. english/20.e.fid ;;20:128: So, the company had to submit a request through the battalion to the regimental ASP to replace a malfunctioning weapon. english/20.e.fid ;;20:129: That's why this procedure took several days. english/20.e.fid ;;20:130: But now it takes one or two days at most to replace weapons. english/20.e.fid ;;20:131: Infantry companies do not have any spare parts for their weapons. english/20.e.fid ;;20:132: Although the mortar company and the heavy machinegun company do have some spare parts on hand for their weapons. english/20.e.fid ;;20:133: The battalion ASP also keeps some parts on hand like firing pins and ejectors. english/20.e.fid ;;20:134: But they obtain most parts by requisitioning them from the regimental artillery section. english/20.e.fid ;;20:135: The source was also chief of the company ASP. english/20.e.fid ;;20:136: His job was to send those weapons that could not be repaired at his company back to the battalion ASP and to issue the new weapons to the members of his company. english/20.e.fid ;;20:137: The battalion ASP always keeps extra rifles, pistols, and machineguns on hand. english/20.e.fid ;;20:138: The individual weapons in the source's company are all in excellent condition. english/20.e.fid ;;20:139: Malfunctions are rare because his unit always practices thorough preventive maintenance. english/20.e.fid ;;20:140: Occasionally, however, some of their weapons become unserviceable due to worn-out parts. english/20.e.fid ;;20:141: In such cases, they remove the usable parts from other unserviceable weapons and repair their weapons. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:1: 1SG KIM, just about an hour before your reconnaissance patrol came under fire, two men attempted to flee north through the KUMHWA area. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:2: Who were those two men? english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:3: (Somewhat surprised) I...I don't know. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:4: Is that right? english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:5: How is it, then, that they remember your reconnaissance patrol? english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:6: Those comrades! english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:7: I was going to tell you about those comrades before, but you were asking so many questions that I simply forgot about it. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:8: All right. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:9: Then tell me about them now. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:10: Who were they? english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:11: I think they were light infantrymen. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:12: Why do you think they were light infantrymen? english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:13: Because when we met at the assembly area last night I noticed that those comrades were wearing uniforms of the South Korean puppet army. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:14: Really? english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:15: Hum! english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:16: What connection is there between wearing uniforms of the South Korean army and being light infantrymen? english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:17: When I was with the light infantry our comrades often talked about going down into the southern half, dressed in uniforms of the South Korean puppet army. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:18: I see. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:19: What was the mission of those two men? english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:20: I don't know exactly, but I would imagine those comrades were also on a reconnaissance mission. english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:21: Uh...I did hear those comrades saying something about an airfield at MYHYON-NI. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:22: What did they say about the airfield at MAHYON-NI? english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:23: Those comrades were talking so quietly that I couldn't make out what they were saying. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:24: All right. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:25: You said that you met them at the assembly area. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:26: Where did they go from there? english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:27: Those comrades moved with our reconnaissance patrol until we reached the KUMHWA vicinity, but they left us there. english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:28: I didn't see those comrades after that. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:29: How many other light infantrymen were at the assembly area? english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:30: I didn't see any others. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:31: How much of its mission did your reconnaissance patrol accomplish before coming under fire this morning? english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:32: We did get a fix on the enemy positions located on our company objective. english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:33: And (looking at map)...also, we were supposed to check for mines on this road (indicating road going east and west through square CT6638) on our way back to the battalion assembly area, but we couldn't do it because it was getting light. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:34: Why were you supposed to check that road for mines? english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:35: Our tanks were probably going to use that road during the attack. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:36: What tanks are you talking about? english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:37: I mean the tanks of the tank platoon attacked to our battalion. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:38: 1SG KIM, I understand that you participated in this reconnaissanace mission because you were specially qualified. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:39: What are normal duties as a first sergeant? english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:40: Well, I make sure that members of our company have the weapons ammunition, equipment, and rations necessary for carrying out their mission. english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:41: And of course, I look after the members of our company. english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:42: They are all good soldiers. english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:43: And I make sure that comrade company commander's orders are carried out. english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:44: After all, I am first sergeant. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:45: All right, 1SG KIM. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:46: What is the present mission of the 5th Co, 2nd Bn? english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:47: Do you mean the mission at this moment? english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:48: Yes. english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:49: I am here now, captured, so how could I know that? english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:50: All right. english/21.e.fid ;;A;21:51: Then, what was the mission of the 5th Co at the time you were taken prisoner? english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:52: To prepare for the attack I told you about earlier. english/21.e.fid ;;B;21:53: That is all I can say. english/21.e.fid ;;21:54: Do you have all the equipment ready that is necessary for carrying out your mission? english/21.e.fid ;;21:55: An interrogator must possess a knowledge of tactics. english/21.e.fid ;;21:56: The political indoctrination program is going well in our unit. english/21.e.fid ;;21:57: We have a good political officer. english/21.e.fid ;;21:58: We ere unable to continue the pursuit yesterday. english/21.e.fid ;;21:59: We were short of ammunition. english/21.e.fid ;;21:60: I understand that the PAF has chemical agents. english/21.e.fid ;;21:61: Which companies do you understand will participate in this attack? english/21.e.fid ;;21:62: Who, to your understanding, participated in this reconnaissance? english/21.e.fid ;;21:63: To my understanding, the 5th Co will participate in this attack. english/21.e.fid ;;21:64: There are many puppet governments in the communist world. english/21.e.fid ;;21:65: Why does PAF call the ROK forces a puppet army? english/21.e.fid ;;21:66: I simply forgot. english/21.e.fid ;;21:67: No sooner had Comrade KIM been wounded than he monetarily lost consciousness and fell over. english/21.e.fid ;;21:68: One year passed in an instant. english/21.e.fid ;;21:69: We were tasked with a surprise attack mission. english/21.e.fid ;;21:70: The reconnaissance unit has just departed on an important mission. english/21.e.fid ;;21:71: On what mission did you come here, LT KIM? english/21.e.fid ;;21:72: First find out what mission the PW had! english/21.e.fid ;;21:73: A company first sergeant must always look after the company members. english/21.e.fid ;;21:74: In your unit, who looks after the health of personnel? english/21.e.fid ;;21:75: There are not many people who are qualified as interrogators. english/21.e.fid ;;21:76: I think that only I am qualified for that reconnaissance mission. english/21.e.fid ;;21:77: You have no right to say that! english/21.e.fid ;;21:78: Comrade PAK's behavior is not normal. english/21.e.fid ;;21:79: A light infantry unit does not engage in regular combat. english/21.e.fid ;;21:80: In what grid square is the enemy assembling? english/21.e.fid ;;21:81: The PA pointed out the grid square where the airfield is located. english/21.e.fid ;;21:82: We split up at that intersection. english/21.e.fid ;;21:83: Where did you part from the reconnaissance patrol leader? english/21.e.fid ;;21:84: The members of our company are all good marksmen. english/21.e.fid ;;21:85: This is an excellent translation. english/21.e.fid ;;21:86: Really? english/21.e.fid ;;21:87: Hum! english/21.e.fid ;;21:88: He is a political officer? english/21.e.fid ;;21:89: You have only five rifles? english/21.e.fid ;;21:90: What happened to the others? english/21.e.fid ;;21:91: Comrade platoon leader is the one who looks after the members of the platoon. english/21.e.fid ;;21:92: You were asking so many questions that I simply forgot about it. english/21.e.fid ;;21:93: I mean the tanks for the tank platoon attacked to the 3rd Bn. english/21.e.fid ;;21:94: Lately I frequently see our light infantrymen wearing uniforms of the puppet army. english/21.e.fid ;;21:95: Those comrades split up from us in the vicinity of the assembly area. english/21.e.fid ;;21:96: On that morning we were not on a reconnaissance mission. english/21.e.fid ;;21:97: We just got a fix on the enemy positions located on our battalion objective. english/21.e.fid ;;21:98: We were preparing for the attack I told you about earlier. english/21.e.fid ;;21:99: I believe that every member of our unit is a good soldier. english/21.e.fid ;;21:100: It seems that the company does not now have the ammunition necessary for carrying out its mission. english/21.e.fid ;;21:101: The company first sergeant makes sure that the members of the company have the weapons and ammunition necessary for combat. english/21.e.fid ;;21:102: We moved with those comrades until we split up at the battalion assembly area. english/21.e.fid ;;21:103: We were ordered to get an immediate fix on the enemy positions located on our company objective. english/21.e.fid ;;21:104: They carry out comrade company commander's orders fully because they are all good soldiers. english/21.e.fid ;;21:105: I don't think that looking after all of the unit members is an easy job. english/21.e.fid ;;21:106: That's all I know about the tank platoon attacked to the infantry battalion. english/21.e.fid ;;21:107: I did hear those comrades saying something about that airfield I told you about earlier. english/21.e.fid ;;21:108: I would imagine that those comrades were on a mission to check for mines on that road. english/21.e.fid ;;21:109: I simply forgot that we were to meet in the assembly area at six in the morning. english/21.e.fid ;;21:110: (Because) we were uniforms of the South Korean puppet army when we go down into the southern half. english/21.e.fid ;;21:111: The source heard his comrades saying something about a base at MAHYON-NI. english/21.e.fid ;;21:112: But they were talking so quietly that he couldn't make out what they were saying. english/21.e.fid ;;21:113: He surmises that they were on a mission to infiltrate that base. english/21.e.fid ;;21:114: They source doesn't know where his comrades went. english/21.e.fid ;;21:115: His unit and this LI reconnaissance patrol went together as far as CH'ORWON. english/21.e.fid ;;21:116: After splitting up in CH'ORWON, he didn't see them again. english/21.e.fid ;;21:117: They source thought he had already mentioned those two comrades who were trying to flee north. english/21.e.fid ;;21:118: He probably just forgot about them because he was being asked so many questions. english/21.e.fid ;;21:119: He surmises that they were light infantrymen on some special mission. english/21.e.fid ;;21:120: On its way back to the battalion assembly area the source's squad was supposed to check for mines on the road that the source mentioned earlier. english/21.e.fid ;;21:121: The road was to be used by the tanks of the tank platoon attached to the battalion. english/21.e.fid ;;21:122: But the squad couldn't accomplish its assigned mission because it was getting light. english/21.e.fid ;;21:123: (1) to ensure that the company commander's orders are carried out; (2) to make sure that the members of the company have the weapons, ammunition, and rations necessary for accomplishing their mission; and (3) to look after the members of the company. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:1: What is the present mission of the 45th Inf Div? english/22.e.fid ;;B;22:2: The division? english/22.e.fid ;;B;22:3: Why, of course, to unify the fatherland. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:4: 1SG KIM! english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:5: What is all this talk about liberation and unification? english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:6: Do you call killing thousands of innocent people liberation and unification? english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:7: Of course not! english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:8: There isn't anyone in South Korea who thinks that the PAF is liberating him. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:9: This war is just the so-called great leader's way of gaining more power. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:10: What would your leaders care if thousands of innocent people were to die? english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:11: And what do they care about you? english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:12: Nothing! english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:13: What would the great leader or your political officers think if they were to see your fiancee's letter? english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:14: They would say that you have counter revolutionary ideas. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:15: They would distrust and despise you. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:16: Perhaps even imprison you. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:17: Look! english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:18: If you were to die, those guys wouldn't even bat an eye. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:19: Now you understand, don't you? english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:20: So, don't be taken in by that kind of propaganda anymore. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:21: Now then, tell me what specific mission the 45th Inf Div has. english/22.e.fid ;;B;22:22: I really don't now anything about the specific missions of the division, or anything about the specific missions of the decisional elements other than what I have already told you. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:23: All right. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:24: I'm sure you know a lot about the basic combat mission of units in your battalion. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:25: What is the primary mission of the recoilless gun platoon? english/22.e.fid ;;B;22:26: Of course, as you well know, to destroy enemy tanks and other armored vehicles. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:27: What other missions does the recoilless gun platoon have? english/22.e.fid ;;B;22:28: It also destroys all types of fortified positions by direct fire. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:29: What is the primary mission of the heavy machinegun company of the 2nd Bn? english/22.e.fid ;;B;22:30: To deliver supporting fire for the maneuvering elements. english/22.e.fid ;;B;22:31: It also conducts suppressive fire and final protective fire. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:32: What other missions does the heavy machinegun company have? english/22.e.fid ;;B;22:33: Well, let's see. english/22.e.fid ;;B;22:34: It also has an air defense mission. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:35: What is the primary mission of the mortar company of the 2nd Bn? english/22.e.fid ;;B;22:36: It destroys the enemy in places like trenches or rear slopes. english/22.e.fid ;;B;22:37: It also lays down smoke screens and, of course, illuminates the battle area. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:38: What is the mission of the supply platoon of your battalion? english/22.e.fid ;;B;22:39: Logistical support. english/22.e.fid ;;B;22:40: I mean, food, ammunition, medical supplies, transportation, thinks like that. english/22.e.fid ;;A;22:41: What is the mission of the political section of the 2nd Bn HQ? english/22.e.fid ;;B;22:42: It plans all political and ideological indoctrination programs for the battalion. english/22.e.fid ;;22:43: We were conducting final protective fire to stop the enemy breaking through. english/22.e.fid ;;22:44: The primary mission of the mortar company is to destroy the enemy on reverse slopes. english/22.e.fid ;;22:45: To my understanding, all political and ideological indoctrination programs are planned by the political section. english/22.e.fid ;;22:46: The battalion supply platoon is in charge of logistical support; that is, provision of medical supplies, ammunition, etc. english/22.e.fid ;;22:47: One of the missions of the heavy machinegun company is to deliver suppressive fire when needed. english/22.e.fid ;;22:48: The mortar company destroys the enemy in trenches and lays down smoke screens. english/22.e.fid ;;22:49: Other than what I told you earlier, I do not know anything about the specific missions of the divisional elements. english/22.e.fid ;;22:50: Destroying all types of fortified positions is the basic mission of the recoilless gun platoon. english/22.e.fid ;;22:51: The heavy machinegun company occasionally has, as you well know, an air defense mission, too. english/22.e.fid ;;22:52: The mortar company not only destroys the enemy but also illuminates the battle area. english/22.e.fid ;;22:53: Destroying all types of fortified positions by direct fire is also one of the missions of the recoilless gun platoon. english/22.e.fid ;;22:54: The political section of a battalion HQ usually plans all political and ideological indoctrination programs. english/22.e.fid ;;22:55: Laying down smoke screens and illuminating the battles area are also part of the basic mission of the mortar company. english/22.e.fid ;;22:56: The mission of the supply platoon is, of course, logistical support. english/22.e.fid ;;22:57: I mean, things like ammunition supply and medical supply. english/22.e.fid ;;22:58: The heavy machinegun company delivers both supporting fire and suppressive fire for the maneuvering friendly elements. english/22.e.fid ;;22:59: Destroying the enemy in places like trenches or reverse slopes is the primary mission of the mortar company. english/22.e.fid ;;22:60: As you well know, the heavy machinegun company, which mainly supports the maneuvering infantry elements, occasionally has an air defense mission, too. english/22.e.fid ;;22:61: We were ordered to use every available weapon during final protective fire. english/22.e.fid ;;22:62: The basic combat mission of the recoilless gun unit is to destroy enemy tanks and APCs. english/22.e.fid ;;22:63: The source reiterates that he knows nothing about the specific mission of the division or its elements. english/22.e.fid ;;22:64: I only know the primary mission of the recoilless gun platoon is to destroy enemy tanks and well-fortified positions by direct fire. english/22.e.fid ;;22:65: The source does not know what specific missions the battalion's heavy machinegun company has, but I do know something about its primary missions. english/22.e.fid ;;22:66: The company delivers supporting fire of the maneuvering infantry elements. english/22.e.fid ;;22:67: When necessary, it also conducts suppressive fire and final protective fire. english/22.e.fid ;;22:68: Occasionally, it has an air defense mission, too. english/22.e.fid ;;22:69: The source states that the mortar company has a very important mission during combat. english/22.e.fid ;;22:70: It accomplishes what cannot be done by direct fire. english/22.e.fid ;;22:71: It destroys the enemy in places like bunkers, pillboxes, and reverse slopes. english/22.e.fid ;;22:72: When needed, it also lays down smoke screens and illuminates the combat area. english/22.e.fid ;;22:73: The course, who worked with for a long time in the battalion HQ, thinks that the political sections is a very important office in the battalion HQ. english/22.e.fid ;;22:74: I worked for a long time in the battalion HQ. english/22.e.fid ;;22:75: I think that the political section is a very important office in the battalion HQ. english/22.e.fid ;;22:76: According to the source, all political and ideological indoctrination programs for the battalion are planned in the political section. english/22.e.fid ;;22:77: The source state that political and ideological indoctrination classes are conducted in all units of the PA. english/22.e.fid ;;22:78: The source has already stated who is in charge of logistical support in the battalion. english/22.e.fid ;;22:79: He states again that it is the battalion's supply platoon that provides the battalion personnel that ammunition and rations and that is responsible for medical supplies and transportation. english/23.e.fid ;;X;23:1: The dialog resumes as the interrogator questions the EPW regarding unit missions. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:2: SGT PAK, what was the mission of the 1st Btry/3rd Bn at the time of your capture? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:3: At the time of my capture, my battery was attached to the 1st Inf Bn/103rd Inf Regt in a direct support role. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:4: To furnish direct support to the 1st Inf Bn, my battery, as well as the other batteries in my battalion, were performing as "escort gun mission". english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:5: In the NKPA, artillery units are directly attached to the supported units to accomplish specific support missions under the direction of the supported unit's commander. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:6: This is what is meant by "escort gun mission." english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:7: What specific missions was the 1st Btry/3rd Bn supposed to perform under this concept? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:8: Please let me explain something first. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:9: The area where I was captured was an assembly area, and my battery had been assembled there to wait a crossing of the Han River. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:10: When that crossing did not materialize and the Southern soldiers pushed our units back, my battalion was ordered to retreat. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:11: Although my battery was withdrawing with the battalion, I'm not sure where the battalion was going. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:12: What would the mission of the 1st Btry/3rd Bn have been if it had crossed the Han River? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:13: I only know my battery was to deploy its guns in a rice paddy located northeast of Kimpo Airport. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:14: While in our assembly areas, our battery commander, CPT HAN Song-Chae, gave us training in fire assault and successive fire concentration. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:15: CPT HAN told us we would provide offensive fire support for units attacking the northwestern part of Seoul. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:16: But we would probably have to conduct some type of defensive fire if the Southern forces make a strong effort to recapture Kimpo Airport. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:17: What targets were assigned to the guns of the 1st Btry/3rd Arty Bn? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:18: I never know what the specific targets are. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:19: Gun crews are only told when to fire, where to fire, and what type of rounds to use. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:20: It's not necessary for us to know what we are firing at. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:21: This target list was found on you. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:22: Explain the data on the target list. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:23: As you can see, the targets have been assigned numbers. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:24: From this list I know where to fire and when, But I don't know what targets I'm firing at. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:25: SGT PAK, how do you know when and where to fire? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:26: Normally we receive our orders directly from the officer in charge of our battery firing position. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:27: This officer is the senior of the two platoon leaders. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:28: He receives his instructions from the battery commander who is positioned in a command observation post (COP), located several kilometers to the front of our gun positions. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:29: Under our commander's directions, my gun is fired at targets of opportunity located by the COP, or at targets listed on that target list you have. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:30: Had the assault been successful, what other future missions would have been assigned the 1st Btry? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:31: Our battery commander described no other specific missions, but normally during the attack phase of an infantry assault, our battery could be used for several different types of missions. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:32: I can't say for sure what we would have done during the upcoming assault, but I can tell you what we did during the assault on Munsan. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:33: During the attack preparation phase, my battery was required to fire on the enemy's rear area, and also to conduct counter-battery fire. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:34: I believe the rest of our rounds were used for the purpose of destroying or suppressing enemy assembly areas and resupply points. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:35: Because we were firing fragmentation rounds with an intended low airburst, our targets couldn't have been tanks or bunkers. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:36: My gun crew was carrying the same type of rounds when we were captured by your forces. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:37: During the actual attack phase of the assault on Munsan, my battery conducted escort(cover) fire for elements of the Kaesong Tank Div/2nd Corps. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:38: This means my battery fired on targets to the front and flanks of our attacking unit, as directed by the attacking unit's commander. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:39: Our battery would have probably conducted similar direct support missions during the assault on Seoul, though at the time of my capture, I hadn't been informed of what role my gun was to play in the upcoming battle. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:40: What specific mission will the 1st Btry/3rd Bn perform now that it is supporting ground forces in the defense? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:41: I don't know. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:42: What mission would the 1st Btry/3rd Bn normally perform during a defensive operation? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:43: During a defensive operation my battery would normally conduct barrier fires, counterbattery fires, or screening fires. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:44: Besides the missions you have already talked about, what other missions had the 1st Btry/3rd Bn been involved in? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:45: We were assigned no other specific missions, though we've trained in every type of artillery fire. english/23.e.fid ;;X;23:46: After having continued the interrogation until the missions portion was entirely exploited, the interrogator questioned the EPW regarding composition. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:47: Besides your gun crew, what other units were directly subordinate to the 2nd Plt/1st Btry? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:48: Besides the 1st Gun Crew, there were the 2nd and 3rd Gun Crews. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:49: What units besides the 2nd Plt were directly subordinate to the 1st Btry/3rd Bn? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:50: Besides the 2nd Plt, there was the 1st Plt, the HQ Plt, an antitank squad, and a light machinegun squad. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:51: Besides the 1st Btry/3rd Bn, what other units were directly subordinate to the 3rd Bn/573rd Mixed Arty Regt? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:52: Besides the 1st Btry/3rd Bn, there were also the 2nd and 3rd Btries as well as the Bn HQ element. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:53: What units were subordinate to the 3rd Bn HQ element? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:54: I really am not too familiar with these organizations, but I know that there was a HQ platoon, a staff section, a political section, and a rear services section of some sort. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:55: But, as I said, I'm not really that familiar with these sections, their functions, or their subordinate units. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:56: Besides the 3rd Bn, what other units were subordinate to the 573rd Mixed Arty Regt? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:57: There were at least two other battalions designated as the 1st Arty Bn and 2nd Arty Bn, as well as a regimental HQ element, but I've never been around the regimental HQ area, so I don't know how those units are organized. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:58: Besides the 573rd Mixed Arty Regt, what other units do you know of that were directly subordinate to the 2nd Corps? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:59: There are a lot of units in a corps, you know, but I'm not that positive of the sizes or numbers of those units. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:60: I've seen some mortars and such, so there's probably a mortar unit of some size, and I think there's an ADA and an antitank unit as well. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:61: Oh yeah, there's at least two other regiments of artillery, but I don't know what they are called. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:62: Besides these artillery units, what other units were directly subordinate to the 2nd Corps? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:63: Of, of course, I forgot to mention the infantry and armored units. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:64: That's because I mostly know only about artillery units. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:65: I do know we were supporting elements of the Kaesong Tank Div during the attack on Munsan, and that we were to support elements of the 103rd Inf Div during the assault on Seoul, but I don't know how large those elements were, or what they were called. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:66: I honestly don't know. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:67: How is the composition of the 1st Plt/1st Btry/3rd Arty Bn and the 2nd Plt/1st Btry different? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:68: Look, these two platoons were the same. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:69: I'm pretty sure of that. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:70: And I think all three of the batteries I mentioned have the same type and number of units, but I really don't know anything more about the compositions of these units than that. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:71: How many people were assigned to the 1st Btry/3rd Bn at the time of your capture? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:72: Well, originally there were seventeen people in the 1st Plt, but during the attack on Munsan they lost two enlisted men to enemy artillery fire. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:73: Until my crew was captured, the 2nd Plt had suffered no casualties. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:74: I would say there are still about thirty-eight enlisted and six officers left in the 1st Btry/3rd Bn. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:75: How many enlisted are presently assigned to the 2nd Btry/3rd Bn? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:76: I don't know. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:77: Originally they had about fifty, if they had the same as us, but I didn't concern myself with any unit but my own, so I don't know anything more about how many people are here or there, or how many have been lost, or anything like that. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:78: How many enlisted men were assigned to the 3rd Bn HQ element? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:79: A lot. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:80: How many exactly I really don't know nor did I have a reason to know or care. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:81: I only knew they were there because that's where I had to go to get my ammunition, fuel, and other supplies. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:82: How many guns were in the 2nd Plt/1st Btry/3rd Bn? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:83: Do you mean how many artillery pieces? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:84: Oh, ah...well there was one with my crew, and one with SGT YUN's crew, so that makes two 152mm howitzers in our platoon. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:85: There were no howitzers assigned to the HQ elements of the battery, so there were only four such guns in the 1st Btry/3rd Bn. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:86: I mentioned before that there was a 3rd Gun Crew. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:87: This gun crew was used to relieve the 1st and 2nd gun crews so that these two fun crews weren't forced to man their guns 24 hours per day. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:88: What other weapons were assigned to the 2nd Plt/1st Btry? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:89: Well, each enlisted man had an AK47 rifle, and there were ah..yeah.. there were sixteen of us, so that makes 16 rifles, and the lieutenant had a pistol; I don't know what kind. english/23.e.fid ;;A;23:90: Besides the artillery pieces you mentioned earlier, what other crew-served weapons were in the 1st Btry/3rd Bn? english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:91: As I told you, there was an antitank squad and a light machinegun squad in the 1st Btry. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:92: These squads had two RPG-7s and two 7.62mm light machineguns assigned to them, respectively. english/23.e.fid ;;B;23:93: Besides these weapons and the howitzers, the 1st Btry had no other crew-served weapons. english/23.e.fid ;;23:94: Today's lecture was about the concept of communism. english/23.e.fid ;;23:95: The NKPA area of defense is divided into many zones. english/23.e.fid ;;23:96: NKPA artillery groups can also be attached to maneuver units. english/23.e.fid ;;23:97: As described above, there are no fire support-coordination centers in the NKPA. english/23.e.fid ;;23:98: When discussing artillery missions, the support mission is especially emphasized. english/23.e.fid ;;23:99: NKPA artillery employ various methods of fire. english/23.e.fid ;;23:100: We must attain our objective by dawn. english/23.e.fid ;;23:101: The division commander named this operation "Operation Independence". english/23.e.fid ;;23:102: As a means to attain this objective, the battery is directly attached to an armor company. english/23.e.fid ;;23:103: The various NKPA artillery units are combined and placed under the control of the maneuver unit commander. english/23.e.fid ;;23:104: A fragmentation round exploded and killed three enlisted personnel. english/23.e.fid ;;23:105: We are returning to Kaesong to receive fuel. english/23.e.fid ;;23:106: Important information, such as time and direction of attack, is given in code.## english/23.e.fid ;;23:107: The 3rd Co attempted to attack the enemy strongpoint alone. english/23.e.fid ;;23:108: Prior to an attack, test fire is conducted according to a planned daily schedule. english/23.e.fid ;;23:109: The Han River crossing operation has not materialized. english/23.e.fid ;;23:110: During combat, we must carry individual weapons and reserve rations. english/23.e.fid ;;23:111: Screening fire is also conducted to conceal a tactical withdrawal. english/23.e.fid ;;23:112: During defensive support operations, the command channels of artillery units are more centralized than during offensive support operations. english/23.e.fid ;;23:113: The stone mine is kind of antipersonnel mine. english/23.e.fid ;;23:114: The aircraft is flying at a low altitude towards Wonsan. english/23.e.fid ;;23:115: The battalion commander personally set the date for the assault on Munsan. english/23.e.fid ;;23:116: During a defensive operation, my battery normally conducts barrier fire. english/23.e.fid ;;23:117: Right before the commencement of an attack by the infantry units, our battery conducts a fire assault. english/23.e.fid ;;23:118: The 3rd and 5th Batteries will participate in the next artillery field exercise. english/23.e.fid ;;23:119: The 17th Inf Regt has already recaptured part of Tongduchon City. english/23.e.fid ;;23:120: Fighters arrived at the Wonsan Base to escort the transport aircraft. english/23.e.fid ;;23:121: I think there's an ADA and an antitank unit in the 2nd Corps. english/23.e.fid ;;23:122: During a defensive operation, my battery normally conducts barrier fires. english/23.e.fid ;;23:123: I don't know how large these units are or what they are called. english/23.e.fid ;;23:124: Our battery commander said that we would probably have to conduct some type of defensive fire. english/23.e.fid ;;23:125: Gun crews are only told when to fire, where to fire, and what type of rounds to use. english/23.e.fid ;;23:126: In addition to that, my battery would conduct counterbattery fire and screening fire. english/23.e.fid ;;23:127: The South Korean forces used every possible means to recapture Kimpo Airport. english/23.e.fid ;;23:128: My battery, as well as the other batteries in my battalion, were performing an "escort gun mission". english/23.e.fid ;;23:129: We have to go there to get ammunition, fuel, and other supplies. english/23.e.fid ;;23:130: The rounds we were firing were fragmentation low airburst. english/23.e.fid ;;23:131: I think all three of these batteries have the same number of subordinate units. english/23.e.fid ;;23:132: At the time of my capture, I didn't know what role my gun was to play in the upcoming battle. english/23.e.fid ;;23:133: In the NKPA, artillery units are directly attached to the supported units to accomplish specific missions. english/23.e.fid ;;23:134: When the river-crossing failed to materialize and the South Korean forces pushed our units back, my battery was ordered to retreat. english/23.e.fid ;;23:135: This gun crew was used to relieve my gun crews, so that we didn't have to man our guns 24 hours per day. english/23.e.fid ;;23:136: Prior to the assault on Seoul, we received training in every type of artillery fire. english/23.e.fid ;;23:137: I am pretty sure that these two platoons are exactly the same. english/23.e.fid ;;23:138: Until my crew was captured, my battery had suffered no casualties. english/23.e.fid ;;23:139: I don't see any reason to be concerned about exactly how many people are there. english/23.e.fid ;;23:140: During the attack phase of an infantry assault, normally my battery could be used for several different types of missions. english/23.e.fid ;;23:141: My battery would have conducted similar direct support missions during the assault on Seoul. english/23.e.fid ;;23:142: Since the targets have been assigned numbers on this list, I know where to fire and when. english/23.e.fid ;;23:143: Besides the 7.62mm light machineguns and 152mm howitzers, there are no other crew-served weapons in the 1st Battery. english/23.e.fid ;;23:144: My battery was withdrawing with the battalion, but I'm not sure where they were going. english/23.e.fid ;;23:145: I only know that my battery was to deploy its guns in a rice paddy located northwest of Kimpo Airport. english/23.e.fid ;;23:146: Since there are lots of units in a corps, I am not positive of the size or number of units. english/23.e.fid ;;23:147: I never know what the specific targets are, nor is it necessary for me to know what we are firing at. english/23.e.fid ;;23:148: There is one with my crew, and one with SGT YUN's crew, so that makes two 152mm howitzers in our platoon. english/23.e.fid ;;23:149: I have never been around the regimental HQ area, so I don't know how this HQ is organized. english/23.e.fid ;;23:150: During the assault on Munsan, my battery conducted escort fire for the Kaesong Tank Div. english/23.e.fid ;;23:151: I don't know how many personnel have been lost in that unit because I didn't concern myself with any other units but my own. english/23.e.fid ;;23:152: Since our battery commander described no other specific missions, I can't say what we would have done during the upcoming assault. english/23.e.fid ;;23:153: During the assault on Munsan, the source's battery delivered fire on the enemy rear area, conducted counterbattery fire, and fired at targets in front of and on the flanks of attacking units. english/23.e.fid ;;23:154: The remaining rounds were used for destroying and suppressing the enemy assembly area and resupply point. english/23.e.fid ;;23:155: The individual weapons assigned to the 1st Btry/3rd Bn are AK-47 rifles for enlisted personnel and T-54/68 pistol for officers. english/23.e.fid ;;23:156: As for the crew-served weapons, they have 7.62mm light machineguns. english/23.e.fid ;;23:157: They also have 152mm howitzers. english/23.e.fid ;;23:158: The original number of personnel in a battery is about 50. english/23.e.fid ;;23:159: During the attack on Munsan, the source's battery lost four enlisted personnel to enemy artillery fire. english/23.e.fid ;;23:160: Therefore, there are 38 enlisted personnel and 6 officers now in the 1st Btry/3rd Bn. english/23.e.fid ;;23:161: The units directly subordinate to the 2nd Corps are the 573rd Mixed Arty Regt, two other artillery regiments, a mortar units, and ADA unit, an antitank unit, the 103rd Inf Div, the 104 Inf Div, the 105 Inf Div, and some tank units. english/23.e.fid ;;23:162: The source's battery fires at targets of opportunity of targets listed on the target list on orders received directly form the officer in charge of battery firing positions. english/23.e.fid ;;23:163: He receives instructions from the battery commander positioned in the COP located several kilometers forward of the firing position. english/23.e.fid ;;23:164: Our gun is fired at targets of opportunity located by the COP, or at targets listed on that target list. english/23.e.fid ;;23:165: At the time of the source's capture, his battery was tasked with the direct support mission and attached to the 1st Bn/103rd Inf Regt. english/23.e.fid ;;23:166: He was captured in the assembly area, where the members of the battery were receiving training in conducting successive fire concentration while awaiting the Han River crossing operation. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:1: 1SG KIM, who laid the minefields in the 5th Co's area? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:2: The regimental engineers. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:3: When did the engineers lay those minefields? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:4: I'm not sure, but last week there was an engineer squad working in the minefield (vic CT67084510-CT67344487) on the 3rd Plt's right flank. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:5: What was the engineer squad doing in that minefield? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:6: When I asked Comrade Company Commander about that a few days ago, he said that they had increased the mine density. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:7: They laid additional AP mines and also remote control demolition mines. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:8: Engineers have been working hard in the battalion's area for a couple of weeks now. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:9: What is the purpose of the remote control demolition mines that the engineers laid in that minefield? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:10: They are for clearing lanes through the minefield. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:11: In case our units have to withdraw too quickly to use the planned lanes. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:12: How many planned lanes are there in the minefield on the 3rd Plt's flank? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:13: I'm not sure. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:14: Normally, a horizontal-line-pattern minefield has one or two. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:15: But this one must have more because the front is about 250 to 300 meters. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:16: What is the width of one of these lanes? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:17: Lanes for the infantry are three meters wide and for vehicles are six meters wide. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:18: How does the PAF mark minefield lanes? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:19: It uses wooden or metal stakes at the entrances. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:20: The entrances on the enemy side are often camouflaged. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:21: Describe how a horizontal-line-pattern minefield is installed. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:22: First, we establish a base line approximately 60 meters long parallel to the enemy front. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:23: We lay mines at 50-centimeter intervals to the left and right of this line. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:24: After this first mine strip is laid, additional ones are laid rearward. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:25: How many mine strips were laid in the minefield on the 3rd Plt's right flank? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:26: Probably hour. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:27: Why do you think that there are four? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:28: Because it's a mixed minefield and is about 100 meters in depth. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:29: And the maximum interval between mine strips in a mixed minefield is 30 meters. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:30: What is the interval between mines on either side of the base line? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:31: From one to two meters, depending on the density. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:32: What percentage of the mines are booby-trapped? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:33: Probably around 10 percent of the AT mines and from 20 to 30 percent of the AP mines. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:34: That's the usual practice. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:35: What pattern was used to lay the minefield (vic CT67614565-CT67784550) in front of the 1st Plt of the 5th Co? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:36: A perpendicular pattern. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:37: How is a perpendicular-pattern minefield laid? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:38: Well, the main feature is the mine strips, which are laid perpendicular to the enemy's front. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:39: I don't know any other details. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:40: What other patterns does the PAF use for laying minefields? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:41: There's the column pattern and the coordinate-line pattern. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:42: Those are the only ones that I know of. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:43: What differences are there between these two patterns? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:44: There are differences in the number of mine strips and in the interval between mine strips. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:45: There are also differences in the distances between mine clusters and the distances between mine rows. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:46: 1SG KIM, I want you to draw these four patterns. english/24.e.fid ;;X;24:47: Gives PW a pencil and paper. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:48: I'll do the best that I can. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:49: But I don't know how detailed I can make them. english/24.e.fid ;;X;24:50: PW begins to draw the minefield patterns. english/24.e.fid ;;X;24:51: a short while later. english/24.e.fid ;;X;24:52: Looking at the drawings. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:53: That's very good. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:54: You obviously know a lot about minefields. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:55: How is it that you know so much? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:56: I received training in landmine warfare while I was with the 292nd LI Bn. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:57: And I also studied on my own. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:58: You also know a lot about the minefields in the 5th Co's area. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:59: Why did you say that you didn't know anything else about them when I first asked? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:60: I'm sorry. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:61: I was confused then. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:62: But I'm thinking clearly now. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:63: That's good. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:64: What models of AP mines were used in the minefields in the 5th Co's area? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:65: I don't know. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:66: It's common practice to lay more than one kind of AP mine in a minefield. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:67: So there probably is a mixture of AP mines in the minefields. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:68: Who determines the composition of a minefield? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:69: That depends on whether it is a deliberate minefield or a hasty minefield. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:70: A deliberate minefield is laid according to the instructions of the division commander or above, and a hasty minefield is laid according to the local commander's instructions. english/24.e.fid ;;A;24:71: What other differences are there between a deliberate minefield and a hasty minefield? english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:72: A deliberate minefield is laid in a planned defensive area and is recorded and reported. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:73: A hasty minefield is used for temporary defense against enemy surprise attacks or to cover a unit's withdrawal. english/24.e.fid ;;B;24:74: Even though hasty minefields don't have to be recorded and reported, thee is always close coordinations between units to prevent accidents. english/24.e.fid ;;24:75: What is the normal interval between platoons in the defense? english/24.e.fid ;;24:76: The interval between mines in this minefield is two meters. english/24.e.fid ;;24:77: A new expressway was opened last year between WONSAN and P'YONGYANG. english/24.e.fid ;;24:78: What kinds of mines are used for clearing lanes through a minefield? english/24.e.fid ;;24:79: It's common practice to mark a minefield. english/24.e.fid ;;24:80: We usually lay minefields between units. english/24.e.fid ;;24:81: Hasty minefields were laid around the temporary defensive position. english/24.e.fid ;;24:82: There are many hastily constructed bunkers in the PAF's defensive area. english/24.e.fid ;;24:83: The political officer keeps records of the movements of the officers and men. english/24.e.fid ;;24:84: It is not necessary to record and report a hasty minefield. english/24.e.fid ;;24:85: The minefield is laid to the rear of the base line. english/24.e.fid ;;24:86: There are no cases when minefields are laid forward of the baseline. english/24.e.fid ;;24:87: In the PAF, minefields are marked with wooden stakes. english/24.e.fid ;;24:88: How many wooden stakes mark that lane? english/24.e.fid ;;24:89: Besides the engineers, who else knows how to lay mines? english/24.e.fid ;;24:90: Engineers laid mines on our company's left flank. english/24.e.fid ;;24:91: The minefield in the forward area of the 5th Co is a perpendicular-pattern minefield. english/24.e.fid ;;24:92: Where are perpendicular-pattern minefields mainly installed? english/24.e.fid ;;24:93: When you asked me yesterday, I was confused. english/24.e.fid ;;24:94: I was unable to answer fully because I was confused at the time. english/24.e.fid ;;24:95: Remote control demolition mines were laid in that minefield. english/24.e.fid ;;24:96: What types of remote control demolition mines does the PAF have? english/24.e.fid ;;24:97: A deliberate minefield is normally laid in a planned defensive area. english/24.e.fid ;;24:98: How do you mark a deliberate minefield? english/24.e.fid ;;24:99: How many mine clusters are there in that mine row? english/24.e.fid ;;24:100: A mine cluster normally has a mixture of several kinds of mines. english/24.e.fid ;;24:101: A mind strip consists of two mine rows. english/24.e.fid ;;24:102: Tell me what the normal interval between mine strips is. english/24.e.fid ;;24:103: We normally use metal stakes when setting up wire entanglements. english/24.e.fid ;;24:104: The enemy side of that minefield is marked with metal stakes. english/24.e.fid ;;24:105: The base line is not always paralleled to the enemy front. english/24.e.fid ;;24:106: The mine strips are laid parallel to each other. english/24.e.fid ;;24:107: That mind is booby-trapped. english/24.e.fid ;;24:108: Why do you boobytrap mines? english/24.e.fid ;;24:109: What percentage of mines laid in that minefield are antitank mines? english/24.e.fid ;;24:110: Approximately 30 percent of the antipersonnel mines are boobytrapped. english/24.e.fid ;;24:111: What types of mines were laid in that mixed minefield? english/24.e.fid ;;24:112: The depth of that mixed minefield is about 100 meters. english/24.e.fid ;;24:113: The engineers laid the mines in a row. english/24.e.fid ;;24:114: How many lanes are there normally in a horizontal-line-pattern minefield? english/24.e.fid ;;24:115: That is the usual practice. english/24.e.fid ;;24:116: We laid remote control demolition mines for clearing lands through the minefield. english/24.e.fid ;;24:117: Minefield lanes are marked with wooden and metal stakes at the entrances to the minefield. english/24.e.fid ;;24:118: Because it's a mixed minefield and the depth is about 150 meters. english/24.e.fid ;;24:119: The minefield laid in the forward area of the 3rd Plt, 5th Co is a perpendicular-pattern minefield. english/24.e.fid ;;24:120: All I know about that is that there is a coordinate-line-pattern and a column pattern. english/24.e.fid ;;24:121: There are differences in the distances between mine rows and in the distances between mine clusters. english/24.e.fid ;;24:122: I wasn't sure because I was confused then. english/24.e.fid ;;24:123: But I'm thinking clearly now. english/24.e.fid ;;24:124: Last week engineers worked in the minefield on the left flank of the 2nd Plt. english/24.e.fid ;;24:125: That depends on whether the minefield is a deliberate minefield or a hasty minefield. english/24.e.fid ;;24:126: Depending on the density, the interval between mines is from two to three meters. english/24.e.fid ;;24:127: When I asked Comrade Company Commander, he said that they had increased the mine density in that minefield. english/24.e.fid ;;24:128: In that case our forces must withdraw very quickly, using the planned lanes. english/24.e.fid ;;24:129: The forward entrances of the minefield lanes are always camouflaged. english/24.e.fid ;;24:130: The maximum interval between mine strips in a mixed minefield is 25 meters. english/24.e.fid ;;24:131: Approximately 10 to 20 percent of the antitank mines are boobytrapped. english/24.e.fid ;;24:132: The main feature of a perpendicular-pattern minefield is that the mine strips are laid perpendicular to the enemy's front line. english/24.e.fid ;;24:133: I'll do the best that I can but I don't know how accurately I can draw it. english/24.e.fid ;;24:134: I received training in mine warfare and I also studied a lot on my own. english/24.e.fid ;;24:135: Deliberate minefields are laid in planned defensive areas and are recorded and reported. english/24.e.fid ;;24:136: Hasty minefields are laid according to the local commander's instructions. english/24.e.fid ;;24:137: The source saw an engineer unit working for approximately two weeks in the minefield in the 5th Co's area. english/24.e.fid ;;24:138: According to the company commander, the engineers increased the density of AP and remote control demolition mines. english/24.e.fid ;;24:139: A horizontal-line-pattern minefield normally has one or two lanes. english/24.e.fid ;;24:140: However, the source surmises that the minefield on the 3rd Plt's flank has three lanes because it has 300-meter front. english/24.e.fid ;;24:141: Lanes for the infantry are three meters wide and lanes for vehicles are six meters wide. english/24.e.fid ;;24:142: The first step in installing a horizontal-line-pattern minefield is to establish a base line 7 meters long parallel to the enemy front. english/24.e.fid ;;24:143: Mines are then laid at 50-centimeter intervals to the left and right of this base line. english/24.e.fid ;;24:144: Additional mine strips are laid rearward of the first strip. english/24.e.fid ;;24:145: The source does not know what types of AP mines were used in the minefield in the 6th Co's area. english/24.e.fid ;;24:146: However, since the PAF normally uses several types of AP mines in a minefield, the source surmises that a variety of AP mines was used. english/24.e.fid ;;24:147: After installing a hasty minefield, PAF units coordinate closely to prevent casualties. english/24.e.fid ;;24:148: The PAF uses hasty minefields to cover unit withdrawals or to defend against surprise attacks. english/25.e.fid ;;A;25:1: 1SG KIM, a little while ago you said that the engineers have been working hard in the battalion's area for the past couple of weeks. english/25.e.fid ;;A;25:2: Besides laying mines, what other work have the engineers done? english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:3: They have nearly doubled the amount of wire entanglements. english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:4: The day before we went on reconnaissance, the engineers brought in an unloaded a lot of portable wire entanglements near the road junction in front of our company. english/25.e.fid ;;A;25:5: What kinds of portable wire entanglements are these? english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:6: Knife rests. english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:7: There are for blocking the road leading into the company's area. english/25.e.fid ;;A;25:8: What other types of wire entanglements have the engineers set up in the 2nd Bn's area? english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:9: Standard concertina fences and tanglefoot. english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:10: Most of these wire entanglements were installed forward of the battalion's main defensive area and between the company strong points. english/25.e.fid ;;A;25:11: How many soldiers does it take to set up one belt of standard concertina fence? english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:12: Two soldiers can do it in three to five minutes. english/25.e.fid ;;A;25:13: What other types of wire entanglements does the PAF employ? english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:14: Well, there's the double-apron fence, the single-strand cattle fence, the triple-strand cattle fence, the five-strand cattle fence, the single concertina fence -- that's it. english/25.e.fid ;;A;25:15: What other work have the engineers done in the 2nd Bn's area? english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:16: They have installed warning devices and mines in the wire entanglements in the forward defensive area. english/25.e.fid ;;A;25:17: Hum, the engineers really have been working hard. english/25.e.fid ;;A;25:18: Tell me, what kinds of mines were installed int he wire entanglements? english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:19: Probably POMZ and OZM-3 fragmentation mines. english/25.e.fid ;;A;25:20: "Probably?" english/25.e.fid ;;A;25:21: Does that mean you're not certain? english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:22: No, I'm not certain. english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:23: But it makes sense because both of these mines are detonated by trip wires. english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:24: The trip wires can be very easily camouflaged in the wire entanglements. english/25.e.fid ;;A;25:25: I understand. english/25.e.fid ;;A;25:26: And what kinds of warning devices did the engineers install in the wire entanglements? english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:27: I'm not sure about that either, but normally bells and trip flares are used most. english/25.e.fid ;;A;25:28: Tell me, what other support can the regimental engineer company provide to the infantry battalions? english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:29: They construct, repair, and maintain roads and bridges. english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:30: They provide support for constructing bunkers and other fortified positions. english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:31: And they also establish and operate river-crossing points and destroy enemy obstacles. english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:32: Of course, they also lay and remove mines. english/25.e.fid ;;A;25:33: Yes, I understand. english/25.e.fid ;;A;25:34: You know, 1SG KIM, earlier you said that the platoons of the 5th Co are positioned in trenches. english/25.e.fid ;;A;25:35: Describe the layout of these trenches. english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:36: Well, the trenches are connected by communication trenches. english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:37: In the trenches there are the fighting holes, which are all linked by connecting trenches. english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:38: These connecting trenches are constructed in a winding pattern. english/25.e.fid ;;B;25:39: The trenches occupied by our company are actually part of the battalion's trench lines. english/25.e.fid ;;25:40: Who set up the barbed wire entanglements at that road junction? english/25.e.fid ;;25:41: We parted at that fork in the road. english/25.e.fid ;;25:42: We constructed five knife rests. english/25.e.fid ;;25:43: Where are knife rests used primarily? english/25.e.fid ;;25:44: The regimental engineer company constructed that road. english/25.e.fid ;;25:45: The engineers also maintain the roads that have been built. english/25.e.fid ;;25:46: Communication trenches are normally constructed in a winding pattern. english/25.e.fid ;;25:47: Besides the winding pattern, what other patterns are there for digging trenches? english/25.e.fid ;;25:48: Bridges are always constructed by the division engineers. english/25.e.fid ;;25:49: The PAF destroys bridges when it withdraws. english/25.e.fid ;;25:50: Draw a sketch of a single concertina fence. english/25.e.fid ;;25:51: Where are single concertina fences generally used? english/25.e.fid ;;25:52: What equipment was used at that river-crossing point? english/25.e.fid ;;25:53: What unit in the regiment sets up river-crossing points? english/25.e.fid ;;25:54: Who connected the telephone line to that OP? english/25.e.fid ;;25:55: Those bunkers are linked by connecting trenches. english/25.e.fid ;;25:56: What equipment is used to repair roads? english/25.e.fid ;;25:57: That building is old and must be repaired. english/25.e.fid ;;25:58: The standard concertina fence is a type of wire entanglement. english/25.e.fid ;;25:59: Standard concertina fences are mainly installed forward of the defensive area. english/25.e.fid ;;25:60: With what mines does the PAF use trip wires? english/25.e.fid ;;25:61: Trip wires were probably installed with those mines. english/25.e.fid ;;25:62: How high off the ground is tanglefoot installed? english/25.e.fid ;;25:63: Tanglefoot is commonly employed between standard concertina fences. english/25.e.fid ;;25:64: Most foxholes are one-man or two-man foxholes. english/25.e.fid ;;25:65: All of the fighting holes in that trench are connected. english/25.e.fid ;;25:66: Warning devices are particularly effective during night combat. english/25.e.fid ;;25:67: Our platoon installed warning devices in those wire entanglements. english/25.e.fid ;;25:68: Company strong points are reinforced with standard concertina fences. english/25.e.fid ;;25:69: What kinds of wire entanglements are used when organizing company strong points? english/25.e.fid ;;25:70: A mine exploded and killed several engineers. english/25.e.fid ;;25:71: The mine was laid so that it would be set off by a trip wire. english/25.e.fid ;;25:72: The engineers brought in and unloaded a lot of portable wire entanglements near that road junction. english/25.e.fid ;;25:73: Those knife rests are for blocking the road leading into the company's area. english/25.e.fid ;;25:74: We installed tanglefoot and standard concertina fences between the company strong points. english/25.e.fid ;;25:75: Wire entanglements used by the PAF include the single concertina fence and the single-strand cattle fence. english/25.e.fid ;;25:76: The mines in those wire entanglements are detonated by trip wires. english/25.e.fid ;;25:77: The engineers construct, repair, and maintain bridges and roads. english/25.e.fid ;;25:78: The engineer company establishes and operates river-crossing points and provides support for constructing bunkers. english/25.e.fid ;;25:79: We installed warning devices in the double-apron fence located in the forward defensive area. english/25.e.fid ;;25:80: The foxholes are linked by connecting trenches and the trenches are connected by communication trenches. english/25.e.fid ;;25:81: The connecting trenches that link the foxholes in the trenches are constructed in a winding pattern. english/25.e.fid ;;25:82: The engineers have nearly doubled the amount of wire entanglements in our battalion's area. english/25.e.fid ;;25:83: The majority of the tanglefoot was installed forward of the battalion's main defensive area. english/25.e.fid ;;25:84: Three soldiers can set up one belt of standard concertina fence in five to seven minutes. english/25.e.fid ;;25:85: The mines installed in that double-apron fence are probably POMZ and OZM-3 fragmentation mines. english/25.e.fid ;;25:86: But it makes sense because trip wires are very easily camouflaged in wire entanglements. english/25.e.fid ;;25:87: I'm not sure of that either, but normally bells and trip flares are most commonly used. english/25.e.fid ;;25:88: The day before we went on reconnaissance, the engineers brought in and unloaded many knife rests on the side of the road in front of the company headquarters. english/25.e.fid ;;25:89: The regimental engineer company also provides support for constructing bunkers and other fortified positions. english/25.e.fid ;;25:90: Of course, the engineers also destroy enemy obstacles and lay and remove mines. english/25.e.fid ;;25:91: The two trenches occupied by the 5th Co are actually part of the battalion's trench lines. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:1: Let's continue, CPT CHO. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:2: What individual weapons do the enlisted men of the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn/12th Tank Regt carry? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:3: Each enlisted man in my company is armed with a 7.62mm AKM rifle. english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:4: As a matter of fact, prior to the attack on Munsan, our company was issued new AKM rifles with folding stocks. english/26.e.fid ;;X;26:5: The interrogator notes the EPW's comment on his lead sheet for future follow-up. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:6: How many AKM rifles are in the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:7: I have already indicated that there are 37 enlisted men in my company, which means that there are also 37 AKM rifles in my company. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:8: What individual weapons are the officers of the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn armed with? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:9: Each of the five officers in the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn is armed with a 7.62mm T-64/68 pistol. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:10: What is the basic load of the AKM rifle? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:11: The basic load of the AKM rifle is 120 rounds. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:12: What is the basic load of the T-64/68 pistol? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:13: The basic load of the T-64/68 pistol is 24 rounds. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:14: What other individual weapons are the enlisted men of the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Bn armed with? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:15: All personnel armed with the AKM rifle are also armed with bayonets. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:16: What crew-served weapons are assigned to the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:17: The only crew-served weapons assigned to our company are mounted on the tanks. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:18: Alright, CPT CHO, let's talk about the tanks. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:19: What types of tanks are employed by the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:20: Our company utilizes the T-54 tank. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:21: How many T-54 tanks are assigned to the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:22: Our company has 10 T-54 tanks. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:23: How are the 10 T-54 tanks distributed within the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:24: Each tank platoon of our tank company has three T-54 tanks. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:25: That accounts for only nine tanks, CPT CHO. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:26: Where is the other tank assigned? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:27: Forgive me. english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:28: The 10th tank is assigned to the Co HQ. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:29: What is the main armament of the T-54 tank? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:30: The main armament of the T-54 tank if the 100mm gun. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:31: What type of gun is the 100mm gun? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:32: I don't understand your question. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:33: There are different types of guns, CPT CHO. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:34: Some guns are rifled, while others are smoothbore. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:35: Now, what type of gun is on the T-54 tank? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:36: Oh, I understand. english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:37: The T-54 tank is armed with a 100mm rifled tank gun which is mounted on the turret. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:38: What is the secondary armament of the T-54 tank? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:39: Let me see, there are two 7.62mm machineguns and a 12.7mm AA machinegun. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:40: What is the military designation of the 12.7mm AA machinegun? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:41: It's a DShK 38/46 turret-mounted antiaircraft machinegun. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:42: How are the 7.62mm machineguns designated? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:43: Both of the 7.62mm machineguns are type SGMT. english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:44: One gun is a coaxial-type machinegun and is turret-mounted. english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:45: The other is the bow machinegun and is mounted inside the tank. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:46: What is the basic load of the 100mm gun? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:47: The basic load of the 100mm gun is 43 rounds. english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:48: Each tank carries 17 high explosive (HE) rounds, three high explosive antitank (HEAT) rounds, and 23 high explosive antipersonnel (APHE) rounds. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:49: What is the basic load of each 7.62mm machinegun? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:50: The basic load of each 7.62mm machinegun is 3,500 rounds. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:51: What is the basic load of the 12.7mm AA machinegun? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:52: The basic load of the 12.7mm AA machinegun is 500 rounds. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:53: What other types of armament does the T-54 tank have? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:54: That's all the armament on a T-54 tank. english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:55: However, the tanks in our company were fitted with some special equipment prior to the river-crossing operation. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:56: What types of special equipment were the tanks of the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn equipped with? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:57: Well, two platoons in our company are equipped with mine plows and one platoon is equipped with bulldozer blades. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:58: What other types of special equipment is the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn equipped with? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:59: Our company tanks were quipped with only mine plows and bulldozer blades. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:60: What types of vehicles are assigned to the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:61: We have a two-and-half ton truck that we use to resupply the tanks with ammunition. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:62: What is the military designation of the two-and-half ton truck? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:63: It is designated as a ZIL-151, 2.5-ton truck. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:64: What other types of vehicles are assigned to the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:65: Our company has no other vehicles. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:66: What types of individual NBC protective equipment do members of the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn carry? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:67: Each member of our company has an ShM-type protective mask. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:68: What other types of individual NBC protective equipment do members of the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn carry? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:69: Gas masks are the only items of individual NBC protective equipment carried by members of our company. english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:70: However, we do have a nuclear protection system installed in our tanks. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:71: What type of nuclear protection system is installed in the tanks of the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:72: The system is called the "PAZ" system. english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:73: It is a radiation detection and warning system. english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:74: However, this system will not filter out toxic chemical gases from the air. english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:75: All tanks in the Kaesong Tank Div are equipped with this system. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:76: What does PAZ denote? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:77: I don't know much about the PAZ system. english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:78: I'm sorry I have no further information. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:79: How do you know that all the tanks in the Kaesong Tank Div are equipped with this system? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:80: I was told by our Comrade Battalion Commander several weeks ago. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:81: What other types of vehicle-mounted NBC equipment are there in the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:82: I'm sorry, CPT SHIN. english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:83: I know nothing else regarding NBC equipment. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:84: What other types of specialized equipment are assigned to the 2nd Tank Co/2nd Tank Bn? english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:85: I have told you all that I know concerning the weapons and equipment assigned to my company. english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:86: I have no further information. english/26.e.fid ;;B;26:87: I haven't eaten in a long time, so is there any chance of getting some food? english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:88: As a matter of fact, CPT CHO, I'm getting hungry myself. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:89: We will take a short lunch break now. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:90: The guard will escort you to the mess hall. english/26.e.fid ;;A;26:91: I'll see you back here in about 45 minutes. english/26.e.fid ;;X;26:92: The interrogator temporarily terminates the interrogation and has the guard escort the EPW to the mess hall. english/26.e.fid ;;26:93: Please explain what the term rifling means. english/26.e.fid ;;26:94: This protective mask can filter out most types of chemical gases. english/26.e.fid ;;26:95: Radar is an example of a warning system. english/26.e.fid ;;26:96: Each tank carries three high explosive antitank rounds. english/26.e.fid ;;26:97: The SA-7 antitank guided missile is extremely accurate. english/26.e.fid ;;26:98: Let's discuss the interior features of the T-54 tank turret. english/26.e.fid ;;26:99: Rapid movement of tanks is very important during offensive operations. english/26.e.fid ;;26:100: The machinegun mounted on the turret of the T-54 tank is a coaxial machinegun. english/26.e.fid ;;26:101: Even though PVT KIM fired 10 rounds, he had only three direct hits. english/26.e.fid ;;26:102: The enemy's shell hit (right in) our truck and killed several enlisted men. english/26.e.fid ;;26:103: Excessive overheating over a long period of time will overstrain the engine. english/26.e.fid ;;26:104: The T-54 tank emitted smoke to conceal our position. english/26.e.fid ;;26:105: North Korean T-54 tanks are equipped with a radiation detection system. english/26.e.fid ;;26:106: An angle of depression is indicated in degree and minutes. english/26.e.fid ;;26:107: Normally, one tank in each platoon is equipped with a bulldozer blade. english/26.e.fid ;;26:108: The rocket deflected off the tank. english/26.e.fid ;;26:109: The T-54 tank has a 100mm rifled gun. english/26.e.fid ;;26:110: How many crewmen are there in a T-54 tank? english/26.e.fid ;;26:111: The maximum angle of elevation for the main gun on a T-54 tank is +17. english/26.e.fid ;;26:112: The armor on a T-54 tank is thin and extremely vulnerable to antitank weapons. english/26.e.fid ;;26:113: What do the number written on this form mean? english/26.e.fid ;;26:114: What types of toxic gases ar used in the People's Army? english/26.e.fid ;;26:115: The turret of the T-54 tank is streamlined. english/26.e.fid ;;26:116: The People's Army was reorganized after the Korean War. english/26.e.fid ;;26:117: Tanks are most effective in a conventional type of war. english/26.e.fid ;;26:118: Soviet tanks have very simple controls. english/26.e.fid ;;26:119: The topography of the Korean peninsula is extremely rugged. english/26.e.fid ;;26:120: That truck is so old that it vibrates severely when it runs. english/26.e.fid ;;26:121: The armor plating on the hull and turret of the T-54 tank is relatively thin. english/26.e.fid ;;26:122: One set of mine-clearing plows is available for each tank platoon. english/26.e.fid ;;26:123: The cockpit of the fighter is very cramped. english/26.e.fid ;;26:124: How much time does it take for the turret to rotate? english/26.e.fid ;;26:125: Each member of our company carries an ShM-type protective mask. english/26.e.fid ;;26:126: The PAZ system will not filter out toxic chemical gases from the air. english/26.e.fid ;;26:127: We have a two-and-half ton truck that is used to resupply the T-54 tanks with ammunition. english/26.e.fid ;;26:128: The only crew-served weapons assigned to our battalion are mounted on the T-54 tanks. english/26.e.fid ;;26:129: The military designation of the 12.7mm machinegun is the DShK 38/46, turret-mounted, antiaircraft machinegun. english/26.e.fid ;;26:130: Each T-54 tank carries 17 HE rounds, three HEAT rounds, and 23 APHE rounds. english/26.e.fid ;;26:131: As I already indicated, there are 37 AKM rifles in my company. english/26.e.fid ;;26:132: The 7.62mm machinegun on the T-54 tank is an SGMT type. english/26.e.fid ;;26:133: That's the only antiaircraft machinegun on a T-54 tank. english/26.e.fid ;;26:134: I'm sorry, I have no further information regarding NBC protective equipment. english/26.e.fid ;;26:135: I haven't eaten in a long time, so is there any chance of getting some food? english/26.e.fid ;;26:136: The secondary armament of the T-54 tank includes a coaxial-type machinegun and a bow machinegun. english/26.e.fid ;;26:137: All enlisted men armed with the AKM rifle are also armed with a bayonet. english/26.e.fid ;;26:138: Gas masks are the only items of individual NBC protective equipment carried by the members of our platoon. english/26.e.fid ;;26:139: I have told you all I know concerning the weapons, equipment, and vehicles assigned to my battalion. english/26.e.fid ;;26:140: Outside of the ZIL-151, 2.5 ton truck, there are no other vehicles in platoon. english/26.e.fid ;;26:141: Prior to the Imjin River-crossing operation, each member of my company was issued a new AKM rifle with a folding stock. english/26.e.fid ;;26:142: I know nothing else regarding specialized combat vehicles. english/26.e.fid ;;26:143: Is there any chance of getting some ammunition? english/26.e.fid ;;26:144: That's all I know about specialized equipment. english/26.e.fid ;;26:145: The ZIL-151 truck can be mounted with a 200mm rocket launcher. english/26.e.fid ;;26:146: Our company utilizes T-54 tanks and has 10 of them. english/26.e.fid ;;26:147: Three tanks are assigned to each platoon, and the 10th tank is assigned to the Co HQ. english/26.e.fid ;;26:148: There are 37 enlisted men in our company armed with the 7.62mm AKM rifle, and the basic load of the AKM is 120 rounds. english/26.e.fid ;;26:149: And there are 5 officers armed with T-64/68 pistol, and the basic load of the T-64/68 is 24 rounds. english/26.e.fid ;;26:150: Prior to the river-crossing operation all T-54 tanks in the Kaesong Tank Div installed special equipment such as mine ploughs, bulldozer blades, and the PAZ system. english/26.e.fid ;;26:151: The PAZ system is called a nuclear protection system which is a radiation detection and warning system. english/26.e.fid ;;26:152: The main armament of the T-54 tank is a 100mm rifled gun mounted on the turret, and the basic load of this gun is 43 rounds. english/26.e.fid ;;26:153: A T-54 is also armed with two 7.62mm machineguns and a 12.7mm AA machinegun, and the basic loads of the 7.62mm machinegun and the 12.7mm AA machinegun are 3,500 rounds and 500 rounds. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:1: Earlier you mentioned that the 1st Plt/1st Btry was to perform an escort gun mission. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:2: How was that unit to be employed to accomplish this mission? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:3: The employment of a direct support artillery unit depends upon the tactical situation. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:4: Normally, when my artillery unit is to perform an escort gun mission, it is employed within the supported maneuver unit's combat area, approximately 300-350 meters behind the maneuver unit. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:5: During the attack against Seoul, my battery was to supply direct support to 3rd Co/1st Bn/103rd Inf Regt. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:6: Usually the only time my battery is attached to a company is when the supported unit is to face an enemy armor unit. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:7: You stated that your howitzer was to be located at a prepared site in a rice paddy north of Kimpo during the attack on Seoul. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:8: How could you maintain a constant interval between your gun and the supported unit if you were going to locate the gun in a fixed site? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:9: During the attack preparation fire phase, the escort artillery occupies predetermined fire positions, but once the attack begins, we move the guns out of these positions and follow the supported unit. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:10: What is the purpose of using artillery guns as escort guns? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:11: Artillery guns are used in this manner to supply a maneuver unit commander with artillery he can control. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:12: The maneuver unit commander has under his control howitzer, multiple rocket launcher, and mortar units. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:13: He can these assets to fire on targets of opportunity, as well as being able to have these weapons fire at targets on the target list during the progression of the battle. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:14: What type of targets are normally included on the target list? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:15: I don't know what type of targets the mortar of MRL units normally fire at. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:16: Usually, my gun is used to fire ar armored vehicles, troop concentrations, or strategic targets. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:17: Who makes out the target list? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:18: I don't know everyone involved in this task. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:19: I do know my battery commander and the supported unit commander both contribute to the making out of this list. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:20: Where do the commander of 1st Btry/3rd Bn and the supported unit commander get their information? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:21: There are reconnaissance units gathering information during the preparation phase. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:22: They report the locations of enemy units and strongholds to these two individuals. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:23: I know thee are some reconnaissance people organic to may battery, and some organic to the supported maneuver unit, but how many, what they do, and where they work, I don't know. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:24: When does the 1st Btry/3rd Bn begin firing at targets listed on the target list? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:25: Normally, we don't fire at these targets until the attack begins. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:26: The reason for this is that we don't want to reveal any of the details of our attack plans to the enemy. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:27: If we begin firing on these targets sooner, the enemy might be able to find out which routes of advance our supported unit intends to use. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:28: How are you able to ensure that your gun can his the targets you intend to fire at? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:29: As I mentioned earlier, during the preparation phase our battery conducts test fires according to a daily schedule. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:30: Different guns in the battery different guns in the battery fire at different times on different days. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:31: In this manner we are able to determine the ranges of enemy targets without letting the enemy know which targets we plan to fire at. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:32: In addition, we have reconnaissance units scouting the areas we plan to fire at, and they report to our COP. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:33: I don't know how all of this is done because I've never worked at the battery's COP. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:34: How many rounds of ammunition are fired during test fire? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:35: During each test fire we fire, at the most, mine rounds of ammunition. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:36: The amount of ammunition we can fire is usually determined by the battery commander, I think. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:37: Although it is possible that someone even higher ranking than he makes this decision. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:38: What is the schedule for test fires by other artillery unit? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:39: I really don't know. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:40: I think different guns are supposed to be fired at different times. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:41: But I've often heard other guns being fired at the same time that we fire outs. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:42: How wide is the area of coverage for your howitzer when you are firing at targets on the target list? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:43: Whether we are firing at targets on the target list, or at targets of opportunity, the width of the area my gun must cover varies according to the type of fire we are conducting. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:44: When conducting creeping fire, how wide is the area of coverage for your gun? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:45: During this type of fire, my gun covers an area up to 300 meters wide. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:46: How does this area of coverage differ for other calibers of artillery? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:47: It varies according to the caliber of the weapon. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:48: But since I've never trained on other size artillery pieces, I don't know what the size of the area of coverage is for anything but a 152mm Howitzer. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:49: How many rounds of ammunition does your gun fire when conducting creeping fire? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:50: This also varies according to the situation and type of enemy units we are facing. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:51: Normally, the goal is to achieve a density of six rounds per minutes, over a 100 meter square area. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:52: Often, more than one gun is assigned to the same area to achieve this goal. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:53: Therefore, the amount of firing each gun does depends on how many guns are assigned to fire in one area. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:54: What is the area of coverage for your gun when firing concentration fire? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:55: Usually my gun covers no more than a 200 by 300 meter square area. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:56: When conducting this type of fire, there is always more than one gun firing on the same area. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:57: The reason is that the purpose of this fire is to deliver a great many rounds to a relatively small area in a short period of time. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:58: How wide an area does your weapon cover when conducting standing barrier fire? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:59: My gun is usually assigned the responsibility of covering an area of about 250 meters across when conducting this type of fire. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:60: You stated that during the attack on Seoul, the 1st Btry/3rd Bn was to be attached to a company. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:61: And when describing fire concentration you stated that more than one gun would be firing at one area. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:62: When I said more than one gun would be used to fire at a single target area, I was not just talking about howitzers. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:63: Mortars and MRLs are also used to perform these fire missions. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:64: Which method of fire is used to destroy targets of opportunity? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:65: The type of fire depends upon what type of target is observed. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:66: Most often we use a type of fire similar to rapid fire, and we fire with direct aiming. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:67: This is often referred to as direct fire. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:68: At what distance does your gun fire on targets of opportunity when it is being used to conduct direct fire? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:69: Normally we begin firing at targets that are located from 600 to 700 meters to the front of our gun. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:70: At what range do artillery weapons of other calibers begin to conduct direct fire? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:71: The distances very according the size of the weapon. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:72: I don't know at what distance other size weapons begin to fire. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:73: You have stated the 1st Btry/3rd Bn was to be attached to an infantry company. english/27.e.fid ;;A;27:74: Can smaller units of artillery be attached to smaller echelons of infantry? english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:75: Yes, it is possible. english/27.e.fid ;;B;27:76: But normally the only time an artillery platoon would be attached to an infantry platoon is when our supported unit is facing far superior numbers of enemy forces, or when the enemy is employing a lot of armor units. english/27.e.fid ;;27:77: Tanks can be used for attacking fixed gun emplacements. english/27.e.fid ;;27:78: Our battery greatly contributed to the recapture of Hill 38. english/27.e.fid ;;27:79: Put down the detained information regarding enemy activities in this report. english/27.e.fid ;;27:80: A multiple rocket launcher can be used to destroy enemy strong points. english/27.e.fid ;;27:81: Our regiment is standing face to face with the enemy across the river. english/27.e.fid ;;27:82: When we conduct standing barrier fire, we must cover an area 300 meters wide. english/27.e.fid ;;27:83: MAJ KANG calculated the expense required to construct the building. english/27.e.fid ;;27:84: Our battery failed to accomplish the above-mentioned missions. english/27.e.fid ;;27:85: Who calculates the amount of ammunition required? english/27.e.fid ;;27:86: It takes a lot of time to become well informed of the contents of a fire plan. english/27.e.fid ;;27:87: During creeping fire, my gun covered an area 400 meters wide. english/27.e.fid ;;27:88: We are training to prepare for contingencies. english/27.e.fid ;;27:89: Where did you obtain the information? english/27.e.fid ;;27:90: Make out a list of captured enemy weapons. english/27.e.fid ;;27:91: All the shells hit the mark. english/27.e.fid ;;27:92: Before conducting fire, you must first aim at the target carefully. english/27.e.fid ;;27:93: An artillery battery is often used for conducting an escort gun mission. english/27.e.fid ;;27:94: The recapture of Kimpo will depend upon the seizing of Hill 505. english/27.e.fid ;;27:95: We destroyed an enemy target of opportunity by using rapid fire. english/27.e.fid ;;27:96: I mistook him for a political officer. english/27.e.fid ;;27:97: In spite of the pouring rain, we kept advancing. english/27.e.fid ;;27:98: Our battery rained shells on the bridge to destroy it. english/27.e.fid ;;27:99: When forming a fire support plan, the following factors are considered. english/27.e.fid ;;27:100: Although saying is easy, doing is difficult. english/27.e.fid ;;27:101: Firing with direct aiming is often referred to as direct fire. english/27.e.fid ;;27:102: The decision on the method of fire to be used depends upon the type of targets observed. english/27.e.fid ;;27:103: We use a method of fire similar to rapid fire to destroy targets of opportunity. english/27.e.fid ;;27:104: My battery commander contributed to making out the target list. english/27.e.fid ;;27:105: Different guns in the battery fire at different times on different days. english/27.e.fid ;;27:106: The howitzers, mortars, and MRLs will be used simultaneously to fire at a single target area. english/27.e.fid ;;27:107: The purpose of concentration fire is to rain shells on a small area in a short period of time. english/27.e.fid ;;27:108: The time my battery is attached to an infantry company is when the supported unit is facing far superior numbers of enemy forces. english/27.e.fid ;;27:109: My gun is used to fire at armored vehicles, troop concentrations, or strategic targets. english/27.e.fid ;;27:110: My gun is supposed to cover an area of 250 meters across when conducting standing barrier fire. english/27.e.fid ;;27:111: The area of coverage varies according to the caliber of the weapon, but I don't know the size of the are of coverage for anything but a 15mm howitzer. english/27.e.fid ;;27:112: I don't know how to determine the ranges of targets because I've never worked at the battery's COP. english/27.e.fid ;;27:113: When we fire at targets on the target list or at targets of opportunity, the width of the area of coverage varies according to the type of fire we are conducting. english/27.e.fid ;;27:114: The distance for conducting direct fire varies according to the caliber of the weapon. english/27.e.fid ;;27:115: The method of employment of a direct support artillery unit depends upon the tactical situation. english/27.e.fid ;;27:116: Our battalion has a reconnaissance unit scouting the areas we intend to fire at. english/27.e.fid ;;27:117: During the attack preparation fire phase, the escort artillery occupies predetermined fire positions. english/27.e.fid ;;27:118: I don't know at what distance other caliber weapons begin to fire. english/27.e.fid ;;27:119: Normally, we begin firing at a target that is located between 700 and 800 meters in front of us. english/27.e.fid ;;27:120: How much each gun fires depends upon how many guns are assigned to fire in one area. english/27.e.fid ;;27:121: I've often heard other guns being fired at the sam time that we fire ours. english/27.e.fid ;;27:122: Once the attack begins. we move the guns out of these positions and follow the supported unit. english/27.e.fid ;;27:123: Sometimes, someone higher than our battery commander makes a decision on the amount of ammunition we can fire. english/27.e.fid ;;27:124: We are able to determine the ranges of enemy targets without letting the enemy know which targets we plan to fire at. english/27.e.fid ;;27:125: When my artillery unit is to perform an escort gun mission, it is employed within the supported maneuver unit's combat area. english/27.e.fid ;;27:126: During the attach against Kimpo, my battery supplied direct support to the 3rd Co, 1st Bn, 103rd Inf Regt. english/27.e.fid ;;27:127: When I said more than one gun would be used to fire at a single target area, I was not just talking about howitzers. english/27.e.fid ;;27:128: PVT KIM doesn't know how all of this is done because he has never worked at the battery COP. english/27.e.fid ;;27:129: Offensive artillery fire support is generally divided into three steps: attack preparation fire, fire during the attack, and fire support in the depth of combat (across the enemy's defensive depth). english/27.e.fid ;;27:130: The attack preparation fire, which is part of the attack preparation, is planned and executed according to the enemy's defensive posture, combat strength, all acquired information, number of guns and amount of ammunition to be utilized, and so on. english/27.e.fid ;;27:131: Usually the attack preparation fire is executed 10 to 30 minutes before the attack. english/27.e.fid ;;27:132: However, in special situations it may begin one to two hours before the attack, or perhaps even sooner. english/27.e.fid ;;27:133: As part of the attack preparation, the artillery group's staff exchanges collected and acquired raw information and intelligence with the supported unit's staff in order to draw up the fire support plan. english/27.e.fid ;;27:134: During this time the staff issues contingency orders and directives and confirms support preparations conditions before issuing the fire support plan. english/27.e.fid ;;27:135: The staff also calculates the needed amounts of combat supplies (ammunition, POL, ext.), plans combat formations and control, and conducts surveys of enemy activities. english/27.e.fid ;;27:136: During the attack preparation phase, training is conducted so far as it does not indicate the type or time of attack. english/27.e.fid ;;27:137: While the staff sections are performing the mission as described above, the artillery units supporting the front line maneuver units (artillery groups and artillery units higher than battalion echelon) analyze higher echelon fire support plans, select targets, and prepare their own fire support plans. english/27.e.fid ;;27:138: While preparing to furnish combat support, these artillery units spend the majority of their time on the following. english/27.e.fid ;;27:139: The following factors are taken in consideration when a test fire plan is formed. english/27.e.fid ;;27:140: The NKPA believes in very strict control of the test fie mission to prevent the waste of ammunition. english/27.e.fid ;;27:141: Normally, one gun per battalion conducts test fire. english/27.e.fid ;;27:142: The amount of ammunition expended for conducting test fire is not to exceed the following limits. english/27.e.fid ;;27:143: Prior to the attack, test fire is executed every day in accordance with a planned daily schedule. english/27.e.fid ;;27:144: Test fire plans are made so none of the test firing units will fire at the same targets. english/27.e.fid ;;27:145: It is very rare that several units conduct test fires at the same time, a this could be easily mistaken for harassing fire. english/27.e.fid ;;27:146: During attack preparation fire, the control of the artillery is highly centralized, with the division artillery command and control element maintaining direct control of the artillery. english/27.e.fid ;;27:147: The objective of the attack preparation fire is to simultaneously control and annihilate the depth of the front line area which is the objective of the supported unit. english/27.e.fid ;;27:148: If, due to limitations beyond the control of the NKPA artillery forces, this can not be accomplished, the following objectives are planned for. english/27.e.fid ;;27:149: If the combat situation permits, attack preparation fire is carried out in steps in accordance with the plans drawn up by the artillery units' staffs. english/27.e.fid ;;27:150: Supported unit commanders contribute a lot to the compiling of target lists. english/27.e.fid ;;27:151: There are some reconnaissance people organic to my battery and to the supported maneuver unit. english/27.e.fid ;;27:152: During the preparation phase, the escort artillery occupies predetermined fire positions. english/27.e.fid ;;27:153: The purpose of concentration fire is to deliver a great many rounds to a small area in a short period of time. english/27.e.fid ;;27:154: Normally when conducting creeping fire, the goal is to achieve a density of six rounds per minute over a 100 square meter area. english/27.e.fid ;;27:155: I've never trained on other size artillery pieces, so I don't know about anything except the 152mm howitzer. english/27.e.fid ;;27:156: Under the control of the maneuver unit commander, there are howitzer units, multiple rocket launcher units, and mortar units. english/27.e.fid ;;27:157: Once an attack begins, we move the escort guns out of their fire positions and follow the supported unit. english/27.e.fid ;;27:158: Our artillery guns are used as escort guns to supply a maneuver unit commander with artillery he can control. english/27.e.fid ;;27:159: The maneuver unit commander can use our guns to fire at targets on the target list or at targets of opportunity during the progression of the battle. english/27.e.fid ;;27:160: During the preparation phase, our battery conducts test fires according to a daily schedule and usually fires about nine rounds of ammunition. english/27.e.fid ;;27:161: Not only howitzers, but also mortars and MRLs are used to fire at a single target area. english/27.e.fid ;;27:162: The size of the area of coverage varies according to the situation and the type of enemy units we are facing. english/27.e.fid ;;27:163: The distance at which our gun begins to fire on targets of opportunity, when it is being used to conduct direct fire, is 600 to 700 meters to the front of our gun. english/27.e.fid ;;27:164: During the attack against Seoul, my battery was to supply direct support to 1st Co/3rd Bn/105th Inf Regt. english/27.e.fid ;;27:165: The reconnaissance units gathering information during the preparation phase report the location of enemy units and strongholds to the battery commander. english/27.e.fid ;;27:166: The amount of ammunition we can fire is determined by the battery commander, but sometimes it is possible that someone higher ranking than he makes this decision. english/27.e.fid ;;27:167: If we begin firing sooner, the enemy might be able to deduce which routes of advance our supported units intend to use. english/27.e.fid ;;27:168: Usually, we don't fire until the attack begins. english/27.e.fid ;;27:169: The reason for this is that we don't want to reveal to the enemy any of the details of our attack plan. english/27.e.fid ;;27:170: Often more than one gun is assigned to the same area, so the amount of firing each gun does depends upon how many guns are assigned to fire at one area. english/27.e.fid ;;27:171: The type of fire depends upon what type of target is observed. english/27.e.fid ;;27:172: Most often we fire with direct aiming, often referred to as direct fire. english/27.e.fid ;;27:173: The North Koreans use the following terms when describing their phases of artillery operations. english/27.e.fid ;;27:174: Preparation: During this phase of utilization the NKPA artillery forces conduct spotting and registration fires, test fires, deceptive fires, and harassing fires. english/27.e.fid ;;27:175: The artillery is not firing for effect. english/27.e.fid ;;27:176: Attack Preparation: The NKPA artillery now begins its firing for effect. english/27.e.fid ;;27:177: It employs suppression fire, harassing fire, standing barrier fire, smoke and fire assault. english/27.e.fid ;;27:178: Support of Attack: This phase is that period when the artillery supports attacking NKPA ground forces. english/27.e.fid ;;27:179: The artillery uses fire assault, fire with direct aiming, creeping fire (rolling barrage), suppression fire, counterbattery fire, and successive fire concentration during this phase. english/27.e.fid ;;27:180: Fire in Depth (Pursuit): The artillery begins this phase when the supported ground forces are pursuing the enemy. english/27.e.fid ;;27:181: The artillery units employ suppression fire, creeping fire, fire concentration, and moving barrier fire. english/27.e.fid ;;27:182: Support of the Defense: The NKPA artillery units enter this phase when the supported ground forces begin a defensive operation. english/27.e.fid ;;27:183: During this phase the artillery uses harassing fire, suppression fire, successive fire concentration, smoke, counterbattery fire, and creeping fire. english/27.e.fid ;;27:184: The following is a listing of the more common methods of fire employed by the NKPA artillery forces. english/27.e.fid ;;27:185: The same method of fire is often used during more than one phase of operations, and more than one method of fire is used during each phase of operations. english/27.e.fid ;;27:186: Standing Barrier Fire: This method of fire is utilized during the preparation phase and placed on a single like of concentration for the purpose disrupting an enemy attack. english/27.e.fid ;;27:187: This type of fire is used at the front and flanks and in the depth of a defensive position in areas that can be observed from a ground observation point. english/27.e.fid ;;27:188: Moving Barrier Fire: This method of fire is utilized during the defensive phase and placed on several successive lines of concentration, each close to the NKPA defending troops. english/27.e.fid ;;27:189: Lines of concentration for this fire are planned for terrain that can be observed from a ground observation point. english/27.e.fid ;;27:190: Distances between lines of fire concentration will be 400 to 600 meters and more. english/27.e.fid ;;27:191: Every battalion or battery participating in this fire mission is assigned a sector of fire on each of the lines of concentration. english/27.e.fid ;;27:192: Fire continues on each line until the bulk of the advancing forces has moved out of the zone where the rounds are impacting, at which time the fire is shifted to the next line of concentration. english/27.e.fid ;;27:193: Successive Fire Concentration: This method of fire is utilized during the support of attack phase, pursuit phase, and defensive phase and used to support an attack. english/27.e.fid ;;27:194: It's normally used when the supported unit has begun its final assault on the enemy. english/27.e.fid ;;27:195: This type of fire requires a high density of fire delivered upon specific target groupings, such as strong points, weapons systems, and command and control points. english/27.e.fid ;;27:196: It also requires a shift of fires to support attacking units as the attack progresses and as targets of opportunity are identified. english/27.e.fid ;;27:197: Creeping Fire (Rolling Barrage): This method of fire is utilized during the support of attack phase, fire in depth, and defensive phase and is a continuous curtain of fire that is successively shifted from one phase line to another in front of attacking NKPA troops or in front of defensive positions. english/27.e.fid ;;27:198: It may be fired against a single line or two lines simultaneously, and fire is shifted from one line to another. english/27.e.fid ;;27:199: This type of fire is planned on the assumption that the enemy forces are uniformly spaced in front of the NKPA forces. english/27.e.fid ;;27:200: Fire Assault: This method of fire is utilized to support an attack during the preparation phase and is characterized by surprise at its initiation and by a high density of ire on its target. english/27.e.fid ;;27:201: Smoke or Screening Fire: This method of fire is utilized during the preparation phase, attack preparation phase, and defensive phase. english/27.e.fid ;;27:202: Screening fire is simply the use of smoke to screen unit movement and attack reparations from the enemy reconnaissance units. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:1: CPT CHO, let's discuss the offensive tank tactics employed by the KPA and specifically the offensive tactics used by the 2nd Tank Co of the 2nd Tank Bn. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:2: Normally, what is the attack frontage of a tank company in the attack? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:3: The attack frontage for a KPA tank company varies according to the terrain and to what extent the enemy has been neutralized by supporting arms prior to the attack. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:4: However, 500 meters is considered to be the basic attack frontage for a KPA tank company. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:5: Also, the standard attack frontage for a tank platoon is approximately 150 meters. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:6: The normal interval between tanks is usually 75 meters. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:7: What special offensive tactics did the 2nd Co employ during "operation Unification"? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:8: We used no special tactics. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:9: Since we were operating as part of our battalion, we used the standard offensive tactics for a battalion attacking a prepared position. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:10: You must be more precise, CPT CHO. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:11: Explain to me the tactics that a KPA tank battalion would use to conduct a battalion-sized attack on a prepared position. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:12: A tank battalion would normally conduct an attack against a prepared position in two echelons. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:13: The first echelon carries out an attack to overcome the enemy's forward positions and the second echelon delivers an attack against the enemy's position in depth. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:14: What is the attack frontage for a KOA tank battalion in an attack against a prepared position? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:15: Normally, the attack frontage for a KPA tank battalion in the attack is two kilometers. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:16: Of course that also depends on the terrain. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:17: What is the normal depth of a tank battalion conducting this type of an attack? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:18: A tank battalion attack in two echelons is normally carried out to a depth of three to four kilometers. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:19: While conducting a battalion attack in two echelons, what is the normal strength of each echelon? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:20: The first echelon consists of up to two-thirds of the total force and the second echelon is composed of one-third of the total force. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:21: For example, the first echelon of our battalion normally consists of two tank companies and the second echelon consists of one tank company. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:22: Also, the task of the second echelon is to intensify the force of attack of the first echelon. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:23: What is the size of the reserve force maintained by the battalion commander? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:24: Generally, the battalion reserve force it one tank platoon. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:25: Doctrine dictates that the reserve force be one-ninth of the total force. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:26: The mission of the battalion reserve force is to either mop up bypassed pockets of resistance or to support the motorized rifle units as a on-the-spot antitank defense. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:27: A few moments ago you mentioned first support, CPT CHO. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:28: Explain to me how supporting arms are employed in a battalion attack on a prepared position. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:29: Fire support for a tank battalion is normally arranged by the regimental commander but is provided by the division. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:30: Fire support may also be augmented with the direct or indirect fires of tank units not taking part in the attack. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:31: Normally, preparation fires commence 25 to 40 minutes prior to the attack and they cease when tanks in the first echelon close to within 150 to 200 meters of the enemy's position. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:32: The roles of supporting arms in an attack are to create gaps between enemy strong position, to destroy the enemy's reserve force, and to neutralize priority targets. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:33: Supporting arms are also employed to cover the exposed flanks and gaps between formations. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:34: What does the KPA consider to be priority targets? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:35: Well, in this type of attack, priority targets are enemy artillery and antitank weapons system. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:36: These types of targets must be neutralized by the first echelon tanks to ensure successful penetration of the initial enemy defenses. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:37: Prior to initiating an attack on a prepared position, how are your forces deployed from a march formation into an attack formation? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:38: We are taught to deploy into company columns approximately four to six kilometers form the enemy's position. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:39: Of course, this distance varies according to the terrain. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:40: At a distance of one to three kilometers from the enemy's position, companies deploy into platoon columns. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:41: Finally, the tanks are deployed into an assault line about 500 to 1000 meters in front of the enemy's position. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:42: Normally, second echelon companies remain about three kilometers behind the first echelon in the advance movement. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:43: CPT CHO, explain the procedures your company would use to assault a prepared position. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:44: Well, as I indicated earlier, during "Operation Unification" our company was employed as part of a larger force. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:45: The method of attacking each objective, as well as the assault formations, were dictated to us by the regimental commander through our battalion commander. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:46: However, the two principal forms of maneuver employed by the 12th Tank Regt during this operation were the frontal attack and the envelopment. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:47: Actually, there are two types of envelopment. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:48: They are the shallow and deep envelopment. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:49: These tactics are the standard offensive tactics used by a KPA tank regiment. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:50: What factors determine the type of maneuver that will be employed to attack a prepared enemy position? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:51: Normally, a frontal attack is employed against an enemy force which has been neutralized or suppressed by conventional fire. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:52: A shallow envelopment is used to attack the enemy's flank or his immediate rear and a deep envelopment is used when it is necessary to strike the enemy deep in his rear area. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:53: The goal of an envelopment is to split the enemy into small groups and destroy them one by one. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:54: CPT CHO, how would you employ your company as part of the first echelon when conducting an assault on a prepared enemy position? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:55: We are taught to move at a high rate of speed while firing on enemy weapons and personnel in the FEBA. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:56: After overcoming the forward positions of the enemy defense, we would continue to advance to the enemy's rear and force the enemy to withdraw. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:57: What would you do if your company's advance on the enemy's position were halted? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:58: If, for some reason, an attack is halted, we are trained to conduct a flanking maneuver. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:59: If that is not possible, additional fire support would be requested and movement would continue in the assigned direction under the under the cover of that fire support. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:60: Then, once the enemy becomes disorganized and begins to withdraw, we would normally pursue him until his force is tally annihilated. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:61: What is the role of the second echelon during attack on a prepared enemy position? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:62: Normally, the second echelon would exploit the success of the first echelon and, as I indicated earlier, would intensify the force of the first echelon's attack. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:63: CPT CHO, what type of tactics does the KPA use toe pursue a fleeing enemy? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:64: The KPA use two types of pursuit tactics. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:65: The first is a direct pursuit which is direct frontal pressure applied against a withdrawing enemy to deny him time to re-establish a defensive position. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:66: The second is a parallel pursuit. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:67: During a parallel pursuit, tanks rapidly move along axes parallel to the enemy's withdrawal route with the intent to attack his flanks or rear. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:68: Also, it is also possible to conduct a combined pursuit by simultaneously applying both direct and parallel pursuit tactics against a withdrawing enemy. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:69: What type of formations do KPA tank units use while pursuing a fleeing enemy? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:70: We usually pursue the enemy using either the march of pre-combat formation. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:71: Then, once enemy contact is re-established, we once again move into combat formation, engage the enemy, and attempt to turn the enemy's withdrawal into a full-scale retreat. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:72: At what point in an assault will a KPA tank unit break contact with an enemy force? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:73: Disengagement occurs and withdrawal commence when stubborn enemy resistance is encountered during an offensive operation. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:74: In certain cases it may be necessary to withdraw during periods of limited visibility. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:75: However, in any case a withdrawal is conducted to occupy more advantageous terrain, to avoid exposing a flank, to avoid encirclement, or to shorten lines of communication. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:76: What is a withdrawal conducted by a KPA tank company? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:77: Generally, a tank company in contact with the enemy will withdraw using intermediate bounds. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:78: For example, tank platoon withdraw covering each other. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:79: Once contact with the enemy is broken, platoon columns form. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:80: After the platoon columns have passed through the rear march security detachment a company column is formed. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:81: Once this occurs, the tank company is re-deployed into new firing positions. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:82: How is fire support employed during a withdrawal? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:83: Fire support is normally used to the maximum extent possible to cover the withdrawal. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:84: Additionally, the battalion commander may commit the fire power of his reserve force to conceal general movements to the rear. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:85: Also, smoke is used to conceal the withdrawal. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:86: By the way, if possible, tactical withdrawals are usually conducted during periods of limited visibility or at night. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:87: Daylight withdrawal are always conducted under the cover of smoke. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:88: CPT CHO, how do KPA tank units conduct offensive operations in mountainous terrain? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:89: Normally, when conducting offensive operations in mountainous terrain, the maximum possible number of tanks are employed in forward combat formations. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:90: Also, extensive reconnaissance is conducted to avoid enemy tank ambushes. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:91: Road marches are conducted as much as possible, with lateral and parallel roads being used to maneuver to the flanks of enemy positions. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:92: It is also customary for tanks operating in mountainous terrain to carry 30 to 50 percent more fuel. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:93: How did the snow affect the offensive operations of the Kaesong Tank Div during "Operation Unification"? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:94: In spite of the snow, we were able to move through the rice fields very easily because the ground was extremely hard. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:95: In the few instances that movement was restricted, attacks were launched from column formations as close to the enemy as possible. english/28.e.fid ;;A;28:96: How does a KPA tank company employ smoke during an offensive operation? english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:97: Well, smoke may be used before or after the start of an offensive. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:98: Before the start of an offensive operation, the use of smoke is controlled by the regimental commander. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:99: After penetrating the enemy's defenses, lower level commanders can use smoke to conceal a flank or to confuse the enemy as to the direction of the attack. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:100: Smoke is also used to obscure the vision of the ATGM operators. english/28.e.fid ;;B;28:101: Also, as I mentioned earlier, smoke is also used to cover a tactical withdrawal. english/28.e.fid ;;28:102: Despite the extremely cold weather, we continued the road march for five days. english/28.e.fid ;;28:103: Smoke was used to obscure the vision of the enemy ATGM operators. english/28.e.fid ;;28:104: Doctrine dictates that the battalion reserve force be one-ninth of the total force. english/28.e.fid ;;28:105: Our regimental main body bypassed enemy pockets of resistance. english/28.e.fid ;;28:106: The ground was so hard that our tanks were able to cross the area with ease. english/28.e.fid ;;28:107: Enemy artillery and antitank weapons systems are priority targets for our battalion. english/28.e.fid ;;28:108: Our reason for a withdrawal during an offensive operation is to secure more advantageous terrain. english/28.e.fid ;;28:109: The task of our tank company is to intensify the force of the 2nd tank Bn's attack. english/28.e.fid ;;28:110: One role of supporting arms in an attack is to destroy enemy tank units. english/28.e.fid ;;28:111: Their mission is to cover exposed flanks and gaps between tank formations. english/28.e.fid ;;28:112: Our company attacked the enemy by employing the standard offensive tactics. english/28.e.fid ;;28:113: The tank platoons retreated by bounds (bounding overwatch) while covering each other. english/28.e.fid ;;28:114: The goal of our attack is to split the large enemy unit into small groups and destroy them one by one. english/28.e.fid ;;28:115: The purpose of this counterattack is to turn the enemy's withdrawal into a full-scale retreat. english/28.e.fid ;;28:116: When stubborn enemy resistance is encountered during the attack, we break contact and commence withdrawal. english/28.e.fid ;;28:117: During a parallel pursuit, tanks rapidly move along axes parallel to the enemy's withdrawal route with the intent to put pressure on his flank and rear. english/28.e.fid ;;28:118: Sometimes it may be necessary to withdraw to avoid exposing a flank or to shorten lines of communication. english/28.e.fid ;;28:119: The tasks of the second echelon are to intensify the force of the attack of the first echelon and to exploit their success. english/28.e.fid ;;28:120: In certain cases, we are forced to withdraw due to limited visibility. english/28.e.fid ;;28:121: We were operating as part of our battalion and we used the standard offensive tactics for a battalion attacking a prepared position. english/28.e.fid ;;28:122: The attack frontage for out tank battalion is normally two kilometers, depending on the terrain. english/28.e.fid ;;28:123: As the first echelon carries out an attack to overcome the enemy's forward position, the second echelon delivers an attack on the enemy's position in depth. english/28.e.fid ;;28:124: When a tank battalion conducts an attack in two echelons, the depth of the attack is normally three to four kilometers. english/28.e.fid ;;28:125: One of the missions of the battalion reserve force is to provide an antitank defense for the motorized rifle units. english/28.e.fid ;;28:126: Tanks in the first echelon of the attack must neutralize priority targets to ensure successful penetration of the initial enemy defenses. english/28.e.fid ;;28:127: When movement was restricted, attack were launched from column formations as close to the enemy as possible. english/28.e.fid ;;28:128: Normally a frontal attack is employed against an enemy force which has been suppressed or neutralized by conventional force. english/28.e.fid ;;28:129: A deep envelopment is used when it is necessary to strike the enemy in his rear area, and a shallow envelopment is used to attack the enemy's immediate rear or his flank. english/28.e.fid ;;28:130: When in pursuit of the enemy, we normally use a march formation until contact with the enemy is re-established, then we move into combat formation. english/28.e.fid ;;28:131: The basic attack frontage for a tank platoon is approximately 150 meters, and the normal interval between tanks is usually 75 meters. english/28.e.fid ;;28:132: Since the first echelon normally consists of two-thirds of the total force, the first echelon of our tank battalion consists of two tank companies. english/28.e.fid ;;28:133: The attack frontage for a tank company varies according to the extent the enemy has been neutralized by supporting arms prior to attack; but normally 500 meters is considered to be the standard attack frontage. english/28.e.fid ;;28:134: Direct pursuit means direct frontal pressure applied against a withdrawing enemy to deny him time to re-establish a defensive position. english/28.e.fid ;;28:135: It is also possible to conduct a combined pursuit by simultaneously applying both direct and parallel pursuit tactics against a withdrawing enemy. english/28.e.fid ;;28:136: During a withdrawal operation, platoon columns pass through the rear march security detachment, form a company column, and re-deploy into new firing positions. english/28.e.fid ;;28:137: Fire support is normally used to the maximum extent possible to cover the withdrawal or to conceal general movements to the rear. english/28.e.fid ;;28:138: We moved at a high rate of speed while firing on enemy weapons and personnel in the forward edge of the battle area. english/28.e.fid ;;28:139: After overcoming the forward positions of the enemy defenses, we would continue to advance to the enemy's rear and force the enemy to withdraw. english/28.e.fid ;;28:140: KPA tank units use smoke to confuse the enemy as to the direction of an attack and to cover a tactical withdrawal. english/28.e.fid ;;28:141: Prior to the start of an offensive operation, the use of smoke is controlled by the regimental commander; however, during an offensive operation, lower-level unit commanders man also be given the authority to use smoke. english/28.e.fid ;;28:142: An attacking KPA tank battalion usually deploys into company columns approximately five kilometers from the enemy's initial defensive positions. english/28.e.fid ;;28:143: At approximately two kilometers from the enemy's forward positions, the tank companies deploy into platoon columns. english/28.e.fid ;;28:144: Finally, the tanks deploy into an assault line approximately 400 to 800 meters in front of the enemy's positions. english/28.e.fid ;;28:145: When conducting offensive operations in mountain terrain, KPA armored forces normally conduct expensive reconnaissance to avoid enemy tank ambushes and employ the maximum possible number of thanks in forward combat formations. english/28.e.fid ;;28:146: These tanks usually carry 30 to 50 percent more fuel. english/28.e.fid ;;28:147: During "Operation Unification", our company was employed as a part of a larger force. english/28.e.fid ;;28:148: The assault formations, as well as the method of attacking each objective were dictated by the regimental commander through the battalion commander. english/28.e.fid ;;28:149: The two principal forms of maneuver employed by the 17th Regt during this operation were the frontal attack and the envelopment. english/28.e.fid ;;28:150: Normally, when an attacking KPA tank unit is halted during an attack, they conduct a flanking maneuver. english/28.e.fid ;;28:151: If a flanking maneuver is not possible, the attacking unit will request additional fire support. english/28.e.fid ;;28:152: And continue attacking in their assigned direction under the cover of that fire support. english/28.e.fid ;;28:153: Once the enemy becomes disorganized and begins to withdraw, a KPA tank unit will continue in pursuit of the enemy until it is totally annihilated. english/28.e.fid ;;28:154: Fire support for a KPA tank battalion is provided by the division but is normally arranged by the regimental commander. english/28.e.fid ;;28:155: Fire support in an attack may also be augmented by the direct or indirect fire of tank units not taking part in the attack. english/28.e.fid ;;28:156: Generally, preparation fires commence 30 minutes prior to an attack, and they cease when tanks in the first echelon close to within 200 meters of the enemy's position. english/28.e.fid ;;28:157: The T-54 tank first appeared in 1947 and since that time it has been built in larger quantities than any other post-World War II tank. english/28.e.fid ;;28:158: Although North Korea possesses the Soviet model T-62 tank, the T-54/55 is still the main battle tank of the North Korean armored forces. english/28.e.fid ;;28:159: Throughout the T-54's sixteen-year production run, several variations of the tank have been manufactured. english/28.e.fid ;;28:160: Also, the T-54 family has been used as the basis for a number of self-propelled guns, tractors, bridge laying vehicles, and armored recovery vehicles (ARVs). english/28.e.fid ;;28:161: The first T-54 tanks were easily identifiable by their turret which was undercut in the rear and by their external gun manlet (Figure 1). english/28.e.fid ;;28:162: The distinctive feature of this model is the stabilizer fitted to the newer D-10TG main gun. english/28.e.fid ;;28:163: Subsequently, the D-10TG gun was fitted with a bore evacuator. english/28.e.fid ;;28:164: This model has a bore evacuator on the D-10TG main gun. english/28.e.fid ;;28:165: Internal modifications of the T-54A include the stabilization of the main gun, electric oil pump, bilge pump, improved air filter, infrared driving equipment, automatic fire extinguishers, additional fuel capacity, and power elevation for the main gun. english/28.e.fid ;;28:166: This is the T-54 or T-54A fitted with night-fighting equipment. english/28.e.fid ;;28:167: This model is recognizable by the horizontal bracket for the gunner's infrared searchlight. english/28.e.fid ;;28:168: The commander's light is on his cupola and the gunner's light has a vertical bracket attached to the right front of the turret. english/28.e.fid ;;28:169: The T-54B can be fitted with a snorkel. english/28.e.fid ;;28:170: T-1 consists of two pipes which are carried on the rear decking when not required. english/28.e.fid ;;28:171: When Used, they are placed over the loader's turret hatch. english/28.e.fid ;;28:172: The T-54B has a D-10T2S main gun. english/28.e.fid ;;28:173: This is also known as the T-54C. english/28.e.fid ;;28:174: The T-54X resembles the T-54B and has a dome-shaped ventilator on the turret. english/28.e.fid ;;28:175: The bracket for the gunner's infrared searchlight is vertical as in the T-54B. english/28.e.fid ;;28:176: No antiaircraft machinegun is fitted and a simple hatch replaces the loader's cupola. english/28.e.fid ;;28:177: The bore evacuator is the stabilizer fitted to the main gun of the T-54 tank. english/28.e.fid ;;28:178: The T-54X tank has a dome-shaped ventilator on the turret. english/28.e.fid ;;28:179: On the T-54B tank, the commander's searchlight is on the cupola. english/28.e.fid ;;28:180: The snorkel of the T-54B tank is placed over the loader's turret hatch. english/28.e.fid ;;28:181: A distinctive feature of the first T-54 tank model is that it has an external gun manlet. english/28.e.fid ;;28:182: The T-54A(M) tank has a horizontal bracket for the gunner's infrared searchlight. english/28.e.fid ;;28:183: T-54M tanks are easily identifiable by the bore evacuator on the main gun. english/28.e.fid ;;28:184: The T-54A tank has newer infrared driving equipment and automatic fire extinguishers. english/28.e.fid ;;28:185: The T-54B tank can be fitted with a snorkel which consists of two pipes. english/28.e.fid ;;28:186: T-54 tanks which are fitted with night-fighting equipment are called T-54M tanks. english/28.e.fid ;;28:187: On the T-54B tank the gunner's searchlight is attached to the bracket on the right front of the turret. english/28.e.fid ;;28:188: The T-54 tank was used as the basis for a number of self-propelled guns, tractors, bridge-laying vehicles, and recovery vehicles. english/28.e.fid ;;28:189: The T-54 tank first appeared in 1947, and since that time several varieties of the tank have been manufactured. english/28.e.fid ;;28:190: The T-54B tank carries the snorkel on the rear deck when it is not in use. english/28.e.fid ;;28:191: The special features of the T-54X tanks that are easily recognizable are a simple hatch that replaces the loader's cupola and the absence of the antiaircraft machinegun. english/28.e.fid ;;28:192: The main difference between the T-54 tank and the Soviet model T-62 tank is that the T-54 tank turret is undercut in the rear. english/28.e.fid ;;28:193: The T-54 tank has been built in larger quantities than any other post-World War II tank and is still the main battle tank of the North Korean armored forces. english/28.e.fid ;;28:194: The important internal modifications of the T-54A tank include: stabilization of the main gun, electric oil pump, bilge pump, air filter, additional fuel capacity, and power elevation of the main gun. english/28.e.fid ;;28:195: When a tank company in contact with the enemy withdraws, they sometimes use a bounding overwatch. english/28.e.fid ;;28:196: Envelopments are used to split the enemy into small groups and to destroy them one by one. english/28.e.fid ;;28:197: Doctrine dictates that the first echelon of a tank battalion consist of two companies and the second echelon consist of one company. english/28.e.fid ;;28:198: The depth of a tank battalion attacking in two echelons is four to five kilometers. english/28.e.fid ;;28:199: The attack frontage for a KPA tank battalion varies according to the terrain. english/28.e.fid ;;28:200: During an advance movement, the second echelon is usually about 3 kilometers behind the first echelon. english/28.e.fid ;;28:201: The attack on Ansan-dong was launched from column formations as close to the enemy as possible. english/28.e.fid ;;28:202: Two envelopment tactics used by a KPA tank regiment are the shallow and deep environments. english/28.e.fid ;;28:203: Thank units in contact with the enemy withdraw covering each other and, after the platoon columns have passed through the rear march security detachment, a company column is formed. english/28.e.fid ;;28:204: If possible, tactical withdrawals are conducted at night. english/28.e.fid ;;28:205: However, if it becomes necessary to conduct a daytime withdrawal, it can be executed by using smoke. english/28.e.fid ;;28:206: As the final echelon of our tank battalion carries out an attack to overcome the enemy's forward positions, the second echelon delivers an attack on the enemy's position in depth. english/28.e.fid ;;28:207: The roles of supporting arms in the attack are to create gaps between enemy strongpoints and to neutralize priority targets. english/28.e.fid ;;28:208: Enemy artillery and antitank weapon systems must be neutralized to ensure successful penetration of the enemy defenses. english/28.e.fid ;;28:209: The battalion reserve force is one tank platoon and its mission is to provide antitank defense for the motorized rifle units. english/28.e.fid ;;28:210: Our tank units employ envelopment tactics to attack the enemy's flank, immediate rear, or deep rear areas. english/28.e.fid ;;28:211: Our tank units will move at a high rate of speed while firing on enemy weapons and personnel in the FEBA to force the enemy to withdraw. english/28.e.fid ;;28:212: If a flanking maneuver is not possible, we request additional fire support and move in an assigned direction under the cover of that fire support. english/28.e.fid ;;28:213: In the Changkkae battle, our tank company operated as part of our battalion; we used no special tactics at all. english/28.e.fid ;;28:214: Normally, when conducting offensive operations in mountainous terrain, lateral and parallel roads are used during road marches to maneuver to the flanks of the enemy positions. english/28.e.fid ;;28:215: Despite the rain, our battalion's tanks were able to move easily through the rice fields, since the ground was still hard. english/28.e.fid ;;28:216: During the operation, the source's tank company encountered stubborn enemy resistance. english/28.e.fid ;;28:217: And began to withdraw in order to occupy more advantageous terrain, to avoid exposing their flanks, and to shorten lines of communication. english/28.e.fid ;;28:218: The source's tank regiment uses smoke to confuse the enemy as to the direction of the attack, to obscure the vision of the ATGM operation, and to conceal a tactical withdrawal. english/28.e.fid ;;28:219: KPA tank units normally use march formation while in pursuit of the enemy. english/28.e.fid ;;28:220: Once enemy contact is re-established, they move into combat formation and continue to engage the enemy, attempting to turn the enemy's withdrawal into a full-scale retreat. english/28.e.fid ;;28:221: While conducting offensive operations in mountainous terrain, KPA tank units employ the maximum possible number of tanks in connaissance in an effort to avoid enemy ambush sites. english/28.e.fid ;;28:222: In addition, thanks operating in mountainous terrain normally carry 50 percent more fuel. english/28.e.fid ;;28:223: The source's tank battalion uses either direct on parallel pursuit tactics to pursue a fleeing enemy. english/28.e.fid ;;28:224: However, in certain instances a combined pursuit can be conducted by simultaneous applying both direct and parallel pursuit tactics. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:1: Earlier you talked about a training system called "The Gun Crew Switch". english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:2: Explain more fully this system of training. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:3: During the first two or three training sessions, the new soldiers are shown in detail the responsibilities of every gun-crew member. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:4: After these initial sessions, I, as the gun-crew chief, assign each new soldier a specific duty within the gun crew. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:5: This doesn't sound like "The Gun-Crew Switch" you talked about earlier, SGT PAK. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:6: Please explain that system. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:7: I'm getting to that. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:8: Before my gun crew could begin that aspect of training, each member had to become proficient in the tasks associated with his own position. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:9: This was done by having gun-crew members of the same position, but from different gun crews, train together. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:10: That is, fuse-setters trained together, gunners trained together, and so on. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:11: After having become proficient in their individual tasks, my gun-crew members came under my supervision for additional training. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:12: Stressing accuracy and speed, I drilled my gun crew in performing practice missions. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:13: Only after the members of my gun crew had mastered their specific duties for all types of missions, did I have them change positions, as was required under "The Gun-Crew Switch" system of training. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:14: How was individual training combined with unit training? english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:15: After my gun crew had mastered the various types of fire missions, they were required to integrate this gunnery training with the tactical training they had already received. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:16: In the first days of training, the gun crew acted independently of our platoon. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:17: A tactical situation was given to me, and my gun crew was expected to perform according to the norms that had been established by higher headquarters. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:18: In what type of setting was this training conducted? english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:19: The situations presented to me were always to be conducted in a tactical setting, and all aspects of this training were practiced, critiqued, and graded. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:20: Explain in detail how this training could be perfectly conducted in a tactical setting. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:21: Well, by a tactical setting, I don't mean that all the training took place in the field. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:22: What I mean is that we conducted all training as if the South had really invaded the North. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:23: Prior to an actual evaluation of training in the field, equipment-readiness check was performed in the battery motor park. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:24: What aspect of training was evaluated after this equipment-readiness check was performed? english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:25: After this, the initial segment of the exercise was concerned with the ability of my gun crew to move our gun from the motor park to its first tactical firing position. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:26: After establishing our position... english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:27: Wait. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:28: What training was evaluated during the march? english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:29: On the march, my crew was evaluated concerning its knowledge of the various flag signals that control all artillery convoy movements. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:30: While in convoy, each vehicle in the battery was required to have a member of the crew in a visible location and prepared to reply by flag messages to our senior battery officer, who was located in one of the lead vehicles. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:31: What type of commands were relayed by these members of the gun crews? english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:32: Commands such as "Increase distance!" "Enemy tanks on the right!" "Air attack!" "Stop!" "Commander's meeting!" were relayed from vehicle to vehicle in this manner. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:33: What was the purpose of issuing such commands during a training exercise? english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:34: These commands allowed our commander to evaluate our ability to mount and dismount the prime mover during the march. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:35: They evaluated my gun crew's actions during an air attack, and they also enabled our commander to evaluate our ability to deploy our gun from the march for emergency fire mission. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:36: During the conduct of this type of training mission, how did you receive information from your command/observation post (COP)? english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:37: We received no input from the observer section in the COP. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:38: All of our fire missions were preplanned with the enemy situation already described in detail in the plans of the practice and evaluation missions. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:39: During these types of missions we did not use live ammunition, and used only training rounds. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:40: How were the actions of the COP combined with those of the gun crews? english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:41: There were several methods for combining the actions of these two, but the method that I enjoyed the most was the one involving competition between the gun crews. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:42: Describe this method of training. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:43: It was broken down into five stages, and a total time of 20 to 45 minutes was allowed for the completion of this training. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:44: Our battery officers didn't participate in this training except in situations where the question of safety arose. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:45: Our battery, as well as the other batteries of the battalion, submitted its best gun crew- usually my crew- a reconnaissance section, two radio-telephone operator (RATELOs), and a prime-mover driver. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:46: Who evaluated the training during this competition? english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:47: The battalion officers and technical NCOs always evaluated the accuracy of the data computed and the actions of the different gun crews. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:48: Explain how this training was conducted. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:49: In the first stage, the control platoons, which were located about 200 meters from their COPs, received the general azimuth of fire, the coordinates of their individual firing positions, meteorological data, and ranges for crew corrections. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:50: At the same time, the gun crew was positioned 300 meters behind their firing position along with one of the RATELOs. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:51: Where was the other RATELO during this training? english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:52: Our other RATELO was located at the COP with the control platoon. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:53: This RATELO transmitted the information computed by the control platoon. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:54: How did this competition begin? english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:55: The judge at the COP started the competition by ordering the control platoon to occupy the COP. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:56: To give the members of the control platoon practice in their skills, the computations they performed were included as part of the training. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:57: When did the second phase begin? english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:58: The second phase began when the umpire in the COP simultaneously located three targets. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:59: The observer in the COP had our RATELO transmit these coordinates, as well as the coordinates of the COP, to our gun crew. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:60: We had to compute the data for one of the targets while under a simulated NBC attack. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:61: Where was your gun crew during this phase of operations? english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:62: My gun crew was still positioned about 300 meters behind our firing position. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:63: My gun crew wasn't told to occupy our firing position until the third stage was initiated. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:64: One member of my gun crew was required to detect and clear all the antipersonnel mines within a 15-meter radius of our proposed gun position. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:65: Besides occupying the position, what else was done during the third stage? english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:66: It seems that I didn't make myself clear. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:67: The third state was initiated when we were told to occupy the position and finished when the mines were cleared. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:68: My gun crew didn't begin moving until the fourth stage began. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:69: Tell me what your gun crew did during the fourth stage. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:70: The fourth stage began when we were given the signal to occupy our position. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:71: At that time, my crew mounted the prime mover and moved towards the firing position. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:72: The final phase required that the firing position be occupied and that the gun and ammunition be prepared for fire. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:73: Of the three targets you mentioned earlier, how many were taken under fire? english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:74: Only one of the three targets was taken under fire. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:75: The umpire designated which of these targets we were to fire upon. english/29.e.fid ;;A;29:76: How was this training evaluated? english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:77: All stages of the training were evaluated with respect to speed and accuracy, and penalty points were assessed for inaccuracies in firing data computations. english/29.e.fid ;;B;29:78: The battery with the lowest score was the winner of the competition. english/29.e.fid ;;29:79: The battalion commander doesn't intervene in our battery commander's affairs unless there is a safety problem. english/29.e.fid ;;29:80: When all battery operations training is completed, the battalion commander comments on it. english/29.e.fid ;;29:81: Next week the batteries in our battalion will hold a firing competition. english/29.e.fid ;;29:82: Our battery can also furnish fire support of airborne operations. english/29.e.fid ;;29:83: In the NKPA, severe punishment is inflicted on the people who oppose their superior officers. english/29.e.fid ;;29:84: As for the battery fire-support training conducted this time, the situation most closely resembled actual warfare. english/29.e.fid ;;29:85: Gunners receive training in a separate group. english/29.e.fid ;;29:86: The members of our battery went to division HQ to attend a firing tournament. english/29.e.fid ;;29:87: An artillery battery is evaluated annually on the attainment of its training objectives. english/29.e.fid ;;29:88: Why does your battery receive so many penalty points every time it trains in firing? english/29.e.fid ;;29:89: Because the map we have is inaccurate, we could not find that point. english/29.e.fid ;;29:90: The frequency of reestablishing a command observation post depends upon the tactical situation. english/29.e.fid ;;29:91: Tomorrow we will conduct artillery operations training in biological warfare. english/29.e.fid ;;29:92: SSG KIM has a good knowledge of all the flag signals needed to control vehicle movements. english/29.e.fid ;;29:93: Our battery is the winner of the firing competition again. english/29.e.fid ;;29:94: We didn't have enough time to correct the equipment defects. english/29.e.fid ;;29:95: We use both live ammunition and practice rounds during training in firing. english/29.e.fid ;;29:96: The judge for today's training is LTC CHANG; he is at the command observation post now. english/29.e.fid ;;29:97: This time the firing training of the 1st Btry was almost perfect. english/29.e.fid ;;29:98: To whom does the reconnaissance unit report collected data? english/29.e.fid ;;29:99: As part of a combined-arms unit, our battery participated in "Operation Unification". english/29.e.fid ;;29:100: Who is the officer in charge of the construction of the Kum River bridge? english/29.e.fid ;;29:101: Relay this message to the officer who is riding in the lead vehicle. english/29.e.fid ;;29:102: In NKPA field artillery battery training, emphasis is placed on the improvement of the abilities of the commander. english/29.e.fid ;;29:103: The members of the 3rd Btry started the construction work on a new position. english/29.e.fid ;;29:104: The company commander gave the order to withdraw as soon as the enemy tank appeared. english/29.e.fid ;;29:105: Appraisal of the results of training is also one of the duties of the battery commander. english/29.e.fid ;;29:106: Our gun-crew members have already received training in all types of gunnery. english/29.e.fid ;;29:107: In North Korea, no party is allowed to be organized except the Communist Party. english/29.e.fid ;;29:108: Which unit conducted the on-the-spot survey of the area in front of the 104th Inf Div? english/29.e.fid ;;29:109: The officers evaluated the accuracy of the data we collected. english/29.e.fid ;;29:110: My gun crew was critiqued after receiving every type of training. english/29.e.fid ;;29:111: The radiotelephone operators transmit the data calculated by the control platoon. english/29.e.fid ;;29:112: The observation section of the COP has not sent us any data yet. english/29.e.fid ;;29:113: One of my favorite methods of training is that of competition between the gun crews. english/29.e.fid ;;29:114: After receiving all the training, my gun crew acted independently of the platoon. english/29.e.fid ;;29:115: Except in the case of safety problems, officers do not participate in this training. english/29.e.fid ;;29:116: During training, fuse setters separate into their own groups, and gunners separate into their own groups. english/29.e.fid ;;29:117: As the gun-crew chief, I assign each new soldier a specific duty within the gun crew. english/29.e.fid ;;29:118: At that time, the gun crew and one RATELO were located 300 meters behind the gun position. english/29.e.fid ;;29:119: During a training mission, we didn't use live rounds; we used only training rounds. english/29.e.fid ;;29:120: The calculation of data is also one of the training objectives of mock-chemical warfare. english/29.e.fid ;;29:121: All the members of my gun crew know every type of flag signal used to control all movements of artillery vehicles. english/29.e.fid ;;29:122: The competition begins when the judge's order to occupy the COP is given to the control platoon. english/29.e.fid ;;29:123: The judges always evaluate the actions taken by all of the gun crews. english/29.e.fid ;;29:124: We received a critique after practicing in all area of this training. english/29.e.fid ;;29:125: All of our gun-crew members moved towards the firing position after mounting the prime mover. english/29.e.fid ;;29:126: The members of my gun crew have to know how to combine gunnery training with tactical training. english/29.e.fid ;;29:127: Of the three targets, we are to fire on only one designated by the judge. english/29.e.fid ;;29:128: In this competition, the stress is upon accuracy and speed in the evaluation of all steps of training. english/29.e.fid ;;29:129: At the COP, the control platoon was located together with the RATELOs. english/29.e.fid ;;29:130: The term "tactical situation" does not mean that all of the training is conducted in the field. english/29.e.fid ;;29:131: The mission of the COP and the mission of the gun crew are coordinated in various ways. english/29.e.fid ;;29:132: Before beginning something else, we must master the tasks associated with our own positions. english/29.e.fid ;;29:133: We are permitted 20 to 45 minutes for this training exercise, which is divided into five steps. english/29.e.fid ;;29:134: All of our fire missions are preplanned with the situations described in evaluation and practice plans. english/29.e.fid ;;29:135: The computation of data is also included as one part of technical training. english/29.e.fid ;;29:136: During competition, penalty points are assessed for inaccurate firing-data computations, and the battery with the fewest number of points is the winner. english/29.e.fid ;;29:137: The observer in the COP transmits the coordinates of the target and of the COP to my gun crew. english/29.e.fid ;;29:138: Two members of my gun crew were required to detect and clear all the antipersonnel mines that were within a 20-meter radius of our proposed gun position. english/29.e.fid ;;29:139: While in convoy, one member of every gun crew rides a vehicle in a visible position so that he can relay the messages of the senior battery officer, who is located in the lead vehicle. english/29.e.fid ;;29:140: My gun crew was located at a point 300 meters behind our firing position, and we didn't receive the order to occupy the firing position until the third stage began. english/29.e.fid ;;29:141: Like the rest of the batteries in our battalion, our battery sent the best gun crew, a reconnaissance section, two RATELOs, and one prime-mover driver to the competition. english/29.e.fid ;;29:142: Messages such as "Warning: Air attack!" "Enemy tanks on the left!" "Increase distance between vehicles!" "Stop!" and "Commander's meeting!" are relayed from vehicle by flag signals. english/29.e.fid ;;29:143: The standards for the tactical situation which the EPW's gun crew used to carry out its training mission were established by higher HQs. english/29.e.fid ;;29:144: The EPW's gun crew and equipment were employed as if they were really performing in the field in combat during a South Korean invasion of North Korea. english/29.e.fid ;;29:145: Of the five steps of artillery training, the third step began when the EPW's gun crew was notified about occupying the position. english/29.e.fid ;;29:146: The fourth stage began when the signal to occupy the position was given. english/29.e.fid ;;29:147: During the final phase the gun crew occupied the firing position and prepared the gun and ammunition for firing. english/29.e.fid ;;29:148: Artillery training can be divided into five steps. english/29.e.fid ;;29:149: During the first step, the gun crew received general firing azimuths, coordinates for each of their firing positions, meteorological data, and ranges for crew correction. english/29.e.fid ;;29:150: The second begins as soon as the judge established three targets. english/29.e.fid ;;29:151: This time, the training evaluation gauged the EPW's gun crew's ability to move out from the motor park towards the first firing position; its mounting and dismounting of the prime mover as the commander ordered; its ability to conduct preparations for an emergency fire mission during the march; and then the gun crew's actions during an enemy air attack. english/29.e.fid ;;29:152: First, the EPW showed the new soldiers the responsibilities of each crew member in detail. english/29.e.fid ;;29:153: Then, after the gun-crew members had become proficient in their individual tasks, he gave them additional training stressing speed and accuracy. english/29.e.fid ;;29:154: After they had mastered each of their individual duties, the EPW had them change positions. english/29.e.fid ;;29:155: This was called "The Gun-Crew Switch" training. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:1: 1SG KIM, earlier you said that the training period at the division recruit training company was only one month. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:2: That's very short. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:3: In North Korea, what military training do civilians receive prior to entering the military? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:4: Well, in North Korea almost call people, from childhood on, learn marksmanship and receive training in close order drill. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:5: Then, do you mean that children actually fire weapons? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:6: No, they use dummy rifles to learn how to sight targets. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:7: What other military training do civilians receive? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:8: High school students receive sic hours of training a week. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:9: During their final year, they go to a student military training center and receive intensive training for three months. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:10: What training do they receive at the student military training center? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:11: They receive training in political indoctrination, close order drill, physical training, topography, marksmanship, air defense, night navigation, and chemical warfare. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:12: How is the training carried out? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:13: The training is done with the students organized into company-sized units. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:14: It is carried out mainly in the field. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:15: Where is this student military training center located? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:16: There is one in the eastern region and one in the western region. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:17: The center in the eastern region is in ORO District, HAMHUNG City, and the center in the western region is in UNSAN District, P'YONGYANG City. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:18: What is the student capacity of the training center in P'YONGYANG? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:19: I don't know. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:20: When I received training there, I had no contact with anyone outside my company. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:21: So I don't even know how many students were there altogether. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:22: Who conducts the training at these training center? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:23: PAF NCOs are in charge. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:24: These NCO's are very strict. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:25: Besides high school students, who else receives military training? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:26: All laborers, farmers, office workers, scientists, and college students. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:27: That is, all men from 18 to 48 and all single women from 18 to 30 receive military training. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:28: When do these people receive this training? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:29: They receive it after work at their places of work. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:30: Laborers receive six hours of training every week. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:31: And they also receive 12 hours of field training a month. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:32: The farmers train most heavily during their slack season. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:33: They are supposed to get about 500 hours of training a year. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:34: That's a tremendous amount of training. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:35: By the way, what training for laborers and farmers receives the most emphasis? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:36: Physical training, small unit tactics, and marksmanship training receive the most emphasis. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:37: How do laborers and farmers carry out marksmanship training? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:38: Without using ammunition, they practice sighting various targets at different distances. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:39: What people are exempt from military training? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:40: Well, the handicapped, of course, and policemen are exempt. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:41: And impure elements are not allowed to receive military training. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:42: What do you mean by "impure elements"? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:43: Those who have counter revolution among their family members, and people whose parents were landlords or pro-Japanese before the Liberation -- such people are called impure elements. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:44: I understand. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:45: By the way, 1SG KIM, earlier you told m about the Red Youth Honor Guard (RYHG). english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:46: What training do RYHG unit members receive? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:47: RYHG unit members receive six hours of training a week at their high school. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:48: The main subjects are marksmanship, close order drill, and small unit tactics. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:49: And they receive three weeks of bivouac training every year. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:50: In this bivouac training, they conduct marksmanship training using live ammunition. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:51: And they also receive training in squad and platoon tactics, obstacles, and mountain climbing. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:52: 1SG KIM, earlier you told me that recruits learn tactics. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:53: What do they cover in this tactics training? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:54: They cover virtually all of the combat actions performed by infantrymen. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:55: This tactics training is conducted on the squad and platoon levels. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:56: How much time is allotted for tactics training? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:57: Thirty-eight hours. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:58: How many hours altogether does the recruit training consist off? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:59: It consists of 180 hours. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:60: All right. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:61: 1 SG KIM, from now on when I ask you about a type of training, I want you to include also the number of hours allotted for that training. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:62: First, what is taught in the course that is called unit regulations? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:63: Post regulations; procedures for guards, lookouts, and duty soldiers; military courtesy; military discipline; and the details of rewards and punishments. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:64: The time allotted is 24 hours. english/30.e.fid ;;A;30:65: What do they do during physical training? english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:66: They march, run, and do calisthenics. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:67: They also play team sports like soccer and volleyball. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:68: And they train in bayonet fighting and hand-hand combat. english/30.e.fid ;;B;30:69: The time for this is also 24 hours. english/30.e.fid ;;30:70: What military training is conducted in high school? english/30.e.fid ;;30:71: High school students receive a lot of marksmanship training. english/30.e.fid ;;30:72: In an LI battalion, they take their running seriously. english/30.e.fid ;;30:73: In the PAF they usually carry their rifles at sling arms while running. english/30.e.fid ;;30:74: All soldiers must observe military courtesy. english/30.e.fid ;;30:75: Koreans are generally courteous. english/30.e.fid ;;30:76: What training do students do with dummy rifles? english/30.e.fid ;;30:77: They train with dummy grenades in the training company. english/30.e.fid ;;30:78: In the PAF they often play volleyball with nine-man teams. english/30.e.fid ;;30:79: I enjoy volleyball more than any other sport. english/30.e.fid ;;30:80: If anyone in North Korea criticizes the Party, he is severely punished. english/30.e.fid ;;30:81: In the unit regulations class, we receive training about rewards and punishments. english/30.e.fid ;;30:82: We do calisthenics before playing team sports. english/30.e.fid ;;30:83: In the PAF, what kinds of calisthenics are done in the morning? english/30.e.fid ;;30:84: Comrade YANG seems to be ideologically impure. english/30.e.fid ;;30:85: There are many impurities in that water. english/30.e.fid ;;30:86: Policemen are, as a matter of course, exempt from military training. english/30.e.fid ;;30:87: There are also policemen who patrol on motorcycles. english/30.e.fid ;;30:88: The PAF does a great deal of mountain training. english/30.e.fid ;;30:89: What special equipment do you have for mountain warfare? english/30.e.fid ;;30:90: Squad and platoon training is conducted mainly in the field. english/30.e.fid ;;30:91: Even children must receive close order drill training outdoors. english/30.e.fid ;;30:92: Comrade KWON, commander of the 1st Co, is a strict but excellent officer. english/30.e.fid ;;30:93: The NCOs at the training center conduct rigorous training. english/30.e.fid ;;30:94: Tell me who the garrison commander is. english/30.e.fid ;;30:95: What regulations are included in the post regulations? english/30.e.fid ;;30:96: Bayonet fighting and TAEKWONDO are the best forms of hand-to-and combat. english/30.e.fid ;;30:97: We frequently have hand-to-hand combat training during physical training. english/30.e.fid ;;30:98: I know that Comrade HWANG is the son of a landlord. english/30.e.fid ;;30:99: Even people whose brothers and sisters were landlords are classified as impure elements. english/30.e.fid ;;30:100: Last night Comrade CH'A, the duty soldier, made the rounds. english/30.e.fid ;;30:101: What course covers the instructions for duty soldiers? english/30.e.fid ;;30:102: In the offense, combat power should be concentrated in one direction. english/30.e.fid ;;30:103: When do laborers receive this intensive training? english/30.e.fid ;;30:104: How many times a year does the 2nd Bn hence soccer matches? english/30.e.fid ;;30:105: It's difficult to play team sports, such as soccer, in the field. english/30.e.fid ;;30:106: All pro-Japanese in North Korea are categorized as impure elements. english/30.e.fid ;;30:107: I heard that Comrade KONG's parents were pro-Japanese. english/30.e.fid ;;30:108: During the Korean War there were units organized with student soldiers. english/30.e.fid ;;30:109: Third-year high school students attend a student military training center. english/30.e.fid ;;30:110: What combat actions were dealt with in that training? english/30.e.fid ;;30:111: At that time Comrade KANG's behavior was very respectable. english/30.e.fid ;;30:112: Using dummy rifles, children learn how to sight targets. english/30.e.fid ;;30:113: During their final year, high school students go to a student military training center and receive training for a short period. english/30.e.fid ;;30:114: The training is conducted primarily in the field -- with the students organized into company - sized units. english/30.e.fid ;;30:115: The NCOs in charge of student training at the training center are extremely strict. english/30.e.fid ;;30:116: Laborers receive some training every day but the training for farmers is concentrated during the slack season. english/30.e.fid ;;30:117: In North Korea, only the handicapped and policemen are exempt from military training. english/30.e.fid ;;30:118: People whose parents were pro-Japanese before the Liberation or were landlords are called impure elements. english/30.e.fid ;;30:119: Tactics training covers all the combat actions performed by the infantry in the offense and in the defense. english/30.e.fid ;;30:120: Last week the recruits received training concerning post regulations, procedures for duty soldiers, military discipline, military courtesy, and rewards and punishments. english/30.e.fid ;;30:121: In North Korea almost all people receive marksmanship training and practice close drill from childhood on. english/30.e.fid ;;30:122: Students at the military training center receive training in political indoctrination, topography, engineering, hygiene, security, and marksmanship. english/30.e.fid ;;30:123: High school students also receive training in night navigation, air defense, chemical warfare, and small unit tactics. english/30.e.fid ;;30:124: There are two student military training centers, one of which is located in ORO District, HAMHUNG City. english/30.e.fid ;;30:125: When I received training at the training center in P'YONGYANG, I had no contact with anyone outside my company. english/30.e.fid ;;30:126: Without using ammunition, farmers practice sighting various targets at different distances. english/30.e.fid ;;30:127: There is one student military training center in the eastern region and one in the western region. english/30.e.fid ;;30:128: The training center in the western region is located in P'YONGYANG. english/30.e.fid ;;30:129: I don't know how many recruits were there although because I never went out of the company area. english/30.e.fid ;;30:130: Impure elements, such as those with counter revolution among their family members, are not allowed to receive military training. english/30.e.fid ;;30:131: Recruits, organized in squad - and platoon -sized units, receive tactics training. english/30.e.fid ;;30:132: The allotted time for this training is 40 hours. english/30.e.fid ;;30:133: In North Korea, high school and college students, laborers, farmers, office workers, scientists, and artists receive military training. english/30.e.fid ;;30:134: Virtually all males from 17 to 47 and females from 18 to 32 receive military training. english/30.e.fid ;;30:135: Laborers receive six hours of military training each week. english/30.e.fid ;;30:136: The training is conducted after working hours at their workplaces. english/30.e.fid ;;30:137: Laborers also receive 16 hours of field training each month. english/30.e.fid ;;30:138: The training for farmers, approximately 450 hours each year, is concentrated during the slack season. english/30.e.fid ;;30:139: Members of Red Youth Honor Guard units receive five hours of military training each week at their schools. english/30.e.fid ;;30:140: They also receive three weeks of annual bivouac training. english/30.e.fid ;;30:141: It consists of marksmanship training, squad and platoon tactics training, obstacles training, and mountain training. english/30.e.fid ;;30:142: The unit regulations course includes the instructions for guards, lookouts, and duty soldiers; the post regulations; military discipline; military courtesy; and the details of rewards and punishments. english/30.e.fid ;;30:143: The training time is 24 hours. english/30.e.fid ;;30:144: The recruit training company, like the student military training center, conducts physical training. english/30.e.fid ;;30:145: Approximately 30 hours are allotted for this training. english/30.e.fid ;;30:146: The training includes team sports, such as volleyball and soccer; running; marching; bayonet fighting; hand-to-hand combat; and six hours of mountain training. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:1: 1SG KIM, you told me that after completing your mission you were supplied to link up with your company tonight at the battalion assembly area. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:2: What time are the elements of the 2nd Bn supposed to move into the assembly area? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:3: I only know that sometime after dark the elements of the battalion will march to the assembly area. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:4: At the same time, the 1st Bn is supposed to take up the 2nd Bn's positions. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:5: You know, 1SG KIM, looking at this map, I see that the assembly area is only about one kilometer from the 5th Co's area. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:6: That's very near. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:7: Why was an area so far from the objective area chosen as the assembly area? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:8: There are several reasons. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:9: That area is far enough from the enemy to avoid detection and it is wife enough for the whole battalion to deploy in. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:10: It also has good accessibility and can be easily defended. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:11: I see. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:12: When is the battalion going to commence the approach march from the assembly area to the line of departure? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:13: Tomorrow night, but I don't know the exact time. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:14: What time is the battalion supposed to arrive at the line of departure? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:15: All elements, except the tank platoon, are supposed to be in position by 0330 on the 12th. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:16: But the attack plan may be modified since we won't be able to return to the assembly area tonight. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:17: Wait a minute. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:18: You just said "0330 on the 12th". english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:19: But this morning you told me that the attack was planned for the 13th. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:20: What the hell is going on here? english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:21: Just when is this attack to take place? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:22: The morning of the 12th, at about 0630. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:23: Then why did you tell me "the 13th"? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:24: I -- I was trying to deceive you at that time. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:25: I'm very sorry. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:26: Sorry? english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:27: Until now, I've trusted you and have treated you with dignity. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:28: And now you turn around and lie to me! english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:29: What do you think my superiors will say when they find out about this? english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:30: What other lies have you told me? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:31: Maybe I've also misled you about the attack. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:32: Actually, units along the entire front will participate in it. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:33: But I don't know any of the details. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:34: I'm telling you the truth now. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:35: I assure you. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:36: We'll see about that. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:37: Right now, I'm so upset, so I'm going for a walk. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:38: Stay here. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:39: The guard will be right in. english/31.e.fid ;;X;31:40: Interrogator leaves and submits a follow-up spot report concerning the impending attack to the intelligence officer. english/31.e.fid ;;X;31:41: Interrogator returns. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:42: 1SG KIM, I've decided not to mention in my report that you lied to me. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:43: But if there are any further inconsistencies in your information, I'll have no other choice. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:44: Do you understand? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:45: Yes, I do. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:46: Thank you very much. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:47: From now on I'll be completely truthful with you. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:48: All right. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:49: Now, assuming that everything proceeds as scheduled, how will the 2nd Bn be organized for the approach march? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:50: The 2nd Bn will be organized as the advance guard for the regiment. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:51: And it will be heavily reinforced with artillery, mortars, antitank guns, and engineers from the regiment and the division. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:52: But I don't know to what degree. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:53: What formation will the battalion assume for the approach march? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:54: It will march with the 5th Co forward and the 4th and 6th Cos back. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:55: The supporting elements will march in a column between the two rear companies. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:56: And the 5th Co will dispatch an advance guard platoon about 600 meters forward. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:57: What distance will be maintained between the advance guard battalion and the main body? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:58: Because they are conducting a night march, the distance will be about one kilometer. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:59: In day light the distance would be from two to three kilometers. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:60: Where will the battalion commander be located during the approach march? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:61: Behind the lead company. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:62: He will be accompanied by the artillery unit commander, the mortar company commander, the heavy machinegun company commander, messengers from the subordinate infantry companies, and at least one radio operator. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:63: What time did you say that the tank platoon will arrive at the line of departure? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:64: Between 0600 and 0630 -- during the battalion's preparation fires. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:65: Here, look at the map and show me where the line of departure is. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:66: (Looking at the map) Let me see. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:67: East of this road and -- north of NAMDAE-CH'ON -- right here, along the base of this hill. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:68: How does the battalion plan to cross NAMDAE-CH'ON? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:69: That won't be a problem because the stream is fordable in many places. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:70: How will the maneuver elements know when they are to commence the attack? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:71: When the battalion commander orders the mortar company to cease its preparation fires. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:72: That will be the signal to commence the attack. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:73: This is supposed to happen at about 0630. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:74: But C-hour is far more important than the time of attack. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:75: Why is that? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:76: Because C-hour is the hour when our units must charge the enemy's FEBA. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:77: This hour is strictly controlled. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:78: What is C-hour on the 12th? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:79: It has to be sometime after 0630. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:80: The battalion commander disseminates it in an encoded fragmentary order several hours before the attack commences -- and only to unit commanders. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:81: Normally, I wouldn't even know the time of attack, but the company commander made an exception because I was the next senior member of the reconnaissance team. english/31.e.fid ;;A;31:82: Why would the battalion commence the attack without the cover of the preparation fires? english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:83: Maybe I haven't made myself clear. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:84: Even as the battalion advances toward its objective, it will be continuously protected by the supporting fires of the regimental and divisional artillery and mortars. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:85: The battalion's mortar company will advance with the elements of the second echelon. english/31.e.fid ;;B;31:86: That's why the mortar company will cease its preparation fires as the battalion begins the attack. english/31.e.fid ;;31:87: PAF armor units are very strong. english/31.e.fid ;;31:88: Advance guard units are heavily reinforced with artillery and tanks. english/31.e.fid ;;31:89: What was in the fragmentary order that the battalion commander issued? english/31.e.fid ;;31:90: What information is usually included in a fragmentary order? english/31.e.fid ;;31:91: The battalion commander, accompanied by the political officer, attended the meeting. english/31.e.fid ;;31:92: Who does the company commander take with him on an approach march? english/31.e.fid ;;31:93: I have no way in the world of knowing what happened to that leader of the reconnaissance patrol. english/31.e.fid ;;31:94: What the hell were you doing there? english/31.e.fid ;;31:95: Where did your reconnaissance patrol ford NAMDAE-CH'ON? english/31.e.fid ;;31:96: There are no problems because that river is fordable. english/31.e.fid ;;31:97: What do the infantry elements do as they charge the enemy strongpoints? english/31.e.fid ;;31:98: Our units rushed the enemy positions at the designated hour. english/31.e.fid ;;31:99: In your statement, there are many inconsistencies where the front and the rear do not match. english/31.e.fid ;;31:100: What the hell did your superior say? english/31.e.fid ;;31:101: We cannot do that without orders from a higher authority. english/31.e.fid ;;31:102: I don't know who the senior member of that detachment is. english/31.e.fid ;;31:103: At that time, I was the senior member at the ammo supply point. english/31.e.fid ;;31:104: How many divisions are stationed along the DMZ? english/31.e.fid ;;31:105: The 1st Bn was also positioned along the northern side of PUSO-CH'ON. english/31.e.fid ;;31:106: During an approach march, security units must also be dispatched to the flanks. english/31.e.fid ;;31:107: Where is the commanding officer normally located during an approach march? english/31.e.fid ;;31:108: How are assault echelons organized in the PAF? english/31.e.fid ;;31:109: The mortar company usually advances with the second echelon. english/31.e.fid ;;31:110: The battalion normally moves in a column. english/31.e.fid ;;31:111: How many tanks were in that column? english/31.e.fid ;;31:112: We chose that assembly area for its easy access. english/31.e.fid ;;31:113: Compounds that are company-sized and larger must have an access road. english/31.e.fid ;;31:114: The attack preparations are now proceeding on schedule. english/31.e.fid ;;31:115: If all had gone well, what would your company be doing now? english/31.e.fid ;;31:116: How many meters forward does the advance guard squad dispatch its point? english/31.e.fid ;;31:117: An advance guard unit is normally reinforced with engineers. english/31.e.fid ;;31:118: Where did you get that information? english/31.e.fid ;;31:119: Who is the person that provided that information? english/31.e.fid ;;31:120: We linked up with the 6th Co yesterday at 2100. english/31.e.fid ;;31:121: Where did your reconnaissance patrol link up with your company? english/31.e.fid ;;31:122: The assembly area is wide enough for the whole battalion to deploy in. english/31.e.fid ;;31:123: It also has good accessibility and can be easily defended. english/31.e.fid ;;31:124: As a matter of fact, units stationed along the entire front will be participating in this attack. english/31.e.fid ;;31:125: The 2nd Bn will be heavily reinforced with mortars, antitank weapons, and engineers from the regiment and division. english/31.e.fid ;;31:126: The supporting elements will march in a column behind the 4th Co and the advance guard platoon will march in a column in front of it. english/31.e.fid ;;31:127: The battalion commander is accompanied on the march by two radio operators and by messengers from the subordinate infantry companies. english/31.e.fid ;;31:128: Because NAMDAE-CH'ON is fordable in many places, crossing it is no problem. english/31.e.fid ;;31:129: C-hour is strictly controlled because it is the hour that our units must charade the enemy's FEBA. english/31.e.fid ;;31:130: The battalion commander disseminates this information only to the company commanders in an encoded fragmentary order several hours before the attack commences. english/31.e.fid ;;31:131: It's true that the company commander made an exception for me because I was the next senior member of the reconnaissance team. english/31.e.fid ;;31:132: The battalion mortar company advances with the elements in the second echelon to provide fire support for the companies in the first echelon. english/31.e.fid ;;31:133: All I know is that the elements of the 1st Bn will march to the assembly area sometime after dark. english/31.e.fid ;;31:134: The reason that area was chosen as the assembly area is because it is far enough from the enemy so that they can't find it. english/31.e.fid ;;31:135: Maybe I've misled you about the attack. english/31.e.fid ;;31:136: Actually I..I was trying to deceive you. english/31.e.fid ;;31:137: I'm sorry. english/31.e.fid ;;31:138: Yes, I understand. english/31.e.fid ;;31:139: From now on I definitely will not lie. english/31.e.fid ;;31:140: I'll be completely truthful. english/31.e.fid ;;31:141: The 1st Bn will be organized as the advance guard battalion for the regiment and will be supported by artillery from the division. english/31.e.fid ;;31:142: The distance between the advance guard battalion and the main body is from two to three kilometers in the daytime and no more than one kilometer at night. english/31.e.fid ;;31:143: The battalion commander is accompanied by the artillery unit commander, the mortar company commander, and the heavy machinegun company commander, and is situated behind the lead company. english/31.e.fid ;;31:144: The tank platoon will arrive between 0530 and 0600. english/31.e.fid ;;31:145: That is, it will arrive at the line of departure during the battalion's preparation fires. english/31.e.fid ;;31:146: The line of departure is located west of this road and north of NAMDAE-CH'ON -- right here, along the base of this hill. english/31.e.fid ;;31:147: That's why the battalion must cease its preparation fires at the same time the attack begins. english/31.e.fid ;;31:148: All elements, except the tank platoon, are supposed to arrive at the line of departure at 0430 on the 13th. english/31.e.fid ;;31:149: The time of attack is scheduled for 0700. english/31.e.fid ;;31:150: The source believes that the attack plan may be modified because they will not be able to return to the assembly area tonight. english/31.e.fid ;;31:151: The battalion will be organized for the approach march in a column as follows: the 7th Co will be the lead company; the 8th and 9th Cos will be in the rear; the support elements will be situated between the 8th and 9th Cos; and an advance party will be dispatched approximately 700 meters forward of the 7th Co. english/31.e.fid ;;31:152: When the battalion commander gives the order for the mortar company to cease its preparation fires. english/31.e.fid ;;31:153: That is the signal to commence the attack. english/31.e.fid ;;31:154: The source considers C-hour to be of greater importance than the time of attack. english/31.e.fid ;;31:155: Because C-hour is when PAF forces must break through the forward positions of the enemy forces. english/31.e.fid ;;31:156: The battalion commander disseminates the C-hour only to unit commanders in an encoded fragmentary order one hour before the time of attack. english/31.e.fid ;;31:157: However, the source believes that C-hour is sometime after 0630. english/31.e.fid ;;31:158: Normally, the time of attack is also given only to unit commanders. english/31.e.fid ;;31:159: As the battalion advances toward the objective, it is protected by supporting fires from the regimental artillery and mortars. english/31.e.fid ;;31:160: The battalion's mortar company advances with the elements of the second echelon to provide fire support for the companies in the first echelon. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:1: How will the battalion commander know when the secondary attack force has penetrated the enemy's positions on the immediate objective? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:2: The assistant battalion commander for military affairs, who will be leading the secondary attack force, will maintain radio contact with the assault elements. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:3: As soon as the companies report that they have penetrated the enemy's positions, the assistant battalion commander for military affairs will inform the battalion commander about this by radio. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:4: If radio communications are cut, a pytotechnic signal will be used. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:5: What pytotechnic signal will be used? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:6: I don't know. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:7: Where will the battalion commander be located during the attack? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:8: In the second echelon -- in a location that facilitates the command and control of the mail attack force. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:9: What sized reserve unit will the battalion maintain for the attack? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:10: One reinforced platoon will be kept in reserve. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:11: As soon as the main attack force has been committed against the subsequent objective, this reserve platoon will be used to envelop the subsequent objective and raid the enemy's command post and mortar position. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:12: From which unit of the battalion will this reserve platoon be taken? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:13: From the 4th Co. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:14: Besides the fire support from the regiment, the division, the tank platoon, and the organic weapons of the battalion, what other combat support will the 2nd Bn receive as it carries out its mission? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:15: Engineer teams, equipped with mine detectors, cutting tools, and bangalore torpedoes, will be attached to the battalion. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:16: They will advance with the most forward elements and clear enemy obstacles. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:17: There will also be flamethrower teams attached to the forward infantry elements, and there should be chemical reconnaissance teams working with regular reconnaissance elements well forward of the infantry elements. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:18: What air support are ground units supposed to receive during the attack? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:19: There will probably be air strikes against the enemy positions after the preparation fires are delivered. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:20: And air support will be available as our forces push southward. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:21: Normally, against what points in the enemy's defensive area do PAF ground units concentrate the bulk of their combat power during an attack? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:22: Against the enemy's flanks or against a weak point in his defenses. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:23: How do unit commanders determine where these weak points are in the enemy's defensive area? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:24: They determine this conducting a joint command reconnaissance during the planning phase. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:25: And reconnaissance patrols operating in enemy territory continually report their observations of enemy positions and activities through their chains of command. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:26: Of course, infantry units assaulting the enemy positions must be continuously alert for any weakness in the enemy's defenses. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:27: What time of the day do PAF units normally conduct movement to contact? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:28: Usually, after dark or during periods of reduced visibility. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:29: When units move during the day, they maintain strict camouflage and establish antiaircraft and antitank security measures. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:30: What rate of march is maintained for a normal motor march? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:31: That depends on whether it is a day or night march. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:32: During a day march, units cover 15 to 20 kilometers per hour. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:33: At night they cover 10 to 15 kilometers per hour. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:34: Road conditions and the enemy situation are also key factors. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:35: What is the rate of march for a forced motor march? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:36: It is the same as for a normal motor march. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:37: What is different is the daily marching distance. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:38: On a normal motor march, units cover about 150 kilometers each day. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:39: And on a forced march, they cover about 200 kilometers. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:40: How far do PAF units march each hour during a normal foot march? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:41: Four to five kilometers -- regardless of the time of day. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:42: The rate of march for a forced foot march is also four to five kilometers per hour. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:43: How many kilometer do PAF units cover in one day during a normal foot march? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:44: About 30 kilometers. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:45: That's marching seven to eight hours a day. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:46: On a forced foot march, we march for 10 to 20 hours and cover around 40 to 45 kilometers a day. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:47: How often are breaks taken during these marches? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:48: Ten-minute breaks are taken every 50 minutes during a foot march. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:49: During a motor march, 20-minute breaks are taken every two to three hours. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:50: If units are on a day-night march, they take a two- to four-hour break early in the last half of the march. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:51: And a one-day break is taken after a three- or four-day march. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:52: What action does a PAF infantry battalion take during a meeting engagement? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:53: Units quickly deploy and seize the key terrain in the area. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:54: That is before the enemy has a chance to do so. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:55: At the same time, fire support units concentrate their fires on the main avenues of approach. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:56: And then, while a portion of the battalion engages the enemy along the front, the main force encircles the enemy and attacks from the flanks and rear to annihilate him. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:57: If an enemy force were to attempt to withdraw during an engagement, what actions would PAF units take? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:58: Our units would never let the enemy escape. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:59: While friendly infiltration units and independent reconnaissance units cut the enemy's retreat routes, frontline units would pursue the enemy and completely annihilate him. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:60: If a PAF unit is cut off from the main force during offensive operations, what is it supposed to do? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:61: It should try to reestablish contact. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:62: If it can't it is supposed to conduct independent guerrilla warfare activities. english/32.e.fid ;;A;32:63: What kinds of guerrilla activities would it conduct? english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:64: Harassing activities, mostly. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:65: Just like those conducted by light infantry units. english/32.e.fid ;;B;32:66: I mean, things like raiding enemy command posts, ambushing enemy units on the move, and cutting enemy lines of communication. english/32.e.fid ;;32:67: Ten companies are available for this battle. english/32.e.fid ;;32:68: All available units must be employed in the attack. english/32.e.fid ;;32:69: Our People's Army never retreats in battle. english/32.e.fid ;;32:70: We can never give up hope of unifying the fatherland. english/32.e.fid ;;32:71: Our mission is to observe enemy activities. english/32.e.fid ;;32:72: I made a report to the battalion commander on my observations. english/32.e.fid ;;32:73: We have established rigid countermeasures against enemy infiltration. english/32.e.fid ;;32:74: Security measures must always be established for a march. english/32.e.fid ;;32:75: The enemy is trying to block our penetration with tanks. english/32.e.fid ;;32:76: What actions do you take if the enemy attempts to encircle your unit during an engagement? english/32.e.fid ;;32:77: It is preferable to encircle the enemy first in order to annihilate him. english/32.e.fid ;;32:78: The 1st Bn was committed to wipe out the enemy. english/32.e.fid ;;32:79: It is preferable to begin an attack when visibility is poor. english/32.e.fid ;;32:80: The attack formation is modified according to visibility. english/32.e.fid ;;32:81: What factors influence the rate of march for a motor march? english/32.e.fid ;;32:82: Various factors must be considered when planning an attack. english/32.e.fid ;;32:83: That location is a place that can facilitate the command of the unit. english/32.e.fid ;;32:84: It is not easy to withdraw during an engagement. english/32.e.fid ;;32:85: Besides cutting tools, what other equipment do engineer teams carry? english/32.e.fid ;;32:86: The cutting tools are used for cutting the enemy's wire entanglements. english/32.e.fid ;;32:87: Regular reconnaissance units operate forward of the infantry elements. english/32.e.fid ;;32:88: The PAF receives training in both conventional and unconventional warfare. english/32.e.fid ;;32:89: It is essential to initiate the attack in a meeting engagement. english/32.e.fid ;;32:90: We encountered the enemy twice during the march yesterday. english/32.e.fid ;;32:91: Normally, infiltration units are sent into enemy territory in advance. english/32.e.fid ;;32:92: How is a battalion's infiltration unit organized? english/32.e.fid ;;32:93: Artillery units are extremely vulnerable to enemy surprise attacks. english/32.e.fid ;;32:94: How do you determine an enemy's weak points? english/32.e.fid ;;32:95: The battalion political officer struck our platoon leader in the face. english/32.e.fid ;;32:96: Last night the infiltration unit attacked the enemy's command post. english/32.e.fid ;;32:97: Ambushing the enemy and then fleeing is a guerrilla tactic. english/32.e.fid ;;32:98: What unit cut the enemy's retreat route? english/32.e.fid ;;32:99: The infiltration unit lay in ambush on the enemy's retreat route. english/32.e.fid ;;32:100: The bangalore torpedoes will be carried by engineer teams that are to be attached to the battalion. english/32.e.fid ;;32:101: How long does it take to install a bangalore torpedo? english/32.e.fid ;;32:102: What kind of fuel is used in a flamethrower? english/32.e.fid ;;32:103: How are the flamethrower teams organized? english/32.e.fid ;;32:104: We took a two-hour break in the middle of the last half of the march. english/32.e.fid ;;32:105: Our company won the first half of the soccer game yesterday. english/32.e.fid ;;32:106: Engineer teams will be equipped with cutting tools and bangalore torpedoes and will be attached to the forward infantry elements. english/32.e.fid ;;32:107: When moving during the day, they maintain strict camouflage discipline and establish antiaircraft security measures. english/32.e.fid ;;32:108: During a day-and-night march, they take a two- to four-hour break early in the last half of the march. english/32.e.fid ;;32:109: Usually, the PAF regard visibility as key factor in determining the time for movement to contact. english/32.e.fid ;;32:110: The regimental commander will dispatch flamethrower teams and, if air support is available, he will also request air strikes. english/32.e.fid ;;32:111: Since the division commander has already decided to push southward, he would never let the main attack force withdraw. english/32.e.fid ;;32:112: During the day, regular reconnaissance elements will hide in a location that facilitates observation of the enemy's movements. english/32.e.fid ;;32:113: While friendly infiltration units cut the enemy's retreat routes, frontline units will pursue the enemy to annihilate him. english/32.e.fid ;;32:114: A PAF main attack force concentrates its combat power against a weak point in the enemy's defensive area. english/32.e.fid ;;32:115: Light infantry units conduct harassing activities, such as raiding enemy command posts and ambushing enemy units on the move. english/32.e.fid ;;32:116: The reserve platoon will envelop the subsequent objective and raid the enemy's command post and mortar positions. english/32.e.fid ;;32:117: Though it varies according to the road conditions and enemy situation, the PAF normally marches approximately 30 kilometers a day. english/32.e.fid ;;32:118: Isolated PAF units are supposed to conduct independent guerrilla warfare activities. english/32.e.fid ;;32:119: An infantry battalion in the attack usually maintains a reinforced platoon as its reserve. english/32.e.fid ;;32:120: As the enemy retreats, light infantry units might be dispatched to cut the enemy's retreat routes and envelop him. english/32.e.fid ;;32:121: On a force foot march, we march for 10 to 20 hours a day and cover around 40 to 45 kilometers. english/32.e.fid ;;32:122: Cutting enemy lines of communication is one of the harassing activities conducted by isolate infantry units. english/32.e.fid ;;32:123: The assistant battalion commander for military affairs is supposed to lead the secondary attack force and report the combat situation to the battalion commander. english/32.e.fid ;;32:124: Regardless of the time of day, the rate of march for both a normal food and a forced foot march is four to five kilometers per hour. english/32.e.fid ;;32:125: There will probably be air strikes against the enemy positions, either before or after our preparation fires. english/32.e.fid ;;32:126: The difference between a normal motor march and a forced motor march is the daily marching distance. english/32.e.fid ;;32:127: On a normal motor march, PAF units cover approximately 150 kilometers each day; on a forced motor march, they cover about 200 kilometers. english/32.e.fid ;;32:128: In the PAF, radio contact is maintained between the secondary attack force and the assault elements. english/32.e.fid ;;32:129: As soon as the assault elements report the combat situation, the secondary attack force commander apprises the battalion commander of the situation by radio. english/32.e.fid ;;32:130: If radio communications are cut, pytotechnic signals are used. english/32.e.fid ;;32:131: PAF engineer teams will advance with the lead elements and remove the enemy's obstacles. english/32.e.fid ;;32:132: Additionally, flamethrower team will be attached to the forward infantry elements, and chemical reconnaissance teams will operate with regular reconnaissance elements well forward of the infantry elements. english/32.e.fid ;;32:133: The PAF locates weak points in the enemy's defensive area by conducting a joint command reconnaissance during the planning phase. english/32.e.fid ;;32:134: PAF reconnaissance patrols also observe the enemy's positions and activities, and report their observations. english/32.e.fid ;;32:135: Likewise, the infantry units are alert for any weaknesses in the enemy's defenses. english/32.e.fid ;;32:136: Elements of a PAF battalion seize the key terrain as quickly as possible. english/32.e.fid ;;32:137: At the same time, the fire support elements concentrate their fires on the enemy's main avenues of approach. english/32.e.fid ;;32:138: Then, while a portion of the battalion engages the enemy force along the front, the main force encircles and attacks the enemy from the flanks and rear. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:1: Describe the sequence of actions taken by a PAF infantry squad immediately after it occupies a defensive position. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:2: The squad leader immediately deploys the squad and posts an observer. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:3: Then, the squad leader performs a terrain analysis of the squad's sector and selects precise locations for the squad's light machinegun and antitank grenade launcher, and for the riflemen. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:4: After that, he issues the squad defense order. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:5: What points are taken into consideration when selecting the positions for the squad's light machinegun? english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:6: Each position must be a place that affords good observation and fields of fire and that facilitates command and control. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:7: That's not all. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:8: It must also be a place from which the entire squad's front can be covered with fire. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:9: What is included in the squad defense order? english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:10: The locations of the primary and alternate positions for all the squad's weapons, the primary and supplementary sectors of fire for the light machinegun, and -- it includes procedures for repelling enemy attacks, actions to take in the event of an enemy penetration, and the squad's concentration area. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:11: What else is included in the defense order issued by the squad leader? english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:12: It also includes detailed instructions concerning constructing positions and signals to be used during the defense. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:13: What does a squad leader do after issuing the defense order? english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:14: Primarily, he supervises and inspects the work done by the squad members. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:15: What work is it that the squad leader supervises and inspects? english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:16: The construction of positions and trenches, the clearing of fields of fire, the camouflaging of positions -- those kinds of things. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:17: When the squad completes these defensive preparations, the squad leader reports this to the platoon leader. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:18: What else is the squad leader responsible for? english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:19: He's also responsible for resupplying the members of his squad with ammo and other supplies. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:20: And he must make sure that the squad members are thoroughly familiar with their individual missions. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:21: And he must make sure that the squad members are thoroughly familiar with their individual missions. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:22: I can't recall any particular order. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:23: However, generally speaking, the squad first digs foxholes and constructs a connecting trench. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:24: Then, it sets up obstacles and constructs alternate positions, and that's about it. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:25: What is the work priority when not in contact with the enemy? english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:26: As far as I know, the priority of work is basically the same. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:27: The only difference is that more elaborate steps are taken to make the squad's position stronger. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:28: Exactly what steps are taken to strengthen a squad's position? english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:29: Connecting trenches are constructed to link the squad's positions with those of adjacent squads. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:30: And a communication trench is constructed rearward. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:31: Ideally, the squads form a platoon strongpoint, and all the platoon strongpoints should be incorporated into the company defensive center. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:32: What other steps are taken to strengthen a squad's defenses? english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:33: A shelter is built, fields of fire are cleared, and all positions are extensively camouflaged. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:34: Describe the sequence of actions to be taken by the squad members as the enemy approaches the squad's defensive positions. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:35: When the enemy gets within 100 meters, the machinegunner begins firing a series of three - to six-round short bursts. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:36: At about 400 meters, the squad's riflemen fire well-aimed single shots at the approaching enemy. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:37: And -- at approximately 350 meters, the RPG gunner engages enemy targets of opportunity like tanks and APGs. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:38: What happens next? english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:39: When the enemy is about 200 meters from the squad's defensive positions, squad members fire a series of short bursts with their rifles. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:40: At about 70 meters, the entire squad fires its maximum tension fires and detonates prepared stone mines. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:41: Then, if the enemy gets within 30 to 50 meters, squad members begin throwing hand grenades. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:42: It spite of that, if the enemy gets within 20 meters, our soldiers boldly engage him in hand-to-hand combat. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:43: What are these "stone mines" you just mentioned? english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:44: I guess you could say they're a kind of mine. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:45: They're made by cutting away the ground and then burying explosives and rocks. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:46: When detonated, they cause numerous casualties because of the flying stones. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:47: Where are these "stone mines" installed? english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:48: At various points along the front of the platoon's wire entanglements. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:49: Normally, stone mines are installed in more than 20 places along the platoon's front. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:50: How wide is the defensive frontage of a PAF platoon? english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:51: Around 500 meters. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:52: That's with all three squads deployed on line -- which is what we normally do. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:53: What is the frontage of a company defensive sector? english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:54: From about 1000 to 1500 meters. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:55: What defensive frontage is assigned to a PAF infantry battalion? english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:56: That depends on the terrain, the enemy situation, and the type of defense. english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:57: With two companies in the main defensive area and one in the trserve unit area, a battalion can defend a front of up to 300 meters. english/33.e.fid ;;A;33:58: What is the normal depth of a battalion defensive area? english/33.e.fid ;;B;33:59: Some 200 meters or so. english/33.e.fid ;;33:60: I have just completed firing practice at the range. english/33.e.fid ;;33:61: We were able to rest after seizing the objective. english/33.e.fid ;;33:62: PAF soldiers are very daring in combat. english/33.e.fid ;;33:63: The members of our platoon boldly charged the objective. english/33.e.fid ;;33:64: All members of our platoon were delivering their tension fires at the enemy. english/33.e.fid ;;33:65: 1st Bn blocked the enemy penetration by delivering maximum tension fires. english/33.e.fid ;;33:66: We light infantrymen can even hit flying birds. english/33.e.fid ;;33:67: When it is detonated, stones are supposed to fly in all directions. english/33.e.fid ;;33:68: The actions taken differ according to the distance of the approaching enemy. english/33.e.fid ;;33:69: The enemy got to a point about 500 meters in front of our FEBA. english/33.e.fid ;;33:70: Old model rifles were designed to fire single shots. english/33.e.fid ;;33:71: Riflemen must fire well-aimed single shots. english/33.e.fid ;;33:72: When stone mines are detonated, the stones are projected up to 40 meters in all directions. english/33.e.fid ;;33:73: Stone mines are employed at various points along the platoon's FEBA. english/33.e.fid ;;33:74: RPG gunners fire at targets of opportunity, such as tanks. english/33.e.fid ;;33:75: I fired at the target of opportunity that appeared to the front. english/33.e.fid ;;33:76: The regimental artillery delivered concentrated fire on the enemy avenues of approach. english/33.e.fid ;;33:77: The squad's concentration area is included in the squad defense order. english/33.e.fid ;;33:78: Taking fields of fire into consideration, we select weapon positions. english/33.e.fid ;;33:79: The platoon leader even goes so far as to check the fields of fire of the individual weapons. english/33.e.fid ;;33:80: In what order does an infantry battalion occupy defensive positions? english/33.e.fid ;;33:81: Describe the sequence of actions you took at that time. english/33.e.fid ;;33:82: The company commander decides the ranking of the members of the company for promotion. english/33.e.fid ;;33:83: Describe the work priority for constructing defensive positions. english/33.e.fid ;;33:84: We delivered a series of short bursts of machinegun fire on the enemy. english/33.e.fid ;;33:85: We indicated the target with a series of short bursts. english/33.e.fid ;;33:86: A squad's frontage is approximately 50 to 150 meters. english/33.e.fid ;;33:87: The company's front must be covered by various means. english/33.e.fid ;;33:88: I cleaned up the battalion's ammo supply point yesterday. english/33.e.fid ;;33:89: The platoon leader verified that the fields of fire had been cleared. english/33.e.fid ;;33:90: What do you if the enemy penetrates the second trench line? english/33.e.fid ;;33:91: Antitank teams stopped the enemy from penetrating with tanks. english/33.e.fid ;;33:92: The battalion incorporates the company strongpoints into the battalion defensive center. english/33.e.fid ;;33:93: All available firepower is incorporated in the battalion's fire plan. english/33.e.fid ;;33:94: How is the explosive in a stone mine detonated? english/33.e.fid ;;33:95: What kinds of explosives were they loading on that truck? english/33.e.fid ;;33:96: The platoon leader or the squad leader performs a terrain analysis of the squad's sector and selects precise locations where stone mines are to be installed. english/33.e.fid ;;33:97: Each position must be a place that affords good observation and from which the entire squad's front can be covered with fire. english/33.e.fid ;;33:98: The squad first completes its defensive preparations, such as constructing trenches and clearing fields of fires. english/33.e.fid ;;33:99: After that, the squad leader reports this to the platoon leader. english/33.e.fid ;;33:100: Even when we have enough time, the work priority for strengthening the squad's positions is basically the same. english/33.e.fid ;;33:101: All the platoon strongpoints, formed by the squads, must be incorporated into the company defensive center to facilitate command and control. english/33.e.fid ;;33:102: We fire a series of short bursts of machinegun fire at the enemy as he approaches the squad's concentration area; we also fire our RPG at enemy targets of opportunity when they get within 400 meters. english/33.e.fid ;;33:103: When the enemy gets within 70 meters, the entire squad fires its maximum tension fires and detonates stone mines. english/33.e.fid ;;33:104: They are a kind of mine made by cutting away the ground and burying explosives and rocks; hence they are called "stone mines". english/33.e.fid ;;33:105: Along with delivering various fires on the approaching enemy, PAF soldiers boldly engage in hand-to-hand combat as the situation requires. english/33.e.fid ;;33:106: Squad members armed with rifles deliver well-aimed single shots on the enemy as he gets within 400 meters. english/33.e.fid ;;33:107: Ordinarily, if a PAF battalion has three companies, it can defend a front of up to 3500 meters. english/33.e.fid ;;33:108: The defense order issued by the squad leader includes detailed instructions concerning the construction of squad positions and signals to be used during the defense. english/33.e.fid ;;33:109: If, even after that, the enemy gets within 20 to 40 meters, squad members throw hand grenades and prepare for hand-to-hand combat. english/33.e.fid ;;33:110: When we detonate the stone mines installed at various points along the front of the platoon's wire entanglements, the flying stones cause numerous casualties. english/33.e.fid ;;33:111: The defensive frontage of a PAF platoon is approximately 500 meters wide. english/33.e.fid ;;33:112: That's with three squads deployed on line. english/33.e.fid ;;33:113: it depends on the situation, but normally a PAF infantry battalion positions two companies in the main defensive area and one in the reserve unit area. english/33.e.fid ;;33:114: The depth of a PAF infantry battalion defensive area varies from about 200 to 2500 meters, depending on the terrain and the type of defense. english/33.e.fid ;;33:115: The RPG gunner fires at enemy targets of opportunity, such as approaching tanks and APCs. english/33.e.fid ;;33:116: When the enemy is about 200 meters from the squad's defensive positions, the squad members begin firing well-aimed single shots with their rifles. english/33.e.fid ;;33:117: Each squad's position must be an extensively camouflaged place, from which various fires can be delivered on all moving targets along the squad's front. english/33.e.fid ;;33:118: A PAF squad defenses order includes the locations of the primary and alternate positions for all squad weapons, the primary and supplementary sectors of fire for the squad light machinegun, procedures for repelling enemy attacks, actions to be taken in the event of an enemy penetration, and the squad's concentration area. english/33.e.fid ;;33:119: I can't recall any order. english/33.e.fid ;;33:120: The source surmises that the work priority for a PAF infantry squad when organizing the ground is as follows: digging foxholes, constructing connecting trenches, clearing fields of fire, setting up obstacles, constructing reserve positions, and camouflaging positions. english/33.e.fid ;;33:121: When the enemy is within 1000 meters, the machinegunner fires series of four- to seven-round short bursts. english/33.e.fid ;;33:122: At approximately 400 meters, the riflemen fire well-aimed single shots. english/33.e.fid ;;33:123: At approximately 350 meters, the RPG gunner engages targets of opportunity, such as tanks and APCs. english/33.e.fid ;;33:124: A PAF squad constructs connecting trenches to link its position with those of adjacent squads, a communication trench to facilitate communication with units in the rear, and a shelter. english/33.e.fid ;;33:125: PAF squads form platoon strongpoints that are incorporated into the company defensive center.